P. 1
SMU Complete Catalog

SMU Complete Catalog

|Views: 110|Likes:
Published by willapakid

More info:

Published by: willapakid on Sep 06, 2011
Copyright:Attribution Non-commercial

Availability:

Read on Scribd mobile: iPhone, iPad and Android.
download as PDF, TXT or read online from Scribd
See more
See less

09/06/2011

pdf

text

original

Sections

  • GENERAL INfORMATION
  • AbOUT THIS CATALOG
  • ACCREDITATION
  • MISSION STATEMENT
  • SAINT MARTIN Of TOURS
  • ACADEMIC VALUES
  • LOCATION
  • CAMPUS fACILITIES
  • STUDENT LIfE
  • RESIDENCE LIfE
  • STUDENT CONDUCT
  • ADMISSION
  • fINANCIAL AID
  • ExPENSES
  • ExTENSION PROGRAMS
  • GRADUATE PROGRAMS
  • DEGREE REqUIREMENTS
  • ACADEMIC INfORMATION
  • UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS
  • ALL-UNIVERSITY COURSES
  • COLLEGE Of ARTS AND SCIENCES
  • PROGRAMS IN HUMANITIES
  • ENGLISH
  • INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES
  • MUSIC
  • PHILOSOPHY
  • RELIGIOUS STUDIES
  • SPEECH
  • THEATRE ARTS
  • WORLD LANGUAGES
  • bIOLOGY
  • CHEMISTRY
  • COMPUTER SCIENCE
  • MATHEMATICS
  • PHYSICS
  • PROGRAMS IN SOCIAL SCIENCES
  • COMMUNITY SERVICES
  • CRIMINAL JUSTICE
  • GEOGRAPHY
  • HISTORY
  • LEGAL STUDIES
  • POLITICAL SCIENCE
  • PRE-LAW
  • PSYCHOLOGY
  • SOCIAL JUSTICE
  • WOMEN’S STUDIES
  • ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
  • SECONDARY EDUCATION
  • PHYSICAL EDUCATION
  • SPECIAL EDUCATION
  • TECHNOLOGY IN EDUCATION
  • Minor in Technology in Education
  • SCHOOL Of bUSINESS
  • ACCOUNTING
  • bUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
  • ECONOMICS
  • SCHOOL Of ENGINEERING
  • CIVIL ENGINEERING
  • MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
  • GRADUATE PROGRAMS
  • MASTER’S PROGRAM IN bUSINESS
  • MASTER Of EDUCATION (MED)
  • MASTER IN TEACHING (MIT)
  • MASTER’S PROGRAMS IN ENGINEERING
  • DIRECTORY
  • DEANS
  • fACULTY
  • fACULTY AND STAff EMERITI
  • SAINT MARTIN’S AbbEY
  • UNIVERSITY ADMINISTRATION
  • ADMINISTRATIVE OffICES
  • CAMPUS MAP
  • DIRECTIONS TO SAINT MARTIN’S
  • INDEx

ACADEMIC CATALOG

1

SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY ACADEMIC CATALOG 2011/2012

Undergraduate and Graduate Programs

2

SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY

TAbLE Of CONTENTS
Legal Studies ............................ 140 Political Science ....................... 141 Pre-Law.................................... 146 Psychology................................ 146 Social Justice............................. 152 Sociology/Cultural Anthropology ....................... 152 Women’s Studies ....................... 155 College of Education and Professional Psychology ............. 157 Elementary Education ................ 166 Secondary Education .................. 167 Physical Education...................... 179 Special Education ....................... 181 Technology in Education ............ 185 School of business............................ ... 187 Accounting .................................. 187 business Administration ............ 191 Economics ................................... 196 School of Engineering ...................... 198 Civil Engineering ........................ 202 Mechanical Engineering ............. 211 English as a Second Language (ESL) ........................... 221

About this Catalog ............................. 4 Accreditation...................................... 4 Mission Statement.............................. 5 Calendar ............................................. 6 History................................................ 8 Saint Martin of Tours......................... 9 Academic Values ................................ 9 Location ........................................... 10 Campus facilities ............................. 11 Student Life ...................................... 15 Residence Life .................................. 21 Student Conduct .............................. 21 Admission ........................................ 22 financial Aid .................................... 31 Expenses ........................................... 40 Extension Programs......................... 47

GENERAL INfORMATION ...... 3

Undergraduate Majors and Areas of Study ...................... 52 Graduate Programs ......................... 54 Degree Requirements ...................... 54 Saint Martin’s University General Education Program ...... 54 Academic Information .................... 60

ACADEMIC POLICIES AND PROCEDURES ............ 51

GRADUATE PROGRAMS ....... 227
Master’s Program in business.......... 231 Master of business Administration (MbA).......................................... 231 Master’s Programs in Education and Professional Psychology ...... 240 Master of Arts in Counseling Psychology (MAC) ...................... 240 Master of Education (MED) ....... 247 Master in Teaching (MIT) .......... 254 Post-baccalaureate Certification-Only ...................... 262 Master’s Programs in Engineering .. 274 Master of Civil Engineering (MCE) .......................................... 274 Master of Engineering Management (MEM) ........................................ 284 Deans ................................................ 292 faculty .............................................. 292 faculty and Staff Emeriti ................. 298 board of Trustees ............................. 299 Saint Martin’s Abbey ........................ 300 University Administration............... 300 Administrative Offices ..................... 301 Academic Offices.............................. 303 Campus Map .................................... 304 Directions to Saint Martin’s ............. 306 Index................................................. 307

UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS ......................... 77

Undergraduate Programs ................ 78 All-University Courses .................... 78 College of Arts and Sciences ............ 78 Programs in Humanities ............ 78 Art ............................................ 78 English ..................................... 79 Interdisciplinary Studies.......... 86 Music ........................................ 88 Philosophy................................ 93 Religious Studies ...................... 95 Speech....................................... 98 Theatre Arts.............................. 99 World Languages...................... 102 Programs in Science and Mathematics ...................... 104 biology ..................................... 104 Chemistry ................................. 111 Computer Science .................... 118 Mathematics ............................. 122 Physics ...................................... 127 Programs in Social Sciences ....... 128 Community Services ............... 128 Criminal Justice ....................... 129 Geography ................................ 133 History...................................... 133

DIRECTORY ............................. 291

ACADEMIC CATALOG

3

GENERAL INfORMATION

GENERAL INFORMATION

4

ABOUT THIS CATALOG / ACCREDITATION

AbOUT THIS CATALOG
The 2010/2011 edition of the Saint Martin’s University Academic Catalog is divided into sections to assist you in planning your undergraduate or graduate education at the University. Please refer to the table of contents to find main section headings. The course listings, appearing under each program area heading, provide the following information: • Course number • Course title followed, in parentheses, by the number of semester hours of credit earned for completing the class • Synopsis of the course offering • Prerequisites required for admission to the class, if applicable

ACCREDITATION
Saint Martin’s University is a comprehensive institution offering undergraduate- and graduate-level programs. Established in 1895, Saint Martin’s is a Catholic university and is the educational apostolate of St. Martin’s Abbey, a Benedictine monastery of the Roman Catholic Church. Members of the Abbey pray, work and live together on the University campus. Saint Martin’s University is accredited by the Northwest Commission on Colleges and Universities, the Washington State Board of Education and the U.S. Immigration and Naturalization Service. Its undergraduate civil engineering and mechanical engineering programs are accredited by the Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology Inc. (ABET). The programs of the College of Education and Professional Psychology are accredited by the Washington Professional Educator Standards Board (PESB). The residency teacher education program, which is designed to prepare teacher candidates to become outstanding P-12 professionals, was granted initial accreditation by the Teacher Education Accreditation Council (TEAC) for a period of five years from June 2008 to June 2013. This accreditation certifies that the forenamed professional education program has provided evidence that the program adheres to TEAC’s quality principles. The University is a member of the American Association of Colleges; Council for Independent Colleges; Council for the Advancement and Support of Education; Independent Colleges of Washington; National Catholic Education Association; Northwest Association of Private Colleges and Universities; Washington Friends of Higher Education; Service Members Opportunity Colleges; American Association of Benedictine Colleges and Universities; and the Carnegie Association for the Scholarship of Teaching and Learning. Saint Martin’s University’s programs of study are approved by the Washington State Higher Education Coordinating Board’s State Approving Agency (HECB/SAA) for enrollment of people eligible to receive educational benefits under Title 38 and Title 10.

MISSION STATEMENT

5

MISSION STATEMENT
Saint Martin’s University is a Catholic Benedictine institution of higher education that empowers students to pursue a lifetime of learning and accomplishment in all arenas of human endeavor. Saint Martin’s students learn to make a positive difference in their own lives and in the lives of others through the interaction of faith, reason and service. The University honors both the sacredness of the individual and the significance of community in the ongoing journey of becoming.

Context
Established in 1895, Saint Martin’s University is the educational mission of Saint Martin’s Abbey, a Catholic Benedictine monastery, whose members pray, work and live together on the University campus. The physical beauty of Saint Martin’s 300-acre campus reflects the rich intellectual and spiritual nature of its presence in the Pacific Northwest. Essential features of university life are animated by its Benedictine identity and its participation in the centuries-old traditions of Catholic intellectual thought and the search for truth. Thus, the University honors students and guides them toward achieving academic excellence. Superior teaching is the expected norm. Rooted in the long tradition of the liberal arts, the University curriculum cultivates: creativity and the ability to communicate and pursue ideas; critical thinking and independent inquiry; academic proficiency; the formation of sound ethical judgments; and service to humanity. Reflecting the Benedictine virtue of hospitality, the University welcomes and, indeed, seeks students not only from the Pacific Northwest, but also from other parts of the nation and the world at its main and extension campuses. Saint Martin’s treasures persons of all ages, religions and nationalities as it encourages cognizance of diverse viewpoints and an appreciation of all cultures. Saint Martin’s University Copyright 2011

Saint Martin’s is an equal opportunity institution.
Saint Martin’s University does not discriminate in employment or the delivery or administration of its educational programs, policies, scholarship and loan programs, athletic or other University programs on the basis of sex, sexual orientation, race, color, religion, marital status, national or ethnic origin, military or veteran status, age or disability. Students are entitled to all rights, privileges, programs and activities generally accorded or made available to students at the University.

GENERAL INFORMATION

Saint Martin’s University reserves the right to make changes as it deems necessary in procedures, policies, calendar, curriculum, overall academic programs or majors and costs.

6

ACADEMIC CALENDAR

ACADEMIC CALENDAR 2011–12
fALL 2011
Advising and registration for new students: Session 1 Advising and registration for new students: Session 2 Advising and registration for new students: Session 3 Extension term I begins Faculty Convocation and Student Welcome Residence halls open Classes begin Mass of the Holy Spirit Labor Day (Holiday) Last Day to change or add a class Extension term I ends Midterm break Midterm grades due in Records Office Extension term II begins Last day to withdraw from a class Advising and preregistration begins Saint Martin’s Day (Holiday) Thanksgiving recess Last day of classes Saint Thomas Aquinas Study Day (no classes) Semester examinations Extension term II ends December graduate recognition ceremony Grades due in Records Office July 7-8 July 14-15 July 21-22 August 8 August 26 August 28 August 30 September 1 September 5 September 9 October 3 October 13-14 October 17 October 17 October 28 October 31 November 11 November 24-25 December 7 December 8 December 12-15 December 13 December 16 December 19

SPRING 2012
Extension term III begins Residence halls open Martin Luther King, Jr. Day (Holiday) Classes begin Last day to change or add a class January 9 January 15 January 16 January 17 January 27

ACADEMIC CALENDAR 7 Presidents Day (Holiday) Extension term III ends Spring vacation begins after last class Midterm grades due in Records Office Extension term IV begins Saint Benedict Day (holiday) Classes resume after spring vacation Advising and preregistration begin Good Friday (Holiday) Easter Easter Monday (Holiday) Honors Convocation and Scholars Day (no classes) Last day of classes Saint Thomas Aquinas Study Day Senior Commencement Fair Semester examinations Bachelor baccalaureate and hooding Master baccalaureate and hooding Commencement Extension term IV ends Grades due in Records Office February 20 March 7 March 16 March 19 March 19 March 21 March 26 April 2 April 6 April 8 April 9 April 24 May 3 May 4 May 4 May 7-10 May 11 May 12 May 12 May 12 May 14 SUMMER SESSIONS 2012 Extension term V begins Summer session 1 begins Memorial Day (Holiday) Summer session 1 ends Summer session 2 begins Independence Day (Holiday) Extension term V ends Summer session 2 ends Grades due in Records Office May 21 May 21 May 28 June 29 July 2 July 4 July 18 August 10 August 13 GENERAL INFORMATION .

From there. Benedictines founded high schools. 29 students were attending Saint Martin’s. The University became coeducational in 1965. In 1920. Benedictines have worked in education. strengthen the University’s outreach ability and better fulfill its global mission. Both boarders and “day scholars” were accepted and taught from a curriculum of preparatory and high school classes. From that early time to the present. of Minnesota’s Saint John’s Abbey.S. Saint Martin’s motherhouse. in the past century.S. Pennsylvania. Saint Martin’s strong relationships with China and Japan continue today. Benedictine history in the United States began in 1845 when Abbot Boniface Wimmer. was selected in 1893 by Abbot Bernard Locnikar. Monk scholars helped write the cultural and educational history of Europe and. Saint Martin’s University also has a long history of building global relationships. near Latrobe. Angus McDonald. The site of Saint Martin’s University and Abbey. on Sept. College-level courses were added in 1900 to provide the necessary education for candidates planning to enter the Benedictine priesthood. Father Placidus Houtmeyers was one of the first monks to take Catholic education principles to Beijing. . Saint Martin’s is one of 18 Benedictine colleges and universities in the United States and Canada and the only one west of the Rockies. Saint Martin’s became a four-year. The new school admitted its first student.B. It changed its name from Saint Martin’s College to Saint Martin’s University in August 2005 to more clearly define its existing nature and programs. was founded by Saint Benedict of Nursia in about 528.. Their abbey schools nurtured and protected the legacy of the classics of Western civilization. The Order. The University’s collaboration with Mukogawa Women’s University is more than 25 years old and its partnership with Pudong Business School of the Shanghai Maritime University is almost a decade old.. Saint Martin’s first enrolled boys and young men between the approximate ages of 10 to 20. 1895. plus classical and commercial college courses. colleges and universities throughout the country. By 1897. the oldest in Western civilization. accredited.B. baccalaureate-granting institution in 1940. 11. that of the United States. O. Saint Vincent College. O. on a wooded hillside in rural Lacey.8 HISTORY HISTORY Saint Martin’s University was established in 1895 by monks of the Roman Catholic Order of Saint Benedict. established the first American abbey school. Washington.

Spirituality: We provide and encourage the development of personal recognition of spiritual values beyond the intellectual and physical.SAINT MARTIN OF TOURS / ACADEMIC VALUES 9 Saint Martin of Tours. the patron saint of the University. Martin cut his flowing cavalry cloak in two and gave half to warm the beggar. Legend has it that Martin. he began his commitment to Christianity in earnest. GENERAL INFORMATION SAINT MARTIN Of TOURS . when the people of Tours. Saint Martin’s Abbey and University take their name from this illustrious patron. he chose to remain a missionary until 371. Although his youth was spent as a cavalryman in the Roman army. he longed for something more. chanced upon a shivering beggar clutching his rags about him in the bitter cold. France.500 churches. while still a soldier. As a free man. prevailed upon him to become bishop. During his lifetime. by studying to become a Christian. a tribune in the army. Soon after. figures prominently in the development of Christianity in fourth-century Europe. Soon he was considered the holiest man in France. Martin obtained a discharge from the army. Although he was sought as a bishop. Martin had a vision in which that beggar revealed himself to be the Lord Jesus Christ. Some time thereafter. He horrified his father. studying under famous scholars and teachers of the era. ACADEMIC VALUES Knowledge: We emphasize broad geographic and historical perspectives. cultural and linguistic plurality and scientific and aesthetic understanding. Martin established about 3.

The population of the Lacey area is about 41. Oregon. Discovery: We believe that discovery. is developed in the context of learning. With its proximity to metropolitan areas. We encourage diverse viewpoints and the appreciation of different cultures. The beauty of the 300-acre Saint Martin’s campus reflects the rich intellectual and spiritual nature of its presence in the Pacific Northwest. The wooded areas of campus are threaded with pleasant walking trails. In nearby cities. Many species of wildlife roam the undeveloped acres on campus and the meadows below the main University buildings. Service: We expect that our students will live exceptional lives dedicated to serving others in the local and global community. students can take advantage of events ranging from top-flight art shows. LOCATION Saint Martin’s University is located in Lacey. Olympia and Tumwater — is about 250. concerts and theater to professional sports.000. the Greater Olympia area also attracts nationally recognized entertainers. We expect such service to mirror the Catholic Benedictine life and to nurture the family spirit among all who participate in the University. Holistic Education: We believe that intellect alone cannot sustain a meaningful life.10 ACADEMIC VALUES / LOCATON Hospitality: We welcome and include in our community people from diverse backgrounds and locations. Washington. artists and musicians. adjacent to Olympia. two hours from Portland. Saint Martin’s is conveniently located near Interstate-5. including self-discovery. the state capital. Communication: We provide opportunities for students to pursue ideas and communicate them in varied forms.000. Inquiry: We work to develop thoughtful graduates who are able to engage in honest and thorough analysis and critical and independent thinking. . providing cultural opportunities to complement the University’s educational experience. and thus we work to unfold the potential of the whole person. serving and valuing the worth of others. and who are prepared to address the complex nature of our society. Valuable student internships and work experiences can be obtained through positions in government offices and agencies. Located near the shores of South Puget Sound. less than an hour from Seattle. Creativity: We expect our students to find joy in acts of creation and recognize artistic expression as the bridge between interior and exterior spaces. and 30 minutes from Tacoma. The University’s proximity to the state capital gives students an opportunity to watch and take part in legislative and government-related activities. and that of Thurston County — which includes the greater Olympia area of Lacey.

Curriculum Resource Center. GENERAL INFORMATION For nature lovers. consult reference books. the University’s oldest structure. journals. streams and ocean inlets. a computer classroom. . or remain inside and enjoy the view from the hill onto the lower campus. its surrounding gardens and serene atmosphere draw many people from on campus and the nearby community. write papers and get help publishing finished projects to a class website. and the student and monastic dining rooms. The library features the Information Commons. videos. The building has 550 network ports as well as wireless access throughout. students can confer with a librarian on a research strategy.LOCATION / CAMPUS FACILITIES 11 CAMPUS fACILITIES Saint Martin’s Abbey: The Abbey. This technology-rich building features eight general classrooms. and the west wing in 1923. Harned Hall: Opened in 2008. the area is exceptional. just 50 miles west. the University’s primary academic building. eight group study rooms. stands near the church entrance. a small computer lab. was completed in 1913. The student dining area. explore resources in the library catalog or one of the library’s web-based databases. contains most faculty and administrative offices. Old Main’s south wing. Swimming and other water activities are as close as five minutes from campus on a wealth of nearby lakes. two technology classrooms and the spacious Benedictine Reading Room. backpackers and other outdoor enthusiasts can pursue their favorite pastimes in the mountains or enjoy such spectacular Northwest attractions as Mount Rainier National Park. skiers. kiteflying. is across from Old Main. It was seismically updated in 2000. A beautiful. Wireless access is available throughout the building. Helens. many classrooms and laboratories. Old Main: Old Main. hikers. four seminar rooms. A bronze statue of the Benedictine Order’s patron saint. Harned Hall is shared by students and faculty in every division. the Computer Resource and Copy Center. a faculty room and a tiered lecture hall. Saint Benedict of Nursia. books. Here. The church is used for daily services as well as for small concerts and other activities. opened in January 2001. Mount St. This remarkable building enhances students’ access to both research materials and technology by integrating library and computer services under one roof. designed by internationally acclaimed architect Michael Graves. Pacific Ocean beaches. Multimedia Center. St. Gertrude Dining Hall. an electrical lab. Reference materials. computers and multimedia equipment are available for use by the entire Saint Martin’s community. Abbey Church: The Abbey Church is the spiritual center of Saint Martin’s. modern structure adjacent to the Abbey. music CDs. The Information Commons blends traditional reference services with technology support. O’Grady Library: O’Grady Library. home of the Benedictine monks. the University bookstore. deep-sea fishing and sailing. the Olympic Peninsula and the San Juan Islands. Less than an hour away. Students can dine outside. offer opportunities for clamming. the University’s oldest building. three media rooms. recently was renovated and expanded to accommodate seating for 250. search the Internet. weather permitting.

and the entire staff is dedicated to addressing students’ information needs. and students have easy access to laser printers. In addition. Email. specialized computer graphics software and video-editing tools. These computers are licensed with a variety of up-to-date software. Computers are available in the Computer Resource Center in Old Main. developed to support education students. Summit. The library extends its resources through participation in various consortia. Internet and research tools. offering immediate reference assistance. The Curriculum Resource Center. students are given a $10 credit toward their printing each semester. young adult books.12 CAMPUS FACILITIES The Multimedia Center holds the library’s audio and video collections and has equipment and viewing rooms for using these resources. 2. Email accounts and library database information also can be accessed off-campus via the Internet. with two-business-day courier delivery to the O’Grady Library. statistical software and engineering applications. classroom sets and other teaching-related materials. and individualized research or technology consultations. Laptops. digital voice recorders. copy and scanning. offers Saint Martin’s students access to more than 9 million titles from over 30 academic libraries in the Pacific Northwest. programming languages. digital cameras. The networked technology classrooms support multimedia presentations and offer a setting conducive to hands-on classroom projects. Print. Group study rooms can be reserved in advance for team projects or study sessions. Parsons Hall and Cebula Hall. 3. digital camcorders and other multimedia equipment are available for student checkout at the library’s circulation desk. O’Grady Library. Several locations are available for students to scan materials to data formats. the catalog of the Orbis Cascade Alliance. Traditional interlibrary loan services also are available. see the staff for assistance.05 for black and white copies and $. The residence halls . Harned Hall. technology troubleshooting. The O’Grady Library staff provides professional.25 for color copies. houses an extensive collection of children’s literature. These include: 1. personal service. Computer Resource and Copy Center: A wide variety of computer resources are available to Saint Martin’s students. The Center also features computer workstations with scanners. Per-page print and copy charges are modest and are partially subsidized by the University. Trautman Student Union Building. Black and white or color copies can also be made at the O’Grady Library and Harned Hall utilizing a card or coin vending unit attached to the copiers. students have easy access to the University’s network and to the Internet. including Microsoft Office Professional. library reference materials. General-purpose computers. Librarians are committed to developing students’ information literacy skills. While on campus. Copies can be made in the Computer Resource and Copy Center at $. The Cooperating Libraries in Olympia (CLIO) project provides Saint Martin’s students with borrowing privileges at The Evergreen State College Library and the Washington State Library.

The facility also is the site for numerous sporting events. conferences and social events. a multi-purpose classroom and an aerobics-dance studio. The University’s primary location for meetings. Norman Worthington Conference Center: Completed in 1992. as well as commencement ceremonies for Saint Martin’s and area high schools. copyright violations or piracy will result in immediate loss of privileges. GENERAL INFORMATION provide wired Ethernet connections for each resident. it is sometimes used for the performing arts. dedicated in 2009. which houses Abbey offices and the Integrated Technology Services offices. student government and clubs. The 5. Track and field facility: Saint Martin’s track and field. the Norman Worthington Conference Center features a skylighted lobby. Its name honors Father Richard Cebula.S. . is the site for many University. who served as the engineering division chairman for many years. Marcus Pavilion: The Hal and Inge Marcus Pavilion. alumni and community activities. a game room. rehearsal and shop space. Cebula Hall: Cebula Hall houses most engineering classrooms and offices. It offers meeting and activity space for students. the Student Union Building is a center for student activities. originally dedicated as “Saint Martin’s Pavilion” in 1968. a four-lane running track. contains classroom. the University’s arts education building. this 36.000-square-foot facility houses three multi-purpose courts.CAMPUS FACILITIES 13 To access University computer resources. (1916-2004).B. In addition to housing a large conference room that can be divided into smaller areas. cardio equipment. the University’s beautiful conference center adjoins the Hal and Inge Marcus Pavilion and is a popular venue for area events. O. Wireless Internet access is also provided in common areas and in many classrooms. offices and a kitchen. St. Inappropriate uses such as pornography.000-square-foot building opened in 1998. Kreielsheimer Hall: Kreielsheimer Hall. a batting cage and a fitness center equipped with weights. Raphael Hall: Built in 1924. Students who violate that policy will quickly lose all access to University systems. an engineering computer center and engineering laboratories. On the ground floor is the Lynch Center. Trautman Student Union building (TUb): Dedicated in 1965. Raphael Hall contains the Abbey guest quarters on its upper story. conferences and exhibitions. concerts. as well as practice rooms for Saint Martin’s music and theatre arts programs. features an all-weather running track. Student activities there range from physical education classes and intramurals to team practices and weight-lifting. a student must first complete a one-time computer/email account application. Charneski Recreation Center: Opened in the fall of 2009. and a relaxing environment for connecting with the community. This includes the student agreeing to comply with the University’s Acceptable Use Policy. St. an irrigated infield and soccer field.

and is the most frequently used site for Residence Life-sponsored events. vacuum cleaners. community kitchen. provides on-campus apartment-style living for juniors and seniors. and find professional staff members to assist them as needed. Extension campuses: Saint Martin’s University operates extension campus programs at nearby Joint Base Lewis-McChord. Built in 2008.14 CAMPUS FACILITIES Zaverl Hall: Zaverl Hall. The four halls have a variety of amenities that foster the sense of community for which Saint Martin’s is noted. juniors and seniors. Furnished suites are primarily for sophomores. and study lounges on each floor. It offers spacious single and double rooms. Centralia College. Spangler Hall provides on-campus residential space for 142 students. game room. belongs to the Saint Martin’s monastic community and is used as a recreational retreat. convenience store. on the shores of Puget Sound. conference room. Baran Hall also includes a community kitchen for student use and card-key security locks on the outer doors. includes a large community room for activities and gatherings. mail room. Baran and Burton Halls are also equipped for phone access. and suite-style housing for sophomores. Spangler Hall has Housing and Residence Life offices where students can check out games. computer lab. Everett Community College (for mechanical engineering students) and Tacoma Community College (for civil engineering students). and apartments are primarily for juniors and seniors. The hall also houses a mailroom and a kitchen/patio area for social gatherings. a fitness room. Lambert Lodge: Lambert Lodge. and all have laundry facilities. The Great Room provides an ideal setting for social activities. Burton Hall. Rooms/apartments in all four residence halls are equipped for Internet and cable TV access. a conference room. etc. Saint Martin’s newest residence hall. Halls are smoke-free and furnished. located in a forested setting. and includes two computer labs. built in 2006. a prayer room. and all rooms and apartments house same-gender roommates. Hall amenities include a student lounge on each floor. fitness room. a game room. and is also home to the University Health Center on the first floor. and Housing and Residence Life offices. a prayer room. The hall is comprised of furnished four-bedroom apartments housing approximately 90 students. Baran Hall. Parsons Hall. the hall features an espresso stand. contains mechanical engineering labs and maintenance and storage facilities. All halls are coeducational. fireplace. was renovated in 2011 and houses primarily second-year students. pool sticks. Residence halls: Saint Martin’s has four residence halls offering a variety of housing arrangements to students living on campus. and card-key security locks on exterior doors. Spangler. provides traditional-style housing for first-year students with double rooms and community bathrooms. . It is the site for occasional University activities and retreats.

embrace diversity.STUDENT LIFE 15 STUDENT LIfE The Office of Student Affairs works to retain students by maintaining and improving the overall quality of campus life through programming based on Catholic Benedictine tradition. The department also works to meet the needs of a diverse student population. Structured experiences help students develop and refine leadership skills. service and development of the whole person. . involved community members and future leaders. CAMPUS MINISTRY The Office of Campus Ministry provides a Christian environment in the Catholic Benedictine tradition in which all students and employees. recognize civil and social responsibilities. Campus Ministry is greatly influenced by the centuries-old traditions. area residents. explore and define personal goals. retreats. on a spaceavailable basis. faculty and staff enhance each student’s overall growth and development through coordinated programs. their families and. are assured respect and freedom to pursue personal spiritual growth. Saint Martin’s facilities and resources are open to all students. regardless of where they are enrolled. These experiences. GENERAL INFORMATION The extension programs at the military installations provide educational access at the undergraduate and graduate level to military personnel. national and international trips. respect the rights of others. They are key factors in preparing students to pursue their career choices and become educated citizens. and the services provided by the University. The Office of Campus Ministry supports all students and reinforces their integration into their spiritual community through liturgies. resolve conflicts. educational and social justice programs. respect for the individual. hallmarks of which are hospitality. make responsible choices. These programs are intended to assist students in blending their faith into their daily lives. and local. and activities such as volunteerism. celebrate common values. enrich Saint Martin’s learning environment. While the extension campuses operate on different schedules from the University’s main campus. Collaboration among students. and develop other characteristics expected of University graduates. discussions. regardless of religious persuasion. activities and services. One of those traditions is hospitality. customs and spirit of Benedictine monasticism. prayer groups.

They also contribute to the well-being of the University community and its neighbors. cover letter. These organizations are typically formed around recreational interests. All students are urged to participate in out-of-class and community activities as part of their University education. social issues or personal development activities. The University recognizes and supports the vital contributions made possible by students’ participation in student government. Those services and programs include: • Online database (Saints4Hire) for jobs. cultural events. negotiating and other skill-building workshops • Graduate school testing information • Major and career exploration sessions for undecided students • On-campus interviewing and recruiting • Career guidance testing • Career fairs • Internet access • A career resource library • Assistance finding scholarship opportunities • Peer advisors • Facebook page . academic majors. administration and board of trustees. sporting events. CAREER SERVICES The Career Center helps students define their career goals and objectives as they relate to future employment or graduate school opportunities. interviewing. All currently enrolled undergraduate students are members of ASSMU and can participate in the election of representatives and executive officers. leadership workshops. Career planning begins when the student enters Saint Martin’s and continues through graduation. scholarships and alumni mentors • Resume. Saint Martin’s believes co-curricular activities provide experience. Student activities are coordinated through the Office of Campus Life. knowledge and opportunities for personal growth not always available in the classroom. Activities include social and educational excursions. the Associated Students of Saint Martin’s University (ASSMU). ASSMU represents the needs of the students to the faculty. enrichment. moral and social development of students. Individual student clubs and organizations are officially recognized through ASSMU. dances and traditional activities such as Homecoming.16 STUDENT LIFE STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS AND ACTIVITIES Various campus organizations and activities contribute to the intellectual. The Center’s services are available to all students and alumni at the University’s main campus and extension campuses. lectures.

Graduate students may utilize the Student Health Center for a fee paid at the time of visit. email or stop by the Counseling and Wellness Center. At the LWC. extensive math drop-in tutoring. The staff at the center also works closely with the University’s academic early warning system — a referral system that supports student success. Students can receive help for any social. Our professional staff of counselors is available to assist students with a wide range of issues to promote a successful college experience. The Student Health Center is open Monday. personal and professional writing. diabetes and high blood pressure • Referrals for services that extend beyond the scope of the center All enrolled main campus undergraduate students are assessed a Student Health Center fee and may use the services of the center at no additional charge. personalized learning consultations. located in room 102 of Burton Hall. depression. Our substance abuse prevention program coordinator is available to provide assessments. outreach and education on substance abuse prevention and awareness. Wednesday and Friday. staff are available on Tuesday and Thursday to schedule appointments. The Learning Center provides subject area tutoring. flu and other medical concerns • riting of prescriptions (no prescription medications are kept W on the premises) • imited disease management for chronic health problems. To make an appointment. Hours of operation are announced at the beginning of each semester. educational programs. L such as asthma. and academic success workshops. GENERAL INFORMATION LEARNING AND WRITING CENTER . and relationship issues. stress. referrals. including: academic stress.STUDENT LIFE 17 The Learning and Writing Center (LWC) offers free academic support services to all Saint Martin’s students. STUDENT HEALTH CENTER Saint Martin’s Student Health Center. adjustments. anxiety. the Student Health Center assists students in developing a commitment to healthy lifestyles and becoming advocates for their own health care. students can call. training. Staffed by a physician. nurse practitioner and physician’s assistant. COUNSELING AND WELLNESS CENTER The Counseling and Wellness Center provides free and confidential counseling services to all enrolled students. is dedicated to the wellness of Saint Martin’s students. students meet with trained peer readers to discuss their academic. educational or vocational issues. emotional. Services include: • Acute care for colds. Other services that we provide to the campus community include: consultation.

The Office of Disability Support Services handles coordination of services and academic accommodations for students with disabilities. services and the assistance necessary to successfully pursue their higher education. the annual Saint Martin’s University Dragon Boat Festival. home-stay opportunities. The goal of OIPD is to enhance and support international and cross-cultural education. The office will assess the individual needs of each student. Beyond developing new friendships and taking in new sights. Specifically. more focused time abroad. Students who need special housing accommodations on campus due to a disability also find assistance through the Office of Disability Support Services. and have a specific study focus. The office supports this mission through numerous programs designed to integrate our international and domestic communities. Costs are often similar to those accrued at Saint Martin’s.18 STUDENT LIFE DISAbILITY SUPPORT SERVICES Saint Martin’s University is committed to providing a campus environment that is accessible to all students. Study Abroad Students have opportunities to spend a semester. student cultural ambassador program. summer cultural exchange programs. Procedures for course substitutions and waivers for students with documented disabilities are available in the Office of Disability Support Services. or study tours. assist him or her in communicating those needs to faculty and staff and help the student obtain materials. Students wishing to request appropriate accommodations are responsible for initiating contact with the office. culture and academic exchange. are also available to students who wish to have a shorter. representing nearly all continents. Study tours typically last from one to six weeks. These programs are available in more than 20 countries. conversation partners. Participating in a study abroad experience is a memorable and possibly life-changing event for a student. Short-term faculty-led programs. OIPD also offers student-led cultural activities that provide international students with a better understanding of American culture and an opportunity to explore the Pacific Northwest. are comprised of several Saint Martin’s students. International Education Week. programs offered by OIPD are: study abroad and study tour opportunities. and credits may count toward a student’s degree. and are selected to ensure students receive a quality of education comparable to Saint Martin’s. OffICE Of INTERNATIONAL PROGRAMS AND DEVELOPMENT The Office of International Programs and Development (OIPD) serves the Saint Martin’s community through a variety of international programs and services related to language. and various volunteer opportunities. academic year or summer break abroad through an approved program or sister university. International Taste of Culture. many other benefits exist: .

soccer.STUDENT LIFE • verseas experience strengthens an undergraduate degree and aids O students in standing out in a competitive job market. Its purpose is to serve the communication needs of the student community and provide a vehicle for communicating student. • any study abroad programs offer unique and special opportunities M such as internships and volunteering in a field of interest. Other communications concerning the University and its students include periodic newsletters for parents and a variety of news and information that is carried on the University’s website. golf. a periodic publication of the Office of Marketing and Communications. cardio equipment. a four-lane running track. offer opportunities for many sports and activities. features an all-weather running track and an irrigated infield for field-event competition. In the fall of 2009.000-square-foot fitness center equipped with weights. ATHLETIC AND RECREATIONAL PROGRAMS Athletic and recreational activities are planned and supervised as an integral part of educating the whole student. a multi-purpose classroom and an aerobics-dance studio. which in turn. shores and mountains. Abbey and alumni to alumni. • Studying abroad helps build a greater sense of self-confidence. cross country. Insights. Saint Martin’s outdoor track and field facility. and men’s baseball. helps our students develop leadership skills. women’s volleyball and softball. lakes. Saint Martin’s is a member of NCAA Division II Great Northwest Athletic Conference. a batting cage and a 9. 19 PUbLICATIONS The Belltower is a periodic newspaper written and edited by Saint Martin’s students.000-square-foot Charneski Recreation Center. • tudy abroad enhances a student’s overall academic experience by S providing an alternative perspective to learning subject matter. friends and families of students. The Hal and Inge Marcus Pavilion is the University’s indoor athletic facility.edu. Students use the infield for soccer practice and intramural games. This facility includes three multi-purpose courts. which was dedicated in the spring of 2009. GENERAL INFORMATION . The University’s athletic fields and courts. as well as nearby public golf courses. Students are encouraged to participate in individual and group recreation.stmartin. and outdoor and indoor track and field. www. provides news about the University. Saint Martin’s opened the new 36. faculty and staff news and views on campus issues. University teams participate in men’s and women’s basketball. independence and direction.

banquets. Conference Services manages the scheduling of these facilities and offers a one-stop-shop conferencing experience that meets the needs of those using the space. and locker rooms. Air Force ROTC is available in cooperation with the University of Washington. receptions. graduations. badminton. On-campus catering services are provided exclusively by Bon Appétit. the University’s food service provider. CONfERENCE SERVICES AND fACILITIES Saint Martin’s University Conference Services operates and manages the Norman Worthington Conference Center and the Hal and Inge Marcus Pavilion. Contact the ROTC offices at the respective universities for more information. provides a variety of services to the campus community and its guests.S. table tennis. For athletic events. The dining hall is open to the public. Gertrude Dining Hall. Bon Appétit also provides catering to student organizations and University departments. Sports and camping equipment is available for individual student use at no charge.300 guests. . soccer and softball.stmartin. trade shows and other activities.20 STUDENT LIFE Students also can take part in intramurals at the team or individual level. Bon Appétit. CAMPUS DINING SERVICES Saint Martin’s food service. Activities vary from year to year. but often include volleyball. basketball. These two facilities are available for use by students and staff for a variety of internal campus events.S. Note: The Art Acuff Fitness Room is no longer in use as a weight/fitness room. conferences. the U. and for brunch and dinner on weekends. and to outside events at the University. The versatility of both facilities offers several options for equipment. The hall is open for breakfast. Our friendly and knowledgeable conferencing staff will work closely with you to make your event a success and your experience memorable. STUDENTS AND MILITARY SERVICE The U. Army Reserve Officer Training Corps (ROTC) Program is available in cooperation with Pacific Lutheran University and other area colleges. lunch and dinner Monday through Friday. the Norman Worthington Conference Center and Marcus Pavilion are also available to the public for community meetings. As rental space. tennis. www. technology and room layout. The University community dines in the St. playing fields. Spaces include classrooms. the Hal and Inge Marcus Pavilion can provide seating for 4. basketball and volleyball courts. Catering information is available online at the Saint Martin’s website.edu.

RESIDENCE LIFE / STUDENT CONDUCT 21 The residence halls are an integral part of the University community and complement its educational programs. Residents are responsible for familiarizing themselves with this handbook and contract. an additional $175 room reservation deposit must be on file with the Office of Student Accounts prior to early housing registration each year. GENERAL INFORMATION RESIDENCE LIfE . STUDENT CONDUCT Students at Saint Martin’s are expected to conduct themselves in a responsible manner that reflects favorably on themselves and the Saint Martin’s community. and for complying with terms and conditions of each document. Damage deposits are kept on file if the resident continues to live in the residence hall in future semesters. Proof of payment must be made before early room reservations are accepted. Policies and regulations may be amended from time to time. expel or otherwise discipline a student whose conduct is disruptive or dangerous to the University or members of the Saint Martin’s community. Procedures and policies for the residence halls are outlined in the Student Handbook and the housing contract. The University reserves the right to suspend. The Office of Housing and Residence Life provides an environment that helps students learn and grow. Additional information about the University’s residence halls is available from the Office of Admission or the Office of Housing and Residence Life. a student not following the rules can expect University officials to initiate appropriate disciplinary action as outlined in the Student Handbook. University conduct system policies and guidelines are outlined in the Saint Martin’s University Student Handbook. The damage deposit may be refunded only if no damage has been done to the room and the student has no outstanding balance on his/her account. The halls are maintained by professional and paraprofessional staff members specifically employed to assist students. For returning Saint Martin’s students. Damage deposits may be refunded if requested in writing within 30 days of checking out of the residence halls. a housing contract and a $200 damage deposit/new student room reservation (taken from the enrollment deposit or charged to your account if your enrollment deposit is waived) are required. except in those instances listed in the University’s Student Handbook. While the University is not responsible for student actions. For new students. All single undergraduate students younger than 21 and who have fewer than 60 semester hours are required to live in the residence halls.

The Office of Admissions can answer most questions or direct you to the person or office that can best assist you. personalized education provided by the University. whether Saint Martin’s main campus in Lacey or one of the University’s extension campuses. website: www. Saint Martin’s University. Applicants applying for the spring term are advised to apply no less than 30 days prior to the start of the term to ensure sufficient time to process the application. The University website. eagerness to participate in the educational process. Admission to Saint Martin’s University is not based on any single criterion. Applicants are encouraged to visit campus. and commitment to serve the needs of the community. level of motivation. Applicants are accepted up until the first day of class. college and university transfer admission. www.stmartin.edu. Applications are accepted for both the fall and spring semester. UNDERGRADUATE ADMISSION The Office of Admissions welcomes applications for first-year admission. contains a wealth of information. For more information about admission to Saint Martin’s University.22 ADMISSION ADMISSION Saint Martin’s University seeks to enroll students of all ages and backgrounds who will benefit from the distinctive. Applicants are encouraged to thoroughly investigate Saint Martin’s University before submitting an application or committing to enroll. Consideration also is given to an applicant’s life experiences. stmartin. Lacey.edu. meaning there is no formal application deadline and applicants receive an admission decision approximately three weeks after submitting a complete application. Old Main 256. Saint Martin’s University practices rolling admission. Traditional indicators of a potential student’s academic ability are considered important and are carefully weighed in all admission decisions. WA 98503-7500. including contact information for University officials and offices. Telephone: 360-438-4596 / toll-free: 800-368-8803. all levels • Graduate admission • Education and teacher certification program admission • Extension campus admission • Readmission of former Saint Martin’s students • A description of the application procedure for each one of these follows. and returning student admission. . please contact: Office of Admissions. 5300 Pacific Avenue SE.edu. There are different applications for admission depending on which program you are applying to: • Undergraduate admission (first-year and transfer) • International student admission. email: admissions@stmartin.

but the Office of Admissions may request additional information. One letter of recommendation is required.edu. After March 1. Some decisions may be deferred until 7th or 8th term grades are available. The Admission Committee will carefully review applications from students with a cumulative high school GPA below 2. . a student may be offered regular admission or admission through Saint Martin’s Conditional Admit Program (CAP). High school transcripts. The average high school GPA of admitted students is between 3. All applicants should complete the Saint Martin’s University Application for Admission. The most important criterion in the selection process is demonstrated academic achievement. and applicants are encouraged to submit any and all additional information in writing or through an interview to fully explain their educational background. additional letters (up to three) are always welcome. The best SAT or ACT scores submitted with the application will be used in the review process. Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) or American College Testing (ACT) exam scores. Character and community involvement are also important in the University’s effort to form a well-rounded and active student body. The application is available through the Office of Admissions or online at www.3 each year. as well as state and federal financial aid. stmartin. but are strongly encouraged to apply by Saint Martin’s Priority Application Deadline of March 1. It is suggested that supplemental information be provided by those students who will be applying for Saint Martin’s University financial aid or scholarship programs. successfully completed a home school program. CAP is designed to help students succeed in college-level courses through special ad- GENERAL INFORMATION Applicants for the fall term are welcome to apply at any time.2 and 3. Please contact the University’s Office of Admissions with questions or concerns about application guidelines or the availability of financial aid. However. or the test of General Education Development (GED) prior to enrollment. Candidates for admission will be evaluated upon the high school transcript submitted at the time of their application. only students accepted before March 1 will receive priority consideration for institutional financial aid. financial aid resources may be limited. The Catholic College Admission Application also is accepted.80. After review.ADMISSION 23 Upon an individual’s submission of a complete Application for Admission. Applicants should take the time to complete the relevant sections of the Application for Admission so the Admission Committee is fully aware of their activities in and out of high school. For the SAT individual scores from different exams will be combined to form the highest possible combined score. first-year Admission Saint Martin’s University welcomes applications from students who have earned a high school diploma. the Office of Admissions will review the application and notify the applicant of an admission decision usually within three weeks. letter of recommendation and a personal essay are the primary vehicles through which the University evaluates academic achievement. Applications arriving after the recommended March 1 guideline will receive full consideration on a space-available basis. Individual circumstances are always considered.

) • Mathematics – 3 years College preparatory algebra and geometry. (Three years of science with two years of laboratory science are recommended for students majoring in engineering or the sciences. More information about CAP is available from the Office of Admissions or the Learning and Writing Center. Application for first-Year Admission To apply for first-year admission. CAP students are required to maintain a 2. economics. including one year of a laboratory science. engineering or business. • World Language – 2 years Students completing two years of a single world language in high school with a B average will have met the University’s world language requirement. as instructed on the Application • Official high school transcript. debate or journalism. (One additional year in advanced mathematics is recommended for students majoring in the sciences. sociology and cultural anthropology. psychology.) • Social Science – 2 years History. GED certificate or home school documentation .24 ADMISSION vising and tutoring from the Learning and Writing Center. It is strongly recommended that high school applicants to Saint Martin’s complete an academic program that includes the following: • English – 4 years At least three years of study should be from college preparatory composition and English literature.) • Science – 3 years College preparatory science. in either paper or online format • Personal essay. political science. laboratory science and world language will strengthen the student’s Application for Admission.) Students who do not meet these academic requirements or fulfill recommended course patterns may be offered admission on a conditional status. • Academic Electives – 3 years Academic electives and advanced study beyond the recommended course pattern.0 GPA their first year at the University. students must submit: • The Application for Admission. public speaking. mathematics. (Additional courses in English. (One year may be satisfied by courses in drama. High school students are encouraged to submit their application materials during the first semester of their senior year.

University Credit for High School Students/Running Start/AP/Ib High school students earning college credit will be considered freshmen for University admission purposes. should be submitted to the Office of Admissions. Students must submit official college transcripts to receive credit for college courses completed while in high school. Transcripts will be reviewed on an individual basis. 4 or 5. To receive academic credit for AP exams students should have official copies of their exam results sent to the Office of Admissions by the College Board or have them printed on their final high school transcript. Applicants should supply as much information as possible about their home school experience. An Advanced Placement exam score of 4 or 5 may exempt students from taking ENG 101. Exceptions to this policy are General Education requirements in writing and literature. with reading lists. • School Report Form • A letter of recommendation from a counselor or teacher (one letter is required.ADMISSION • Official transcripts from all colleges or universities attended (if applicable) • A $35 nonrefundable application fee or fee waiver • Test scores from the College Board’s SAT exam or American College Testing Program (ACT). applicants may send up to three) 25 Home School Applicants Home-schooled applicants will be evaluated on an individual basis. including completion of high school course requirements. Running Start students must follow freshman application procedures and meet freshman admission standards. are 4674 for the SAT and 4474 for the ACT. Credit may be given for scores of 5. If courses have been taken at a local high school or college. College-level credit will be evaluated in a manner consistent with standard transfer equivalency programs. which applicants need to have their exam scores reported to the Office of Admission. International Baccalaureate credits can be used to satisfy appropriate general education requirements and can be applied to major or minor programs of study with the approval of the academic department. A maximum of 32 semester credits may be granted for IB or AP examinations. transcripts. transcripts must be submitted. GENERAL INFORMATION . 6. To receive credit for IB exams students should submit their final high school transcript with IB exam scores to the Office of Admissions for review by the University’s registrar. Saint Martin’s recognizes the International Baccalaureate Program. Students participating in the College Board’s examinations may receive credit for exam scores of 3. or any other type of advance credit for high school applicants. At minimum. Students with Advanced Placement scores of 4 or 5 may receive elective credits in writing and literature. descriptions of all courses. or 7 in selected higher level IB examinations. Saint Martin’s institutional codes. but not ENG 102 or the literature requirement.

GED certificate or home school documentation) and SAT or ACT scores. as instructed on the Application • Official transcripts from all colleges and universities attended • A $35 nonrefundable application fee or fee waiver • Official high school transcript. Credits earned more than nine years ago will be reviewed to determine transferability. GED certificate or home school documentation. No more than 30 semester hours (45 quarter hours) earned by extension or correspondence will be accepted. Applications are welcome from students attending two-year and four-year accredited colleges and universities worldwide. Application for Transfer Admission To apply for transfer admission students must submit: • The Application for Admission. in either paper or online format • Personal essays. They will have satisfied Saint Martin’s General University Requirements with the exception of one course in religion and one course in philosophy.26 ADMISSION Transfer Admission Students transferring from other colleges or universities are considered for admission on the basis of academic achievement. Applications for Admission are evaluated on an individual basis to determine admissibility and transcripts are evaluated on an individual basis to determine transferability of credit. professional objectives and community involvement. If an applicant has completed less than 30 semester credits or 45 quarter credits (generally one year) of college or university study they are asked to submit high school academic records (transcript. Transfer credits not included in a Direct Transfer Associate Degree will be evaluated on a course-by-course basis. no more than six semester hours (nine quarter hours) may be taken by correspondence. Of these. life experience. Community college graduates who have a Direct Transfer Associate Degree completed after 1990 are admitted to Saint Martin’s with junior standing. Applicants are encouraged to provide as much information as possible about their previous education. and credits will be applied to academic major requirements according to established guidelines and policies. if applicable . Saint Martin’s University participates in transfer agreements with 28 community colleges in the state of Washington. A maximum of 96 semester hours (144 quarter hours) will be accepted toward fulfillment of requirements for a baccalaureate degree. Transfer credits from a twoyear accredited college may not exceed 64 semester hours (96 quarter hours). life experience and educational/ professional objectives to assist the Admission Committee in making its decision.

CCAF transcripts. Students who will be living on campus also are required to submit a housing contract. DD Form 295. but the University recommends that the deposit be submitted by May 1 for fall semester and by Dec. Other documentation such as DD Form 214. college A or university previously attended. International students seeking admission to the University must submit: • completed Saint Martin’s University International Student A Application for Admission and a non-refundable $35 (U.ADMISSION • Test scores from the College Board Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) or the American College Testing Program (ACT). Armed Forces Institution Examinations (USAFI) and/or (DANTES) and/or College Examination Program (CLEP). Saint Martin’s maintains an active International Club that promotes interaction between U.S. and international students and fosters a supportive environment on campus. 27 Acceptance of an Undergraduate Offer of Admission Students will be notified of a decision regarding admission usually within three weeks after an application is complete. The enrollment deposit may be submitted at any time. currency) application fee. if applicable • For those who have prior military credits: All scores from U. Students who plan to enroll at Saint Martin’s must return the Enrollment Confirmation card with the Enrollment Deposit of $325. • Personal essay as instructed on the Application. INTERNATIONAL STUDENT ADMISSION Saint Martin’s University welcomes applications from international students and provides support services for them through the Office of International Programs and Development. provided the terms and conditions of the housing contract are met. This deposit is credited to the student’s account for the first semester of enrollment. Residence hall assignments and pre-registration appointments are assigned after the enrollment confirmation deposit is received. • n official translated transcript from each secondary school. $200 of the student’s enrollment deposit will be used as the required housing deposit. GENERAL INFORMATION .S. 1 for spring semester. DLI transcripts and SMART transcripts. AARTS transcripts. The housing deposit is refundable. The deposit is nonrefundable after these dates. International students must submit all application materials at least three months before their expected date of enrollment.S.

A letter of full guarantee or support submitted by any sponsoring agency will meet the requirement for proof of finances. provided they meet the prerequisite and program participation requirements for the courses in which they wish to enroll. and undertake a variety of personally enriching learning experiences.S. SUMMER SESSION ADMISSION Summer session courses are offered at the Lacey campus by all of the University’s colleges and schools in terms of varying length from the first week after graduation through the first week of August. The curriculum. GRADUATE ADMISSION Information concerning admission to the University’s individual graduate programs is contained in the graduate section of this catalog: • • • • • • Master of Business Administration (MBA) Master of Arts in Counseling Psychology (MAC) Master of Civil Engineering (MCE) Master of Engineering Management (MEM) Master of Education (MED) Master in Teaching (MIT) EDUCATION PROGRAM ADMISSION Students who seek to enroll in any of the University’s education programs must make separate Application for Admission to the University’s College of Education and Professional Psychology. Those not matriculated at Saint Martin’s University should contact their home institution about transferability of the credits. for admission information or to schedule an interview.28 ADMISSION • est scores from the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) T are required if their native language is not English. • roof of health insurance coverage that is valid in the U. health insurance coverage will be required to enroll in the University’s health plan. 360-438-4333. Those P international students who lack valid U. provides opportunities to make up academic deficiencies. Admission to Saint Martin’s University does not secure admission into an education program. For specific requirements. which complements that of the regular academic year. • n official statement of financial support attesting to the student’s A ability to finance his or her education at Saint Martin’s.S. please contact the College of Education and Professional Psychology office. . Students from any institution may apply. accelerate progress toward graduation. Students who do not have a TOEFL score or who score 525 or below on the paper-based TOEFL (or the equivalent) will be enrolled in the English as a Second Language (ESL) Program until they are able to meet this requirement.

if requested • ll scores from U. A complete Extension Campus Application consists of: • e Extension Campus Application for Admission.) • fficial high school transcript. Everett Community College. Civilians should first consider our degree programs Saint Martin’s main campus in Lacey or the other extension campuses. Term V and Term I courses also are offered online during the summer months and at the University’s extension campuses. ExTENSION CAMPUS ADMISSION Applicants should submit the Saint Martin’s University Extension Campus Application either by paper or online format to be considered for admission to the extension programs at Joint Base Lewis-McChord. extending the hospitality and warm welcome for which Saint Martin’s University and the Pacific Northwest are known. Saint Martin’s students may use it to fulfill the General Education Requirement in religious studies.S.a Community College of the Air Force GENERAL INFORMATION A weeklong Spiritual Life Institute is sponsored by the Religious Studies Department each June. In addition. . active duty personnel must submit the following forms or transcripts: • D Form 295. Armed Forces Institution Examinations (USAFI) A and/or (DANTES) and/or College Examination Program (CLEP).ADMISSION 29 Summer is a busy time for international education at Saint Martin’s University. Questions about which campus is the right campus for you to apply to should be directed to an admission counselor in the Office of Admissions. complete their degree program at main campus unless there are highly exceptional circumstances. members of Saint Martin’s Abbey and the University faculty to discuss theological questions. Recent high school graduates are required to apply to. universities and military services O schools attended • $35 nonrefundable application fee or fee waiver (The undergraduate A application fee of $35 is automatically waived for active-duty members. An attractive array of Summer. in either paper or Th online format • fficial transcripts from all colleges. and if admitted. Olympic Community College or Tacoma Community College. Only main campus offers the full range of support services often necessary for timely and successful degree completion.or . Participation is open to all. Centralia College. GED certificate or home school O documentation. The extension campuses at Joint Base Lewis-McChord are for the benefit primarily of active-duty service members and their families. Visiting theologians join professionals from the local community. an Army/American Council on Education Registry D Transcript (AARTS) . The Institute may be taken for credit as RLS 494. contemporary issues and their deeper meanings in our lives. The Office of International Programs and Development offers language instruction and cultural enrichment programs for students from many parts of the world.

veterans and their dependents will receive the maximum tuition assistance allowed by the program. established in 1972.or . SOC operates the two. their spouses and college-age children with opportunities to complete college degrees without suffering loss of academic credit due to changes of duty station. civilian employees of the Department of Defense (DoD) and Coast Guard. Applicants to the University should allow a minimum of two weeks from the time of their advising appointment for completion of transcript evaluation. also known as the Post 9/11 GI Bill. their family members. financing documentation and additional information. plus assistance with books and living expenses. SOC. Marine Corps (SOCMAR) and Coast Guard (SOCCOAST). . Institutional members of the SOC DNS agree to special requirements and obligations that provide military students.30 ADMISSION (CCAF) transcript . Veterans Administration / Vocational Rehabilitation Applicants applying through Veterans Administration or vocational rehabilitation programs should schedule an appointment with an admission counselor through the Office of Admissions to complete all required academic degree plans and necessary paperwork. SOC Consortium institutional members subscribe to criteria to ensure that quality academic programs are available to military students.700 institutional members.a Sailor/Marine American Council on Education Registry (SMART) transcript • etired or completed-service personnel must submit a completed R DD Form 214. Eligible service members. The SOC Degree Network System (DNS) consists of a subset of SOC Consortium member institutions selected by the military services to deliver specific associate and bachelor’s degree programs to servicemembers and their families. and veterans. Yellow Ribbon Program Saint Martin’s University is a participant in the Yellow Ribbon Program. is a consortium of national higher education associations and more than 1.and four-year Degree Network System for the Army (SOCAD). • DLI transcripts Applicants with Military Experience Saint Martin’s University operates extension campuses at Joint Base Lewis-McChord. Please see the catalog index for sections describing the extension campuses and their programs. academic degree program. Servicemembers Opportunity Colleges Consortium Saint Martin’s University is a member of the Servicemembers Opportunity Colleges (SOC) Consortium and the SOC Degree Network System. Yellow Ribbon benefits replace other forms of Saint Martin’s financial assistance such as merit scholarships and grants. Eligibility for benefits is determined by the Veterans Administration. Navy (SOCNAV).

fINANCIAL AID Guided by the Benedictine values of hospitality and stewardship. and to fill in where family resources are not enough. We understand students and families undertake a significant financial commitment and make real sacrifices to attend Saint Martin’s. Saint Martin’s University serves a wide variety of students in many programs. Financial aid exists to supplement the student’s and family’s efforts. Details regarding the procedure to appeal for reinstatement after conduct-related dismissal are available in the Office of the Dean of Students. we ask our students to take their education seriously. Students are encouraged to speak to someone in the Office of Financial Aid to understand clearly what is available to them. We work hard to provide the highest quality experience possible inside and outside the classroom. guided by our Benedictine values. GENERAL INFORMATION APPLICATION fOR READMISSION . goes well beyond the scholarships and grants that will be part of your financial aid package. Students who have been suspended from Saint Martin’s University for poor academic performance may appeal or seek reinstatement from the University’s Academic Standards Committee. Students who have been dismissed from Saint Martin’s University for conduct or behavior may seek reinstatement from the Office of the Dean of Students. Students and families have the primary responsibility for paying the cost of education. In exchange. Old Main 269. students are strongly advised to contact the Office of Financial Aid at the same time and ask specifically what they need to do to reinstate or reapply for financial aid. productive members of society. Admission normally will be granted if the applicant’s cumulative grade point average is 2. Students who have been away only one semester should contact the Office of the Registrar directly to register for classes. Eligibility for aid varies just as widely. Our role in this partnership. and to take to heart our mission to create graduates who are active. In all cases listed here. talent or a combination of these elements.FINANCIAL AID 31 Students who have attended Saint Martin’s previously and left voluntarily (i. Saint Martin’s University will partner with you every step of the way. and on pages 71-72 of this catalog. at many locations.e. Awards take into account a variety of circumstances: financial need. were not suspended). we strive to make Saint Martin’s accessible through a combination of reasonable tuition rates and generous financial aid. grants. academic merit. to engage deeply in the academic and social fabric of campus. employment and loans to assist its students in financing a university education. The University provides a comprehensive financial aid program that includes scholarships. Students who have attended another college or university during their absence must submit official transcripts from each institution. Details regarding the procedure to be followed are available in the Office of the Vice President for Academic Affairs.25 or better. Old Main 206. should submit an Application for Re-Admission to the Office of Admissions if they have been away two or more semesters..

Deadlines • Newly admitted students – March 1 • Continuing Saint Martin’s students – April 15 These deadlines apply to all students in all programs. they can mail their completed FAFSA to the federal processor no later than mid-February to meet the March 1 deadline for new students and mid-March to meet the April 15 deadline for continuing students. We strive to assist as broad a group of students as possible. Penalties for filing after this date are: • 1 – 15 days late (4/16 – 4/30): Institutional aid is reduced 10 percent. • 6 days to day before class starts (5/31 – to day before class starts): 4 Institutional aid is aid reduced 35 percent. As the most affordable Catholic university in the Pacific Northwest. • 16 – 45 days late (5/1 – 5/30): Institutional aid is reduced 25 percent. The Saint Martin’s University FAFSA code is 003794. Students can obtain a paper copy of the FAFSA by calling 1-800-4FEDAID or file online at www. Students not wishing to apply for state or federal aid (including Stafford and Perkins Loans) must file the Saint Martin’s University FAFSA Non-Filer Form in order to receive their merit or other non-need based scholarships. Each year the University dedicates more than $7 million toward financial aid.ed. Penalties for Missing Deadlines New students who have been admitted and submitted the FAFSA form to the federal processor by March 1 receive priority consideration for financial aid at the University.gov as soon as possible after January 1 of each year.ed. some state and federal funds you would normally be eligible for may not be available after the start of the semester.gov. we strive to make a Saint Martin’s education as accessible as possible.32 FINANCIAL AID We take with equal importance our role as stewards of the tuition and costs paid to us each year. Continuing students must submit a renewal FAFSA or the FAFSA Non-Filer Form by April 15. Exceptions may be made only in the case of circumstances beyond the student’s control such as illness or death in the family.fafsa. but it is not possible for us to meet 100 percent of every student’s need. and apply to both the FAFSA and the FAFSA Non-Filer Form. Alternatively. first-served basis. • irst day of class or later: Institutional aid is reduced 50 percent. Students who submit financial aid materials after March 1 will receive awards on a first-come. Appeals for missing the FAFSA/FAFSA Non-Filer Form deadline will not be accepted. Students are encouraged to complete the FAFSA online at www. . In F addition.fafsa. Failure to do so will result in forfeiture of those scholarship awards. APPLYING fOR fINANCIAL AID The Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) is required to apply for financial aid at Saint Martin’s University.

This information is forwarded to the applicant (on the Student Aid Report or SAR) and to Saint Martin’s University if listed as one of the schools to receive the data. Department of Education. and financial need is determined.FINANCIAL AID 33 The amount of need-based financial aid a student receives is calculated using a formula established by the U. grants and federal for which they are eligible. New students selected for verification will receive an estimated or tentative award. assets and certain types of expenses. Those selected for verification will not receive an award until verification is completed.S. Based upon this. Saint Martin’s has several different Costs of Attendance. graduate. FAFSA data is processed by the central processor. The EFC is compared to the student’s Cost of Attendance (COA). subject to change and to be made final upon completion of verification. All those who are admitted by the priority deadline of March 1 and submit their FAFSA by that date will receive 100 percent of the aid for which they are eligible. off-campus/not with parents Rarely does a financial aid award contain one source of funds. Awards are made for the academic year. depending upon the following: • cademic Level: Undergraduate. number in college. they are truly “financial aid packages” and may contain up to a dozen different sources of funding. Please see page 35 for details and what actions the student or family must take. you may file a special/unusual circumstance letter to update your information (those families who are appealing will be selected for verification): • Loss of wages • Death of a parent or spouse • Divorce or separation GENERAL INFORMATION fINANCIAL AID AWARDS . Students who file their FAFSA on-time (April 15) and are pre-registered should receive their award in early June. each applicant is awarded the scholarships. Awards to continuing students are not created until the student has pre-registered for the upcoming semester! This is to insure each award is based upon the correct COA. at home with parents. and the Expected Family Contribution (EFC) is calculated. family size. STAR A or post-baccalaureate study • Location: Main campus or extension campus • ousing (for main campus undergraduates): H On-campus. The formula takes into account such things as student and/or family income. Some students will be selected for verification. Those who are admitted and who submitted their FAFSA in January will receive their awards first. Special Circumstances If your family should experience one or more of the following situations. ranging from scholarships to work-study. At Saint Martin’s. Awards to new students begin mailing at the end of February or the beginning of March each year and continue through the spring. income.

34 FINANCIAL AID • Retirement of a parent or spouse • Medical/dental that are exceptional or unexpected • K-12 private school tuition costs • Loss of child support • Support paid to extended family members • National or natural disaster Situations we cannot consider: • Inability to liquidate assets • Consumer debt • Mortgage payment • Having employment to return to school • Property taxes ELIGIbILITY fOR fINANCIAL AID Only students who have been officially admitted to Saint Martin’s University and are enrolled in a degree-seeking program are eligible for financial aid from the University. freshmen. e. Eligibility for aid varies depending upon whether or not a student is enrolled fulltime.. a student must meet the requirements established by the U. etc. For federal and state aid. Department of Education and/or the State of Washington’s Higher Education Coordinating Board to be an eligible recipient of financial aid. and Terms 3 and 4 comprise spring semester) or 12 credits for each semester. Students considering enrolling at a level below this should contact the Office of Financial Aid and understand how their financial aid will be affected. For continued eligibility. sophomore. each student is expected to maintain Satisfactory Academic Progress (SAP) toward his or her degree and meet any other conditions of the award. Full-time enrollment is defined as the following for the purposes of financial aid: • Main campus undergraduate students – 12 credits • Graduate Students – 6 credits • xtension campus students (those on the Term Schedule. such as at JBLM) E – 6 credits per eight-week term (Terms 1 and 2 comprise fall semester. also varies depending upon an undergraduate student’s class standing. Class standing is based strictly upon the number of credits earned (“earned” is defined as having passed the course): . especially federal loans and grants. Eligibility for aid.S.g. Failure to do so may result in the student being placed on financial aid probation or termination of the student’s eligibility to receive financial aid.

I (incomplete) and V (vanished) during a semester are subject to the return of 50 percent of their federal aid.FINANCIAL AID First year/freshman: 0–29 semester credit hours earned Second year/sophomore: 30–59 credits earned Third year/junior: 60–89 credits earned Fourth year/senior: 90 or more credits earned 35 Zero Credits Earned: Students who earned zero credits (all grades of F or a combination of F. The calculation is as follows: Earned Credits divided by Attempted Credits. The student will be responsible for any balance from the loss of funding. GENERAL INFORMATION . I (incomplete) or V (vanished). When calculating the percentage of courses attempted. W (withdrawn). To remain eligible to receive financial aid. Students must complete. Extension campus students will be reviewed on the same schedule. regardless of change of major. 2. with a passing grade. Attempted Credits included classes which a student may receive an F. Please be advised that the Washington State Need Grant has its own Satisfactory Academic Progress policy. An undergraduate student may not exceed 192 attempted credits. Satisfactory Academic Progress is reviewed for all students at the conclusion of spring semester each year. The college assumes the student has ceased participation in academic activities at the midpoint in the semester. This process is separate from the Academic Progress that is monitored by the Academic Standards Committee. 3. and a qualitative measure or cumulative grade point average (GPA) each measurement period. which will be reviewed at the beginning of each semester prior to disbursement. After the completion of two semesters. students must maintain a cumulative grade point average of 2. Students placed upon probationary status for financial aid will have their progress reviewed at the end of fall semester. 1. all financial aid recipients must meet two requirements: a quantitative measure or number of credits earned. all credit-bearing courses taken at Saint Martin’s University are considered.00 or higher. state and/or institutional) from the University. Terms 1 and 2 comprising fall semester and Terms 3 and 4 comprising spring semester. Satisfactory Academic Progress: The Office of Financial Aid must monitor Satisfactory Academic Progress (SAP) for all students receiving financial aid (federal. Students wishing to calculate their percentage of courses attempted may review their transcript through Self-Service (transcripts). Undergraduate Students 1. at least 66 percent of all courses attempted. W (withdrawn). Washington State Need Grant recipients must have completed no more than 125 percent of the maximum length of their program credits (160 credits) in order to remain eligible for the state need grant.

that award becomes an Estimated or Tentative Award. respond quickly to any requests for information. . or V (vanished). and is fully subject to change. Attempted Credits include classes which a student may receive an F. You may obtain a complete outline of the SAP policy and appeal process in the Office of Financial Aid. all credit-bearing courses taken at Saint Martin’s University are considered. The U. Decisions by this committee will be considered final. they should inform the Office of Financial Aid immediately. Washington State Need Grant recipients must complete at least one-half of the original amount of credits for which the aid was calculated and disbursed. regardless of change of major. students must maintain a cumulative grade point average of 3.S. Verification can result in a student’s financial aid award changing. Appeals will be reviewed by the Financial Aid Appeals Committee for reconsideration based on extenuating circumstances presented by the student. W (withdrawn). Department of Education or Saint Martin’s due to discrepancies in their data. Verification is a process to confirm that the information provided on the FAFSA is accurate. Satisfactory Academic Progress Appeals: Students who fail to maintain Satisfactory Academic Progress will be denied financial aid by Saint Martin’s University. Others are selected by the U. After the completion of two semesters. It is the student and family’s responsibility to complete the Verification process.00 or higher. Students must complete. 2. Students subject to verification should pay close attention to correspondence (mail. Students wishing to calculate their percentage of courses attempted may review their transcript through Self Service (transcripts). Failure to do so by the start of the semester will result in the student being deemed ineligible to receive financial aid and all aid will be cancelled. The calculation is as follows: Earned Credits divided by Attempted Credits. and especially email) from the Office of Financial Aid. The normal expectation is that documents requested for verification be submitted to the Office of Financial Aid within 10 working days. When calculating the percentage of courses attempted. Students have the right to appeal this decision in writing. with a passing grade. To meet minimum satisfactory progress standards. telephone. Graduate Students 1. Department of Education randomly selects some FAFSAs for verification. Typically both parent and student tax returns for the last one or two years are required. Those selected for verification will be asked to provide specific documentation.36 FINANCIAL AID 2. and understand at all times the status of their financial aid award.S. I (incomplete). at least 66 percent of all courses attempted. If any student or family feels they cannot meet this 10-day deadline. each year a minimum 30 percent of all Saint Martin’s University financial aid applicants must have the information submitted on the FAFSA verified. Verification: By law. Not all students selected for verification have to submit the same documents. If you receive a financial aid award prior to being informed that you have been selected for verification.

the total amount of aid from all sources cannot under any circumstances exceed your Cost of Attendance. Some scholarships and grants have very specific criteria. state and federal programs. or a combination of the two. Maximum Timeframe to Receive Aid — federal: Per federal regulations. Verification prevents ineligible students from receiving aid by reporting false information and ensures that eligible students receive all of the aid for which they are qualified. In the rare case that you reach this limit. Please contact the Office of Financial Aid for complete details.FINANCIAL AID 37 LIMITS ON fINANCIAL AID If a student is attending Saint Martin’s and has exceeded one or more of the maximum timeframes or limits to receive financial aid. . your EFC. then if necessary any Saint Martin’s funds. but exceptional circumstances must be demonstrated. undergraduate students who qualify for federal financial aid can only receive federal aid for 160 semester credits (this includes credits earned at other institutions). Maximum Timeframe to Receive Aid — Institutional: Undergraduate students at Saint Martin’s University are eligible to receive institutional financial aid for eight fulltime semesters (prorated for transfers students based on number of credits transferred into the institution).5 who may receive one of GENERAL INFORMATION Verification ensures that the information students and parents report is accurate. Those needing two semesters can appeal. Students who need an extra semester to complete their academic program can appeal to the Office of Financial Aid for an additional semester of aid. Your award may have a combination of the following: Athletic award: Top student-athletes may be offered these scholarships at the discretion of Saint Martin’s University athletic coaches. Students are strongly encouraged to work closely with their advisor to develop course schedules that allow for on-time graduation. and private or “outside” scholarships. as described below. undergraduate students who qualify for federal financial aid can only receive federal aid for 180 semester credits (this includes credits earned at other institutions). we will first reduce your loans. students should consult with the Office of Financial Aid if they have questions about the specific grants they are receiving. TYPES Of fINANCIAL AID Eligibility is determined by academic merit. Some federal grants have different limitations. Maximum Timeframe to Receive Aid — State: Per state regulations. There are exceptions to this policy as dictated by federal law for veterans and active-duty military personnel. the pertinent type of aid will be automatically terminated. benefactors Scholarships (previously Scholarship-to-be-Named): This form of institutional gift aid is given to students with a GPA above 3. This includes Saint Martin’s. Annual Limit: In any single academic year.

Saint Martin’s cannot replace this award with scholarship or grant aid if a student does not wish to work. it is not deducted from their tuition bill. Students are paid directly for their work. degreeseeking.38 FINANCIAL AID our donor scholarships. Many jobs are available and it is the student’s responsibility to secure employment if they wish to work. This form of gift aid does not have to be repaid. commitment to community service. Pell Grant: For this federal need-based grant. If the four-year service requirement is not met. spouse. A minimum enrollment of half-time (at least six . Perkins Loan: This is a need-based loan borrowed under the student’s name. Parish Youth Leadership Scholarship: This scholarship is for students who did not graduate from Catholic schools but were leaders in Catholic parish youth groups and were recommended by parish pastors or youth group advisors. If you did not. College or High School. contact your admission counselor immediately. extracurricular interests. The award amount decreases if the recipient is not enrolled full-time. federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant (SEOG): This need-based grant does not need to be repaid. family Discount: This form of institutional gift aid is given to students who have another family member attending Saint Martin’s University as a full-time. Legacy Scholarship: If your parent(s). Dean’s Academic Merit Scholarship. you will receive this award if you reported the names of your family members on your Application for Admission. Students should manage these funds carefully and use them to meet educational expenses. Those who qualify receive one of the following scholarships: Chancellor’s Academic Merit Scholarship. or grandparent(s) graduated from Saint Martin’s University. or the Faculty Merit Scholarship. The award amount will decrease if a student is not enrolled full-time. or leadership. the funds must be repaid by the student as an unsubsidized Stafford Loan. Students are notified at the beginning of the school year on how to apply for positions. eligibility is determined by criteria set by the federal government. main campus student. This grant does not need to be repaid. Priority is given to Pell Grant recipients who are enrolled full-time. President’s Academic Merit Scholarship. which has a fixed interest rate of 5 percent. federal TEACH Grant: This federal grant/loan is awarded to students who agree to teach for four years as a highly-qualified teacher in a high-need field at a low-income school after completing their degree. Merit Scholarships: This form of institutional gift aid is given to newly admitted students who demonstrate outstanding academic achievement. students will be awarded a specific scholarship that matches such things as their intended major. sibling(s). federal Work-Study: This federal need-based program allows students to work on campus to earn an income to help meet educational costs. All names and graduation dates are verified.

First-time borrowers are required to complete an entrance counseling session. a non-need-based loan borrowed P from a private lender. First-time borrowers are required to complete an entrance counseling session. . we encourage all students to apply for any scholarship that might apply to them. Subsidized Stafford Loan: This is a need-based loan borrowed under the student’s name. a non-need-based loan parents can take out to help P pay for their child’s education. Every little bit helps. foundations and philanthropic organizations. Students must be enrolled in at least six credits each semester to be eligible. Saint Martin’s will not reduce Saint Martin’s aid unless the amount falls under our Limit on Total Aid policy. Students not receiving an academic merit scholarship may receive this award. No payments are required and no interest will accrue while the student is enrolled at least half-time. and no interest will accrue while the student is in school. there is a six-month grace period when no payments are required and no interest accrues. Washington State Need Grant: This is a need-based state grant that does not need to be repaid. The award amount decreases if the recipient is not enrolled full-time. such as a bank. there is a nine-month grace period during which there are no payments and no interest accrues. No payments are required while the student is enrolled at least half-time (at least six credits per semester).FINANCIAL AID 39 Saint Martin’s University Grants or University Scholarship: This form of institutional gift aid is given as part of our Benedictine commitment to making the Saint Martin’s experience accessible to many. which details the borrower’s rights and responsibilities. After the student leaves school. GENERAL INFORMATION credits per semester) is required. but interest will accrue. After the student leaves school. Outside Scholarships: There are many types of scholarships offered by businesses. Unsubsidized Stafford Loan: This is a non-need-based loan borrowed under the student’s name. which details the borrower’s rights and responsibilities. • rivate Loan or Alternative Loan. The two principal types are: • arent PLUS Loan. Students must be enrolled in at least six credits each semester to be eligible. Students are required to report any outside scholarships received. After the student leaves school. Students may choose either to pay the interest while they are in school or defer it until they begin repayment. OTHER MEANS fOR PAYING EDUCATIONAL COSTS Other Loans: There are other types of educational loans beyond the Stafford and Perkins Loans. First-time borrowers are required to complete an entrance counseling session. No payments are required while the student is enrolled at least half-time (at least six credits per semester). which details the borrower’s rights and responsibilities. there is a six-month grace period when no payments are required.

Baran Hall  Double room charges Single room charges 2.afford. Lacey WA 98503-7500.300/$2. and Engineering classes (Undergraduate and Graduate): $30 per semester hour surcharge. ExPENSES All fees are subject to change on 30 days’ notice. • Graduate-Level Credits: Please see the graduate program portion of this catalog • fOCUS Program: $75 application fee. Payment plans at Saint Martin’s are administered by tuition management systems (TMS).100/$2.050 $4. business.40 EXPENSES Tuition payment plans: A frequently overlooked method of managing college costs is a monthly payment plan. Saint Martin’s University. as the first payment is often due in July or August before classes start.120 $4.930 $4.365 $5. The office is open from 8 a. • Accounting. • Audit (no credit): $455 per semester hour. • Part-time and Overload Rate: $910 per semester hour for one to 11 credits and for each credit above 18 credits. labs and other services. Be sure to set up your plan early.240/$2. to 5 p. TUITION RATES • full-time Student (12-18 semester hours): $27.m. fOR MORE INfORMATION Individuals seeking more information about financial aid at Saint Martin’s may contact the Office of Financial Aid by calling 360-438-4397 or 800-368-8803. Economics.com/stmartin. Plans have a small set-up fee. 5300 Pacific Avenue SE. The University may assess additional fees for testing. Monday through Friday except holidays.m. an official date listed in the academic calendar of this catalog.edu. or by emailing finaid@stmartin. RESIDENCE CHARGES 1.730/$2. but do not charge interest. Students also can write the office at: Office of Financial Aid. Information is available from the Student Financial Service Center or online at www. Spangler Hall Suites  Double room charges Single room charges Super single charges Year/Semester $3.860/$1. $130 per semester hour awarded Final tuition charges are based on the student’s class schedule as recorded on the last day for adding or changing classes.300 per academic year.650 .

fall semester (non-refundable): $275. located in the Student Financial Service Center. Session Room and board: For information.505 $5.880/$2.725 $5.440 $4.010/$2. spring semester: $30 spring semester. fall semester: $85.870 $5. main F campus only • Transfer Student Orientation.795 $4. Board Charges Gold Plan Silver Plan Bronze Plan Commuter 41 $5. main campus H undergraduates only GENERAL INFORMATION .650 $4. room charges Single. main campus only • ew Student Orientation. Spangler Hall Apartments Single room charges Single room charges (studio) 4. N main campus only • tudent Activity Fee (non-refundable): $110 per semester.250 $4. S campus undergraduates only main • ealth Center Fee (non-refundable): $51 per semester. shared bath.230 $5.740/$2.128 $1. Parsons Hall Double room charges Single. room charges Super single charges 6.255/$2.EXPENSES 3. please contact the Office of Student Accounts. fEE SCHEDULE All fees listed are 2011/2012 rates.995 $5.460/$2. Student Services fees • reshman Orientation. 360-412-6163. private bath. this $200 fee is included in the $325 Enrollment Deposit.450/$2.990/$2. please contact the Office of Housing and Residence Life.380 $4. New Student Damage Deposit/Room Reservation: $200.650/$825 For other housing options. Please see the Refund Policy elsewhere in this section of the catalog for a description of refund policies for room and board deposits as well as room damage deposits. If student is residing on campus.760/$2.590/$2.500/$2.300/$2. 360-438-4389. Burton Hall Apartments Single room charges Double room charges 5.

42 EXPENSES • ealth Insurance (non-refundable): Estimated $1. Details about completing the online waiver can be found on the “Health Insurance” webpage of the Office of Student Accounts. (For those non-enrolled tudents C s who have finished their coursework but not their degree requirements or for those who are on leave. check. If not residing on campus. non-enrolled student fee. Special fees • ontinuing. (Visa cannot be accepted). by phone. by mail.5 percent will be assessed for this service. For further information regarding payment . The following methods of payment are accepted online only: MasterCard. Discover and American Express. or traveler’s check. • ate Validation fee (non-refundable): $50 (charge effective on first day L of class) • Laboratory and Special Class fees (non-refundable): Fee information is included on each semester’s schedule. Waivers cannot be accepted after the deadline. $200 of this deposit will be applied to the Damage Deposit. NOTE: Fees may be charged for specific laboratories. $130 per credit hour • Applied lessons in music: $195 per credit hour Payment Saint Martin’s University accepts the following methods of payment in person or by mail: cash. A convenience fee of 2. Students who have sufficient personal coverage may waive this fee by submitting a completed online waiver form to the University’s insurance provider by the first day of the semester. the entire $325 will be applied to tuition charges. NOTE: Please see the Refund Policy later in this section of the catalog for a description of tuition deposit refund policies. Credit card payments cannot be accepted in the Student Accounts Office in person. this fee enables the student to use the University library. International students must contact the Office of International Programs and Development (360-438-4504) for information regarding insurance requirements. money order. if a student has not submitted the form by the deadline. • OCUS program credits and credit by examination non-refundable): F ( $75 application fee.380 per year for H student premium (family coverage is available). Computer Resource and Copy Center and other University resources): $50 per semester. Free electronic check (e-Check) is also available online. by email or by fax. Registration fees • Application Fee (may be waived): $35 • nrollment Deposit: $325 E If student is residing on campus. he or she will be responsible for the insurance charge.

The academic year on the main campus and at Centralia College. GENERAL INFORMATION options or wire transfer information. Payment Plans: Contact the Office of Student Accounts. Damage of school property is charged to the responsible student or repaired at his or her expense. STUDENT HEALTH INSURANCE Saint Martin’s University requires main campus students to have health insurance coverage.EXPENSES 43 Regular Payment: All fees are due and payable in full on or before the first day of the semester or session.edu/Student_accounts/Insurance. REfUND POLICY General Information Saint Martin’s University measures its classes in semester credit hours. depending on the program. Waivers cannot be accepted after the deadline. if possible. Refund procedures and calculations vary by campus and by the session in which the student is enrolled. located in the Student Financial Service Center. Everett Community College and Tacoma Community College extension campuses is divided into two semesters of 16 weeks each. located in the Student Financial Service Center. 360-438-4389. securities or personal property held by students. Details about completing the online waiver can be found on the “Health Insurance” webpage of the Office of Student Accounts (www.aspx).S. and must contact the Office of International Programs and Development (360-4384504) for further information.and eight-week sessions. Contact the College of Education and Professional Psychology office (360-438-4333) for information regarding the Alternative Route to Teacher Certification schedule/refund. 360-438-4389. as are 12.stmartin. Two six-week summer sessions also are offered. Those who do not have personal coverage through a private insurer must purchase health insurance through the University’s provider. if a student has not submitted the form by the deadline. Students having satisfactory personal coverage may waive the fee by submitting a completed online waiver form to the University’s insurance provider by the first day of the semester. PROPERTY LOSS OR DAMAGE Saint Martin’s University does not assume responsibility for loss of money. International students are required to have coverage while attending school in the U. . At Saint Martin’s extension campuses at Joint Base Lewis-McChord. for information on the University’s annual and semester payment plans. he or she will be responsible for the insurance charge. the University offers five eight-week sessions. contact the Office of Student Accounts. Students are encouraged to maintain any personal coverage they have.

since the policy continues to provide coverage even though the student is no longer enrolled at the University. Centralia College or Tacoma Community College extensions must notify the director of extension programs. Students enrolled at the Joint Base Lewis-McChord.44 EXPENSES SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY Action Required by Student Students enrolled at the main campus in Lacey who wish to withdraw from a class or from the University must notify the Office of the Registrar in writing. Refund Calculations and Appeals Refunds are based on total charges. Failure to attend class does not constitute an official withdrawal. Official Withdrawal Date Determination Date of withdrawal is determined by the date the written notification is received by the Office of the Registrar or. the date written notification is received by the director of extension programs.) Date of Withdrawal Prior to first day of session and from 1 to 10 calendar days From 11 to 17 calendar days From 18 to 24 calendar days Percent of Charges Dropped 100 75 50 . The fee section of this catalog specifies those non-refundable fees. below. if enrolled at the Joint Base Lewis-McChord extension campuses. student activity fees. not on amounts already paid by the student. technology fees and new student orientation fees. Student health insurance is also non-refundable if the student withdraws after 45 days. laboratory fees. Students should be aware that federal and state awards may have to be repaid before the student is eligible for a refund. Students who think their refund amount is incorrect should contact the director of student accounts. This is determined by the Office of Financial Aid in conjunction with the Federal Return of Title IV Funds Policy. Tuition Refunds 16-Week Regular Session (GoArmyEd students: Please see 8-12 week refund schedule. Please see sections on room and board for descriptions of applicable refund policy. Non-Refundable Payments Certain payments to the University are non-refundable. Please note that if the student is receiving financial aid. the Office of Financial Aid will determine whether eligibility for financial aid requires an adjustment. these include application fees. In most cases.

(A $100 cleaning service fee is nonrefundable for apartments. Tuition Deposit Tuition deposits are not refundable after May 1 for the summer sessions or fall semester. regardless of course location. A resident who does not check out in accordance with the procedures described in the Student Handbook will be subject to fines and/or forfeiture of all or part of his/her deposit. expulsion or grant of a leave of absence.to 12-Week Session (Includes enrollment in GoArmyEd 16 week session) In compliance with the one refund policy of GoArmyEd. Reservations not claimed by noon of the fourth day of classes may be terminated by the University. or if requested more than 30 days after officially checking out of the halls. as documented by the University.ACADEMIC EXPENSES CATALOG From 25 to 31 calendar days After 31 calendar days 25 0 45 Eight. Thus. this policy includes all extension sites and the Lacey campus for students enrolled in GoArmyEd. 15 for spring semester. GENERAL INFORMATION . regardless of the date signed. or after Dec. Saint Martin’s University has elected to use the eight-week refund schedule for all students enrolling through GoArmyEd.) No portion of the $200 deposit will be refunded if: the application is cancelled more than 30 days from the date it is signed. The refund schedule is as follows: Date of Withdrawal Prior to first day of session and from 1 to 8 calendar days From 9 to 12 calendar days From 13 to 16 calendar days After 16 calendar days Percent of Charges Dropped 100 50 25 0 Six-Week Session Date of Withdrawal Prior to and through the first class session Through 7 calendar days From 8 to 14 calendar days After 14 calendar days Percent of Charges Dropped 100 50 25 0 Refunds are paid within 30 days following the student’s official date of withdrawal. Room and Damage Deposit Damage Deposit and Cancellation fee A refundable $200 damage deposit must be on file with the Office of Student Accounts prior to the issuance of keys to the room. or after August 1.

The resident does not have an outstanding balance on his/her  account with the University. The resident follows the check-out policy outlined in the Student Handbook. Cancellation Fee: A $300 cancellation fee will be assessed if this contract is terminated after the University’s fall semester add/drop deadline. all balances expire. d. At the end of the spring semester. board Refund Meal plans may be selected and changed by written request anytime before the add/ drop date. Room damage deposits may be refunded only after written application is made to the Office of Housing and Residence Life. Room Refund Room charges are prorated if a student officially withdraws from the University and checks out according to contract by the 30th day of the semester. if the applicant stays the entire contract period and applies to return to the residence halls the following academic year. A $100 cleaning service fee is non-refundable for apartments. board charges are prorated at a daily rate based on the ratio of full days used (to and including the official withdrawal date) to total days covered by the student’s board contract.46 EXPENSES SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY After taking occupancy. Room charges are not refundable if a student is not leaving the University or if the student withdraws after the 30th day of the semester. his/her damage deposit will automatically be carried over to the following academic year. No damages or excess cleaning charges are associated with the resident’s room upon check-out. They may be refunded only when the application is received no later than 30 days after a student officially stops living in the residence hall. a $300 cancellation fee will be assessed if this contract is terminated after the University’s fall semester add/drop deadline. Please refer to the Saint Martin’s University dining services brochure or visit www. Silver or Gold) meal plan. If a student leaves Housing or the University before the end of the semester. The student fulfills the housing contract Terms of Residence and does not cancel his/her reservation more than 30 days from the date it is signed or after August 1. c. Fall meal plan balances carry over to spring with the purchase of a traditional (Bronze. e.com/saintmartin for additional meal plan policy information.cafebonappetit. b. Additionally. The deposit is refundable if: a. Room keys are properly checked in with the Office of Housing and Residence Life. . but no changes will be made thereafter.

as well as a mechanical engineering two-plus-two program at its Everett Community College extension campus and a civil engineering two-plus-two program at Tacoma Community College. secondary. and Centralia College (for Education programs) extension campuses operate on the same semester academic schedule as the Lacey campus. professional certification — see graduate program section) • Master of Business Administration (see graduate program section) • Master of Engineering Management (see graduate program section) GENERAL INFORMATION ExTENSION PROGRAMS . Finance. DEGREE OPTIONS The following degree options are offered at the Joint Base Lewis-McChord extension campuses: bachelor of Arts Degree • Accounting • Business Administration with concentrations in Accounting. Please see the Lacey campus schedule for academic start dates. graduate and teacher certification courses are taught at both military extension campuses and are primarily for the benefit of armed forces personnel and the military community. Tacoma Community College. special education — see graduate program section) • Master of Education (special education. The Everett Community College. Management and Marketing • Criminal Justice • Political Science • Psychology • Special Education bachelor of Science Degree • Computer Science Elementary or Secondary Teacher Residency Certification Professional Certification Master’s Degree (a bachelor’s degree is required prior to enrolling in this program) (a Residency Certification is required prior to enrolling in this program) • Master in Teaching (elementary.EXTENSION PROGRAMS ACADEMIC CATALOG 47 Saint Martin’s University operates accelerated eight-week term extension campuses at Joint Base Lewis-McChord and Centralia College. Undergraduate.

or at the Centralia extension offices for classes at the Centralia campus. Applications are accepted from military personnel. through extension campus academic advisors. as well as courses necessary to complete degree requirements. New students may register at the Joint Base Lewis-McChord extension offices for classes at either location. Enrollment is on a space-available basis only. Graduate-level coursework is also available toward a Master in Teaching or Master of Education. and the vice president for academic affairs. Terms are eight weeks in length. 13 – Oct. 9 – March 7 M arch 19 – May 12 M ay 21 – July 18 A ug. as well as courses in endorsement areas. prior military personnel and civilian students. 414. TERM DATES 2011 Term 3 Term 4 Term 5 Term 1 Term 2 Term 3 Term 4 Term 5 Term 1 Term 2 J an. 8 O ct. 3 O ct. will inform students of the total number of credits accepted. The University’s registrar. 10 – March 9 M arch 21 – May 14 M ay 23 – July 20 A ug. the department chair of the course in question. See the Admission section of this catalog for a list of materials applicants must submit. five-term academic year (semester hours) schedule. Students may register as soon as they are authorized to do so by their respective academic advisor. For further information please contact the Centralia College extension campus at 360-736-9391 ext. REGISTRATION The Saint Martin’s University extension campus at Joint Base Lewis-McChord offers courses on an accelerated. 13 J an. The second and third weeks are open to all students. 18 2012 Registration begins three weeks before the start of the term. . 8 – Oct. 17 – Dec. LACEY CAMPUS STUDENTS Students enrolled in a degree program at the University’s main campus in Lacey will be permitted to take undergraduate courses at the extension campuses at Joint Base LewisMcChord only with the approval of their respective student advisor. 22 – Dec. Existing students may register online as soon as registration is open to students.48 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY EXTENSION PROGRAMS The Centralia College extension campus offers courses that lead to bachelor’s degrees in criminal justice and elementary education. the dean of the academic unit which offers the course. Military identification cardholders and their family members may register the first week.

The course instructor will determine whether the student is passing or failing. WITHDRAWAL POLICY A student may withdraw from a course by completing a withdrawal form at the Joint Base Lewis-McChord extension office. Thus. a student must be enrolled for a combined total of 12 semester hours in terms one and two. and a combined total of 12 semester hours in terms three and four. as indicated below. GoArmyEd students at all extension sites and the Lacey campus will follow the following refund schedule: GENERAL INFORMATION CLASS LOADS . enrollment in three semester hours per term is considered full-time. TUITION REfUND POLICY fOR ExTENSION CAMPUSES A percentage of tuition will be dropped if a student withdraws from a class. regardless of course location. No exceptions are made to this policy without prior approval from the University’s vice president for academic affairs and the director of extension campuses. Saint Martin’s University is using the eight-week refund schedule for all students enrolling through GoArmyEd.EXTENSION PROGRAMS ACADEMIC CATALOG 49 The maximum student load at Joint Base Lewis-McChord extensions is nine semester hours per term. There are no tuition refunds for distance learning courses after the start of classes. For graduate program students using Veterans Administration benefits. For undergraduate students using Veterans Administration benefits. The last day to withdraw from a course is the last day of the term’s fifth week. six semester hours per term is considered to be full-time. Eight-Week Term Date of withdrawal 1 to 8 calendar days 9 to 12 calendar days 13 to 16 calendar days After 16 calendar days Percent of charges dropped 100 50 25 0 GoARMYEd STUDENT REfUND POLICY The following refund schedule for GoArmyEd students was implemented following GoArmyEd regulations which do not allow universities to follow more than one refund schedule. A “W” will be sent to the University registrar to be recorded on the student’s transcript. To be considered a full-time student for financial aid purposes. The refund amount depends on when the withdrawal occurs.

see previous tuition refund schedule. .50 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY EXTENSION PROGRAMS Percent of charges dropped 100 50 25 0 Date of withdrawal 1 to 8 calendar days 9 to 12 calendar days 13 to 16 calendar days After 16 calendar days Sixteen-Week Term: Same as 16-week session on main campus. The request must be in writing and must bear the student’s original signature. TRANSCRIPTS Official and unofficial transcripts can be obtained only from the Office of the Registrar on the main Saint Martin’s University campus in Lacey. Unofficial transcripts can be obtained online for no fee once a student has established an academic account with the University. Please see the Academic Policies and Procedures section of this catalog for complete information.

ACADEMIC CATALOG 51 ACADEMIC POLICIES AND PROCEDURES ACADEMIC POLICIES .

Information Systems Management.52 UNDERGRADUATE MAJORS AND AREAS OF STUDY UNDERGRADUATE MAJORS AND AREAS Of STUDY business and Economics Majors Accounting Business Administration (Concentrations in Accounting. Management and Marketing) Business Administration Economics Minors Education Majors Minors Elementary Education Special Education Physical Education Technology in Education Education Reading Special Education Engineering Majors Civil Engineering Mechanical Engineering Humanities Majors English Interdisciplinary Studies Music Religious Studies Theatre Arts English Japanese Studies Music Philosophy Religious Studies Theatre Arts Writing Minors Science and Mathematics Majors Biology Chemistry Computer Science Mathematics . Finance. Economics.

UNDERGRADUATE MAJORS AND AREAS OF STUDY Minors Biology Chemistry Mathematics 53 Social Sciences Majors Community Services Criminal Justice History Political Science Psychology Sociology and Cultural Anthropology Criminal Justice History International Relations Legal Studies Political Science Psychology Sociology and Cultural Anthropology Women’s Studies Minors Other Areas of Study Art Chinese French Geography Physics Spanish Speech Pre-professional Programs Dentistry Law Medicine Pharmacy Veterinary Medicine Optometry Residency Teaching Certificate Elementary Education Secondary Education Special Education Professional Teaching Certificate ACADEMIC POLICIES .

00. The purpose of the University’s General Education Program is to: • Provide students with a broad knowledge of human experience and the natural world. Bachelor of Science and Bachelor of Science in Civil or Mechanical Engineering. • A major sequence with a minimum of 20 upper-academic unit semester hours and a cumulative grade point average of 2. satisfying and productive lives.00 and a Saint Martin’s grade point average of at least 2. these degree programs can be completed within eight academic semesters. • All University General Education Requirements (please see the next catalog section) • Support courses required for the major SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY GENERAL EDUCATION PROGRAM MISSION STATEMENT The faculty of Saint Martin’s University believes that a sound education for all academic degree programs rests on a foundation of general education.00 in all upper-academic unit courses in the major. spiritual and ethical base for meaningful. In most cases. including passing: • 40 semester hours of upper-academic unit coursework. General Requirements for bachelor’s Degrees Students must successfully complete 128–136 semester hours with a cumulative grade point average of at least 2.54 GRADUATE PROGRAMS / DEGREE REQUIREMENTS GRADUATE PROGRAMS Master of Business Administration (MBA) Master of Arts in Counseling Psychology (MAC) Master of Civil Engineering (MCE) Master of Engineering Management (MEM) Master of Education (MED) Master in Teaching (MIT) DEGREE REqUIREMENTS bACHELOR’S DEGREES The University confers the following bachelor’s degrees: Bachelor of Arts. . designed to expose students to diverse ways of thinking and to provide the intellectual.

• Develop proficiency in writing. • Challenge students to explore academic ideas and concepts within a spiritual and ethical framework. 55 GOAL 1: Provide students with a broad knowledge of human experience and the natural world. speaking and listening. • Use methods and approaches from several disciplines to understand complex issues and solve problems. integrate and utilize knowledge across disciplines. synthesize and evaluate ideas and information. • Use technology to solve problems and to find and communicate information. and communicate the results. • Analyze. and to communicate effectively. reading. cultural and linguistic plurality. • Develop a holistic understanding of the interaction of the various fields of human endeavor. • Think critically and logically. and scientific and aesthetic understanding. ideas and methods D of the natural sciences. • evelop an understanding of the basic concepts. ACADEMIC POLICIES GOALS AND ObJECTIVES fOR GENERAL EDUCATION . and utilize knowledge across disciplines. • Encourage students to understand. GOAL 3: Encourage students to understand. social sciences and humanities with emphases upon broad geographic and historical perspectives. • Develop an understanding of the role of the individual within the larger community. values and methods that can be applied across disciplines. • Explore diverse approaches to understanding human societies and cultures and the natural world. and to communicate effectively. • Design and conduct research.GENERAL EDUCATION PROGRAM • Teach students to think critically and creatively. • Approach intellectual challenges with a spirit of creativity. • Utilize skills. • Develop an understanding of the role and application of quantitative reasoning and methods to problem solving. integrate. GOAL 2: Teach students to think critically and creatively.

301. • Physical Education (2 credits) Students (except military veterans. • Value hospitality and service to others. 301. • Religion (3 credits) Students must complete three semester hours in religious studies selected from RLS 111. . 305 or 320. 341 or 346. • Develop a commitment to seek the common good as a citizen of both the local and global community. • Undertake a commitment to preserve and protect the natural environment. 314. students older than 24 years of age and those exempted for medical reasons) must complete two semester hours of physical education selected from any PE course numbered between PE 101 through 113. • Philosophy (3 credits) Students must complete three semester hours of philosophy from the courses listed below. 202. 131 or 151. 201. • College Writing (6 credits) Six semester hours of college writing (ENG 101 and 102) should be taken during the first year of the student’s attendance at Saint Martin’s. 303. • Demonstrate respect for persons and ideas. 313. • Develop an understanding of philosophical. ethical and religious concepts and principles. It is recommended that the student wait until his or her sophomore year before taking philosophy courses selected from PHL 201.56 GENERAL EDUCATION PROGRAM GOAL 4: Challenge students to explore academic ideas and concepts within a spiritual and ethical framework. General foundations (17 semester hours) • first-Year Seminar (3 credits) Entering freshmen must take First-year Seminar (UNI 101) during fall semester. 302. • Understand the moral and ethical questions facing students in the arts. 333. sciences and professions. and appreciation for the value of cooperation. • Clarify personal values and beliefs GOAL 5: Lead students to understand the role of the individual within the larger community. GENERAL EDUCATION PROGRAM REqUIREMENTS I.

358. 357. 142. Select from: BIO 105. 102. 202. THR 101. 142. 217. 341. 385 • fine Arts (3 credits) Students must complete three semester hours of fine arts. Note: ASL does not satisfy the world language requirement. Social and behavioral foundations (6 semester hours) • Six Credits: Students must complete six semester hours outside his or her major field. PHY 141. 205. 213. JPN 101. Select one course from: ART 157. IV. 325. 122. 344. 172. 359. 102. 347. 158. 385. 203. Residency Requirements The student’s senior year (final 32 semester hours) must be completed in residence. Historical and Cultural foundation (13-18 semester hours) • History (6 credits) Students must complete three semester hours of American history and three semester hours of European or non-Western history. 142. SPN 101. grade of “B” or better. 357. WS 200. ECN 101. MUS 108. It is strongly advised that these six credits be in two different areas. 171. 322. 121. 396. • Literature (3 credits) Students must complete three semester hours of literature selected from ENG 201. Select from: CJ 101. PLS 150. Select one course in American history from HIS 141. of a modern world language in high school. 205. 356. At least one-half of the upper-academic unit semester hours in each major sequence must be included in the 32-hour minimum. PSY 101. Scientific and Technological foundations (7 semester hours) • Mathematics (3 credits) Students must complete three semester hours of mathematics in any course numbered MTH 110 or above. 331. • World Language (6 credits) Study of a world language is required for all students completing the Bachelor of Arts degree at Saint Martin’s University. World language study is highly recommended for all students. 321. III. 302. 102. 141. 215. 351. CHM 105. 373. 103. 305. Select from FRN 101. 141. 367. 361. This requirement can be satisfied by two years of successful study. 311. 363. SOC 101. 151. 415. • Natural Sciences (4 credits) Students must complete four semester hours of a natural science course that includes a laboratory component. 110. Select one course in European or non-Western history from HIS 101. 211. particularly those planning to attend graduate school.GENERAL EDUCATION PROGRAM 57 II. GPH 210. 152. 142. 102. ACADEMIC POLICIES . 102. 211. 307.

due to circumstances beyond his or her control. if a specific course is required by both programs. A second baccalaureate degree must differ from the first in title. 3. may petition the vice president for academic affairs for a “degree-completion program. Generally. FOCUS is a university-wide program. CREDIT fOR LIfE ExPERIENCE: THE fOCUS PROGRAM General facts about the FOCUS program at Saint Martin’s University: 1. However. a student may qualify for a Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in psychology and for a Bachelor of Science degree in Civil Engineering by completing requirements in each program. but for learning that is equivalent to the knowledge and skills of a particular course offered at Saint Martin’s University. the student must have satisfied the following conditions: • Completed a minimum of 96 semester hours. The credit is not for the experience. No credit overlap is allowed in upper-academic unit requirements for each major.” To be considered. The University does not award two Bachelor of Arts degrees. The student is required to have his or her advisor’s approval in both majors. Through the FOCUS program. Saint Martin’s University may grant academic credit for documented university-level learning students acquired through non-university experience. This is covered by the double major. all departments participate. For example. The student may apply lower-academic unit credits.58 GENERAL EDUCATION PROGRAM Degree Completion • Any student who. • Fulfilled half the upper-academic unit requirements of his or her major at Saint Martin’s University Double Major Degree Program A student may choose to complete a second major within the 128 semester-hour minimum required for the bachelor’s degree. A double major does not necessarily mean two degrees. 2. to both majors. is unable to continue attending Saint Martin’s University. where applicable. . Prior to selecting a second major. the student should consult with an advisor to determine if his or her choice is feasible and practical. it may be used to satisfy both requirements. this will require more than the minimum 128 semester hours. FOCUS credit can be awarded for undergraduate-level work only. • Completed 32 semester hours at Saint Martin’s University.

11. For credit to be awarded. starting on the following page. To obtain guidelines for preparing a portfolio. 10. ACADEMIC POLICIES . university-level achievement. The student’s learning must reflect significant. No more than 15 cumulative semester credits (approximately one semester) can be granted through FOCUS. 7. formal review of their request. One portfolio must be submitted for each course for which credit is requested. Students should begin the procedure as soon after matriculation as possible. nonrefundable $75 registration fee to become a FOCUS candidate. FOCUS credit must be fully approved at least one semester before graduation. the student can be recommended for credit for a Directed Study. Insofar as the learning meets university-wide and departmental or program standards and requirements. or Special Topics. 8. 59 6.GENERAL EDUCATION PROGRAM 4. approval must be obtained through the process outlined in this packet. students must develop a FOCUS portfolio documenting their learning and submit that portfolio for approval by the evaluators. 14. visit the Office of the Registrar. Matriculated students who have registered as FOCUS candidates will be given a full. Students who are interested in receiving FOCUS credits will meet with the registrar for preliminary inquiries. 12. Students pay a one-time. (c) physical education activity courses. Students should use the Saint Martin’s University Catalog to identify courses for which FOCUS credit may be an option. All the dates correspond to the Lacey campus calendar. and must begin the procedure at least one academic year before graduation. payment for the credits must be made prior to posting the credits to the student’s transcript. FOCUS credit is not awarded for: (a) learning obtained after matriculation at Saint Martin’s University.” Learning that is equivalent to courses listed in the catalog will be designated on the transcript as fulfilling the requirements of those courses. If credits are awarded. 13. FOCUS credit may not be used to fulfill the Saint Martin’s University requirement that a student complete 32 Saint Martin’s University credits for graduation. For credit to be awarded. Learning which falls outside of the existing University courses should be designated on the transcript as “395 Special Topics” or “397 Directed Study. (b) courses or subjects not offered at the University. 9. 5.

Responsibility for fulfilling requirements for graduation rests with the individual student. The duration of a lecture class period is 50 minutes. but less than 60 semester hours. COURSE NUMbER CLASSIfICATIONS The University gives credit for all courses numbered 100 through 699 in each academic department. STUDENT CLASSIfICATION • freshman: Has completed less than 30 semester hours. Two to three hours of outside preparation is expected of the student for each lecture class period. • Sophomore: Has completed at least 30. Courses at the 500-600 level are considered graduate courses. They generally involve individual research projects. They are intended primarily for juniors or seniors. . semester hours. Courses at the 100-200 level generally provide a foundation or overview of a discipline. Decisions regarding absences from class are left to the individual instructor. Work missed because of late registration. Courses at the 300-400 level frequently assume prior knowledge of the field and a higher level of analysis and difficulty. • Senior: Has completed at least 90 semester hours. illness or any other reason must be completed. whether students completed graduation requirements in December or May or will complete them in August. The student is responsible for contacting the instructor to make arrangements COMMENCEMENT Official commencement ceremonies occur once a year at the close of spring semester. The student must initiate withdrawal from a course. They are intended primarily for freshmen and sophomores. ATTENDANCE Students are expected to attend all classes for which they are registered. • Junior: Has completed at least 60. critical discussion of issues and oral presentations.60 ACADEMIC INFORMATION ACADEMIC INfORMATION SEMESTER SYSTEM A semester hour of credit is given for attending one class period a week for at least 15 weeks or the equivalent in other time blocks. but less than 90.

Advisors are expected to provide accurate information to students and help them make informed choices about majors. programs and courses. changes in his or her courses or class sections must be properly approved and recorded by the registrar. They also are expected to truthfully complete all documents pertaining to their University studies and activities. academic and graduation requirements and for seeking help from their advisor. Students wishing to attend both the extension campus and Lacey campus ceremonies may choose to do so. are responsible for keeping themselves informed about policies. policy revisions. however. After a student has registered for classes. Failure to complete this financial obligation will result in a late validation fee of $50. STUDENT RESPONSIbILITY Students are responsible for meeting academic regulations.ACADEMIC INFORMATION 61 Extension campus commencement ceremonies take place in December and May. This includes students who are receiving financial aid or sponsored assistance. explain University requirements and provide guidance in selecting classes. Failure to do so may constitute grounds for disciplinary action. ADVISING Academic advising is the responsibility of both faculty members and the student. Change of Registration Adding or dropping classes may be done only from the first through the eighth calendar day of a semester. Late Validation All students. no matter which campus they are enrolled at or if their classes are online. ACADEMIC POLICIES . Official withdrawal from courses without academic penalty is permitted until one week after mid-semester. make appropriate career choices. Students. must pay in full or have financial arrangements completed by the first day of the semester/term. Faculty members are prepared to help students explore various academic majors. ACADEMIC POLICIES AND PROCEDURES Registration No student will receive credit for any course in which he or she is not registered.

For undergraduate program students using Veterans Administration benefits. . a non-degree student must have a cumulative grade point average of 2. A non-degree student may become a degree student by applying for and being granted formal admission to Saint Martin’s University. Individuals can be registered as either full-time or part-time students. For admission as a degree student. although students may elect to carry 18 credits some semesters. They may enroll for as many terms as desired for the purpose of educational enrichment or transfer of courses to another institution. but the maximum course load permitted in any one semester is 11 semester hours. Non-degree Students “Non-degree students” are those who enroll in 11 semester hours of coursework or less per semester and who are not seeking an academic degree from Saint Martin’s. Schedule Limitations To be considered a full-time student for financial aid purposes. They may enroll without formal admission to the University. However. Application for regular admission must be made prior to the student’s completion of the last 32 semester hours required for a degree at Saint Martin’s.62 ACADEMIC INFORMATION Enrollment All students are expected to report to campus on the date officially listed in the Saint Martin’s University Academic Catalog.0 (C) or higher. A full-time student is one carrying a minimum of 12 semester hours of academic credits. a student must be enrolled for 12 semester hours of credit. No special admission procedure is required for occasional workshops or shortterm courses. It will be considered only for those students who demonstrate a record of exemplary academic performance at Saint Martin’s University CLASS LOADS AT ExTENSION CAMPUSES The maximum course load at Saint Martin’s extension campuses at Joint Base LewisMcChord is nine semester hours per term. New students will not be admitted unless they have received official notice of acceptance from the Office of Admissions. Any increase beyond 18 credits requires approval of the student’s advisor and the vice president for academic affairs. with at least 30 semester hours of officially approved coursework. No exceptions are made to this policy without prior approval from the University’s vice president for academic affairs and the director of extension programs. Under exceptional circumstances. enrollment in six semester hours per term is considered full-time. A normal class load is 15 to 16 hours. the class load may be increased to a maximum of 20 semester hours. they must meet all prerequisites for the classes taken.

To be considered a full-time student for financial aid purposes at the Joint Base LewisMcChord extension campuses. At the Joint Base Lewis-McChord extension campuses. ACADEMIC POLICIES Statute of Limitations Students working toward a degree at Saint Martin’s University are expected to meet the graduation requirements contained in the undergraduate section of the University’s academic catalog in effect for the year in which they are admitted. grades are issued at the end of the designated term.ACADEMIC INFORMATION 63 For graduate program students using Veterans Administration benefits. a student must be enrolled for a combined total of 12 semester hours in terms one and two. students enrolled in a degree program at the University’s main campus in Lacey may be permitted to take undergraduate courses at the extension campuses. Grades are awarded on the following basis: Grade A AB+ B BC+ C CValue per Credit 4.33 3.33 2. COURSES AT ExTENSION CAMPUSES Undergraduate courses taught at Saint Martin’s extension campuses at Joint Base Lewis-McChord are offered primarily for the benefit of armed forces personnel and the military community. university or institution of higher learning while attending Saint Martin’s. This may be done only with the approval of the student’s advisor. enrollment in three semester hours per term is considered full-time.67 2.00 2.00 1. additional tuition will be assessed for courses taken at these extension centers. the department chair of the course in question and the vice president for academic affairs. Grades Grades are issued at the end of the semester and at the end of summer session. Therefore.67 3.67 . The cost of courses taken at those extensions is not included in the undergraduate block tuition arrangement. and a combined total of 12 semester hours in terms three and four. No student may use requirements in a catalog older than seven years prior to the date of his or her graduation. Enrollment at Other Colleges Students enrolled full-time at Saint Martin’s may not enroll at another college.00 3. Under exceptional circumstances.

• No General Education Program requirement may be taken pass/fail. advisor and department chair — a course may be taken pass/fail. • Under special circumstances — and with approval of the student.00 not computed in grade point average (GPA) not computed in GPA not computed in GPA not computed in GPA Grade Point Average Grade point average (GPA) is computed by dividing the total number of grade points by the total number of semester hours attempted.33 1. The Saint Martin’s University transcript reflects Saint Martin’s University grade point only and is so labeled. instructor. • A student wishing to take a course for graded credit when the course is designated pass/fail must request the change of grade status at the time of registration and obtain the instructor’s permission prior to the second class session. directed studies and internships/student teaching. these will be workshops.67 0. independent studies. Request for an Incomplete Grade A student must request an incomplete grade in writing prior to the last week of the semester if half the course requirements have been completed and the student is prevented by serious illness or another justifiable cause from completing the entire course.00 0. • Pass/fail courses may be taken only with prior knowledge and agreement of the student and instructor. . • A grade of “C” or better is required for a pass grade.64 ACADEMIC INFORMATION D+ D DF W (withdrawal) AU (audit) I (incomplete) P (pass) 1. The cumulative grade point average represents the student’s performance for all courses completed at Saint Martin’s. Transfer “D” Grades Transfer “D” grades are not accepted for credit or to satisfy Saint Martin’s University graduation requirements. Grades from other institutions are computed into the cumulative grade point for academic honors. Normally. Pass/fail Grades The pass/fail grade option may be allowed within the limits of the following guidelines: • A grade of “P” (pass) may be given for specific courses.

The student should address the issue directly with the faculty member or members involved in a timely manner. All coursework must be completed by the end of the semester following the semester in which the incomplete was granted. The instructor must submit approved “I” grade requests on the University form with final grade sheets. NOTE: For complaints or problems that include possible harassment and/or discrimination. if the student is given a grade that he or she thinks is unwarranted. An unremoved incomplete grade cannot be changed after one calendar year. the respective academic unit dean and the vice president for academic affairs must approve a “change of grade request. the student will be assigned the grade as earned in the course. please refer to the Student Conduct and Policies section of the current Student Handbook. a professor or a grade should be solved at the lowest level possible. an amended grade report may be filed with the Office of the Registrar. for Students at the Main Campus: 1. If the instructor approves. For example. then the following steps may be taken. If a student does not complete appropriate procedures and paperwork. If the problem cannot be resolved directly between the student and the faculty member involved or if the student is unable to confront the faculty member involved.” Process for filing a Grievance about a Course Procedure or a Grade Academic problems related to a course. It is the intent of the procedure that a student be given a fair hearing and provided with a resolution process that protects the rights and recognizes the responsibilities of both the affected student and the faculty member(s). Change of Grade If a teacher discovers an error in the recording or calculation of a student’s final grade. .ACADEMIC INFORMATION 65 The request must be submitted in writing on the University form to the course instructor and must specify the reason for the request. he or she should ask the faculty member for clarification about grading criteria and his or her evaluation of coursework immediately after receiving the grade in question. and stays on the student’s permanent record. the Office of the Registrar must be notified in writing by the faculty member that an incomplete grade will be issued. The approved “I” grade request must include the specific work required to remove the incomplete. ACADEMIC POLICIES Removal of an Incomplete Grade The removal of an “Incomplete” is the student’s responsibility. In all other cases.

3. The dean. director or chair will then provide the student with a written response and explanation regarding the findings in a timely manner. telephone 253-964-4688). the student should take a written explanation of the situation and copies of relevant documents to the University’s director of extension programs (David L. The vice president for academic affairs will read the student’s written explanation and related documentation. director or department chair of the course in question. The student should address the issue directly and in a timely manner with the faculty member involved. telephone 360-438-4310). then the student should take the complaint to the vice president for academic affairs at the main campus in Lacey (Old Main 269. Stone Education Center. If the complaint remains unresolved. the student should ask the faculty member for clarification about grading criteria and his/her evaluation of the assignment immediately after receiving the grade in question. the instructor and the department chair of the course in question.66 ACADEMIC INFORMATION 2. if the student is given a grade that he or she believes is unwarranted. Joint Base Lewis-McChord. The dean or director will read the written explanation and related documentation and consult with the dean. Copies of that response will be filed with the academic unit dean. A student can obtain the name and location of the dean directly from the Office of Academic Affairs at the University’s main campus in Lacey (Old Main 269. the instructor and the department chair of the course in question. Procedure for Students at Extension Campuses: 1. If the complaint remains unresolved. If the academic unit dean or graduate program director is the faculty member involved in the complaint or if the complaint cannot be resolved with the dean or graduate program director. Copies of that response will be filed with the academic unit dean. Decisions of the vice president for academic affairs are final. For example. the student should take a written explanation of the situation and copies of relevant documents to the dean of the faculty member’s academic unit or the director of the graduate program. 360-438-4310). 2. The vice president for academic affairs will investigate the details of the complaint as necessary and appropriate. . The dean or chair will investigate the details of the complaint as necessary and appropriate. The vice president will provide the student with a written response and explanation regarding the findings in a timely manner.

gov/policy/gen/guid/fpco/ferpa/index. athletic program participation rates and financial support data is available on the University website.stmartin. . please contact the Office of Admission. dean. family Educational Rights and Privacy Act Saint Martin’s University is in compliance with the federal Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) of 1974. financial assistance. the instructor and the academic unit dean of the course in question. For more information. For questions or additional information. 67 Student Right-to-Know Act Saint Martin’s University adheres to the requirements of the Federal Student Rightto-Know Act in providing certain information about the University. The right to inspect and review his or her education records within 45 days of the day the University receives a written request for access.html. head of the academic department or other appropriate official. academics. The director or dean then will give the student a written response and explanation regarding the findings in a timely manner. Decisions of the vice president for academic affairs are final. institutional security policies and crime statistics. The University official will make arrangements for access and notify the student of the time and place where the records can be inspected. 360-438-4485. If the records are not maintained by the University official to whom the request was submitted. Copies of that response will be filed with the director of extension programs. Notification of Rights Under family Educational Rights and Privacy Act for Postsecondary Institutions The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) provides students certain rights with respect to their Saint Martin’s University records. These rights include: 1. The University guarantees each student the right to inspect and review his or her personal educational records. that official shall advise the student of the correct official to whom the request should be addressed.ed. A written request that identifies the record(s) they wish to inspect can be submitted to the registrar. telephone 360-438-4310). www. ACADEMIC POLICIES Decisions can be appealed using the same process to the vice president for academic affairs at the main campus (Old Main 269. Information on the institution. graduation rates. visit http://www2.edu. The director or dean will investigate the details of the complaint as necessary and appropriate.ACADEMIC INFORMATION The director will read the student’s written explanation and related documentation and will consult with the academic unit dean of the course in question. 3.

The last day to withdraw from a course is the last day of the term’s fifth week. A school official has a legitimate educational interest if the official needs to review an education record in order to fulfill his or her professional responsibility. a person serving on the University’s board of trustees. 20202-4605. supervisory. The right to request amendment to education records the student believes to be inaccurate. 3.” Withdrawal from Courses at Extension Campuses A student may withdraw from a course by completing a withdrawal form at an extension office.S.C. . If the University decides not to amend the record as requested by the student. 4. The right to consent to disclosures of personally identifiable information contained in the student’s education records.S. obtaining the signatures of his or her advisor and the instructor and returning the completed form to the Office of the Registrar. the University will notify the student of the decision and advise the student of his or her right to a hearing regarding the request for amendment.68 ACADEMIC INFORMATION 2. A school official is a person employed by the University in an administrative. auditor or collection agent). Department of Education. Withdrawals Withdrawal from Courses at Main Campus A student may withdraw from a course by securing a withdrawal form from the Office of the Registrar. which permits disclosure without consent. a person or company with whom the University has contracted (such as an attorney. Additional information regarding hearing procedures will be provided to the student when notified of their right to a hearing. except to the extent that FERPA authorizes disclosure without consent. A “W” will be sent to the University’s registrar to be recorded on the student’s transcript. or a student serving on an official committee such as a disciplinary or grievance committee or a student who is assisting another school official in performing his or her tasks. Withdrawal from a course will be reflected on the student’s transcript as a “W.. The name and address of the office that administers FERPA is: Family Policy Compliance Office. is disclosure to school officials with legitimate educational interests. D. 400 Maryland Avenue SW. The right to file a complaint with the U. academic or research role or a support staff position (including law enforcement unit personnel and health staff members). The course instructor will determine whether the student is passing or failing. U. One exception. Department of Education concerning alleged failures by Saint Martin’s University to comply with the requirements of FERPA. Washington.

Respective academic departments define how many hours of directed study will be assigned and will approve topics and content. in consultation with an advisor and course instructor. Students must have a cumulative grade point average of 2. . Students taking a directed study must schedule regular meetings with the faculty supervisor at the outset of the study. Directed studies are not recommended for regular catalog courses and will be accepted to satisfy General Education Requirements only under special circumstances. “A Proposal of Directed Study. Students wishing to take correspondence courses for transfer to Saint Martin’s University must have prior written approval of their advisor following review of the course syllabus. the student must have successfully completed his or her freshman year. and then return the completed form to the Office of Student Accounts. To be eligible for directed study. The student. suggesting resource material and evaluating student achievement. The instructor’s role is to aid the student in defining the topic. ACADEMIC POLICIES Repeating Courses Only a course in which a grade of “D” or “F” is received may be repeated. and credit will be allowed only once toward fulfilling graduation requirements.ACADEMIC INFORMATION 69 Withdrawal from the University A student wishing to withdraw from the University must obtain a withdrawal form from the Office of the Registrar. they must complete a detailed outline.0 to be eligible to apply for directed study. obtain the signatures of his or her advisor. The highest grade received will be used in computing cumulative grade point average. Together. textbook and study materials. The department chair of the course in question and the vice president for academic affairs also must approve. Undergraduate transfer students must successfully complete at least one semester at Saint Martin’s before applying. Directed Study Directed study is designed for students who wish to research and study a topic not covered in a course offering or to explore a topic in greater depth. initiates a directed study. A student withdraws in good standing if he or she is not dismissed for scholarship deficiencies and/or is not on academic probation at the time of withdrawal Correspondence Courses The use of correspondence courses (an educational course offered by a correspondence school) by enrolled students will be accepted only in exceptional cases.” before the student registers for the directed study. instructors and other officials listed on the form. No more than six semester hours (nine quarter hours) of correspondence courses will be accepted.

please include this information: • Name (first. Transcripts A transcript is a copy of the student’s permanent record. as well as any other names used during enrollment at Saint Martin’s University) • Date of birth or social security number. an independent study enables a student to take a course listed in the catalog on an individualized basis. When requesting transcripts. Current or former students may request transcripts of their work at the University in person or by mail. number of copies requested . A transcript or diploma may not be released until the student’s account is paid in full. An unofficial transcript bears no seal. current address. An official transcript is one bearing the University seal and the signature of the University’s registrar. middle and last. is not a genuine copy and is not acceptable to other colleges or universities.70 ACADEMIC INFORMATION Independent Study In unusual circumstances. A fee of $5 is charged for each transcript. Transcripts will not be issued during periods of registration and commencement.

Applications will be available during registration and at all other times in the Office of the Registrar. • The administration’s regional office will be notified within 30 days of less-than-satisfactory progress or dismissal from the University. Credit granted cannot exceed 96 semester hours. It is the veteran’s responsibility to be fully informed of all academic regulations affecting his or her satisfactory progress. Veterans Administration and Saint Martin’s University. of the student’s withdrawal or non-attendance in courses that would result in a change of certification. Credit through Testing Saint Martin’s University may grant credit based on the results of various kinds of testing. Test results considered are: • Advanced Placement testing • College-level Examination Program (CLEP. no additional credit for CLEP general examinations will be applied toward degree requirements and graduation. Veterans The Veterans Affairs representative counsels and advises students about regulations and rules set forth by the U. or of the student’s complete withdrawal from the University. general and subject examination) • United States Armed Forces Institution examinations • Approved credit for educational experiences in the armed forces • Military DANTES and SST programs • International Baccalaureate (IB) examinations and diploma Official results of testing must be submitted to the Office of Admissions for evaluation and granting of credit. The TT Minimum Standards of Progress are as follows: • A student’s progress will be monitored by midterm and final grades.S. Once a student has achieved 32 semester hours of credit.ACADEMIC INFORMATION • Addresses where the University should send your transcripts • Type of transcript desired (official or unofficial) • $5 fee per transcript copy 71 Application for Degrees Candidates for degrees must file an application for a degree at the beginning of the student’s last academic year. All applications must be filed at the Office of the Registrar. The University’s policies for credit secured through nontraditional means are available from the admissions director or the registrar. ACADEMIC POLICIES .

Students can choose from one of the following Washington Semester programs: • American Politics • Foreign Policy • Justice • International Business and Trade • Economic Policy • International Environment and Development • Public Law • Peace and Conflict Resolution • World Capitals Academic Honors All students who meet the following requirements at the end of a semester qualify for the academic honors list published at the close of the semester: • Completion of a minimum of 12 graded semester hours during the semester. D.C.’s American University or Washington Center. are available for students in several disciplines. program-related work experience that primarily provides learning and personal growth. • No incomplete grades during the semester. Students should consult their advisor and department chair concerning requirements. procedures and availability. Internships Internships.50 during the semester. attend seminars in which prominent officials participate.72 ACADEMIC INFORMATION • Attendance will be reported monthly to the Veterans Affairs representative. Washington. these standards will be applied on an individual basis.C. Programs Saint Martin’s University gives students the opportunity to participate in the Washington Semester Program through Washington. D. . In these programs. • In the case of illness or other extenuating circumstances. • A veteran whose benefits have been terminated will not be certified for reenrollment unless a federal Veteran’s Administration counseing psychologist approves. • A minimum grade point average of 3. and engage in research projects on political and economic topics. students work as interns in government agencies or private associations.

is eligible for graduation with honors. • Magna cum laude: A cumulative grade point average of 3. Failure to meet the conditions of academic probation may result in suspension from the University. he or she will be placed on academic probation or suspended. the student’s record will be reviewed to determine whether progress toward meeting the minimum standards has been met. ACADEMIC POLICIES .69. The cumulative grade point average for all completed coursework that appears as part of the student’s official transcript will be used to determine the appropriate academic honor according to the following standards. To appeal. Academic Suspension Students academically suspended from the University may appeal their suspension if they wish to re-enroll the semester immediately following suspension. • Cum laude: A cumulative grade point average of 3. the student may continue on probation for a second semester if their overall grade point does not meet minimum standards. At semester’s end. Probation limits a student to a maximum course load of 12 semester hours.50 to 3. Thus. Even if academic progress was made.0. grades earned in courses completed at Saint Martin’s University and at other colleges and universities will count in the calculation of graduation honors. • Summa cum laude: A cumulative grade point average of 3. The Academic Standards Committee notifies students of other restrictions and requirements.90 to 4. exclusive of physical education activity courses. 73 Academic Probation A student will be placed on academic probation or suspended when his or her cumulative grade point average falls below 2. No student may remain on academic probation for more than two consecutive semesters without specific action of the Academic Standards Committee. at least 32 hours of which were earned in residence. the student will be placed on an academic contract with specific nonoptional actions designed to ensure student success through a letter of warning from the University. If placed on probation. If a student falls below these minimum standards.0. A student may be permanently dismissed from the University for consistently failing to maintain its academic standards.70 to 3.ACADEMIC INFORMATION Any student with a minimum of 64 semester hours of completed coursework.89.

This procedure is used after the student has been away from the University for one or more semesters after academic suspension. quizzes or other assignments. This plan must be developed in consultation with the student’s academic advisor and the Learning Center director. the reinstatement procedure should be followed. The student must submit the petition complete with an explanation and a plan to the Academic Standards Committee. A written explanation that demonstrates the student’s understanding of the reasons for her or his academic difficulties. . If no appeal is made. Academic Dishonesty Academic dishonesty includes but is not limited to: • Assisting another student on examinations. Common varieties of plagiarism include: • Having another individual write a paper or take an examination for a student. 15 for reinstatement consideration for summer or spring semester. • Directly quoting material without using quotation marks or proper indentation. in care of the vice president for academic affairs. The student will be notified of her or his status within three weeks of each of the above dates.74 ACADEMIC INFORMATION the student should contact the Office of the Vice President for Academic Affairs (Old Main 269) immediately upon receiving notice of suspension. A realistic plan for addressing these difficulties. and 3. or the appeal is denied. tests. If a student wishes to petition for reinstatement to the University. Plagiarism is the act of using the words and ideas of others without giving proper credit. quizzes or other assignments. or receiving assistance from a student without permission of the instructor. by Oct. • Using unauthorized materials for assistance during examinations. The petition must consist of the following: 1. A letter of support from the student’s advisor and the Learning Center director acknowledging that they have met with the student and that they are aware of the student’s petition and approve of the student’s future academic plan. 2. • Not giving credit for another person’s original ideas and organization. by March 15 for reinstatement consideration for fall semester. • Plagiarism. she or he may petition the Academic Standards Committee. tests. The University has a defined procedure for any student who wishes to exercise his or her right to petition for reinstatement.

. In these cases. an ad hoc appeals committee is constituted to hear the case. The dean will chair the appeals committee. A copy of the incident report is provided to the student. c) If the student files an appeal. The professor prescribes a penalty in keeping with the seriousness of the offense. The appeal must specify the grounds or reasons for the appeal. The student will be given the opportunity to present information to the committee prior to consideration of expulsion or suspension.ACADEMIC INFORMATION 75 Incidents of Cheating and Plagiarism and Their Appeal The following steps are followed for incidents of cheating and plagiarism and their appeal: a) The professor encounters an incident that he or she judges to be cheating or plagiarism. the vice president of academic affairs can ask the Admissions and Academic Standards Committee to consider the issue of expulsion or suspension. the appeals committee may choose to recommend suspension or expulsion from the University. whether the student is appealing the charge of cheating/plagiarism. The vice president of academic affairs constitutes the final appeal in these cases. These two faculty members select a third member who is an upper-division student in undergraduate cases or a graduate student in graduate cases. investigates the circumstances surrounding it and reaches a decision based on the facts of the case. the student has the right to appeal this decision to the vice president of academic affairs. If the division dean is the instructor of the course. the vice president of academic affairs will select another division dean to hear the appeal. If the professor chooses to modify the penalty and this is acceptable to the student. whose decision is final. The student must formally acknowledge his or her acceptance of the penalty in writing. g) If multiple cases of cheating or plagiarism are reported. the case is settled. d) The appeals committee hears the case. ACADEMIC POLICIES b) The student either accepts the penalty or files a written appeal with the vice president of academic affairs within seven days. and/or the severity of the penalty prescribed. If the professor chooses not to modify the penalty or if the student is not satisfied with the modification of the penalty. e) The appeals committee has the authority to recommend reconsideration of a penalty to the professor. the student will be provided with an opportunity to comment on the recommendation before the vice president of academic affairs makes a final decision to suspend or expel the student. The professor files an incident report with the vice president of academic affairs within seven days of notifying the student of the penalty. This committee consists of the division dean of the course in question and a professor selected by the student. f) In serious cases.

.

77 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS .

the humanities are represented by majors in religious studies. COLLEGE Of ARTS AND SCIENCES Eric Apfelstadt. as well as experiences contributing to student growth.78 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS / ALL-UNIVERSITY COURSES UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS Saint Martin’s University prepares students for successful lives. Dean PROGRAMS IN HUMANITIES The humanities deal with what is distinctively human: with the contributions of human beings to advances in artistic or literary expression and philosophical thought. The humanities can also be concerned with advances in science. internships and study abroad programs. education and engineering. development and academic achievement. Our 22 undergraduate majors span the liberal arts. English. cultural activities. A student can also choose a minor in religious studies. theatre arts. French. UNI 101 first-year Seminar (3) A seminar for first-year students that provides orientation to university life and study. theatre arts. practicums. philosophy. Courses are also available in Spanish. the use and study of language. and the application of values to all human enterprises. or Japanese. ALL-UNIVERSITY COURSES UNI 100 Study Skills (1) This course is designed for first-year students admitted to the University on a conditional basis. and music. engineering. business. sculpture and architecture from its beginning to the present. and by an interdisciplinary studies major. Required for all first-year students. psychology and other disciplines and professions when those advances are understood as part of our culture. math. music. students have opportunities to work with professors in smaller classes and to participate in research projects. English. At Saint Martin’s. speech and art. Through guided instructional activities. students will increase their knowledge and awareness of the relationship between motivation and the effective use of study skills and self management practices needed for college success. ART faculty Thomas Deming Art Courses ART 157/158 fine Arts Survey (3) Study of painting. . At Saint Martin’s University.

perspective drawing. In a seminar format. ART 295/395/495 Special Topics (3) To be arranged with department advisor. fundraising. glazing and firing. symbolism. wheel work and coloring. marketing. diplomacy. as well as explore the development of two-dimensional design in Western culture and the art styles of other cultures. the student is introduced to techniques of creating sculptural form. a survey of historical traditions of ceramics is included. Using the medium of clay. and communication skills. The student will solve problems in drawing. vitality of line. ENGLISH faculty Olivia Archibald Jeff Birkenstein Julia McCord Chavez Father Kilian Malvey. By learning to identify and analyze details. as well as recognize and interpret larger patterns. printmaking. students will view art reproductions and read and discuss supporting texts and writings. and advancing the University’s overarching mission of knowledge. O. the power of distortion. Mead Jamie Olson The English Department serves students by leading them to discover the practical importance of our cultural inheritance. Oceania and the Americas. mold-making. human resources. media. Students are UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS . professional writing. fantasy in design. Course covers decorating flat surfaces. nine hours — three classes — of which are General Education Requirements.B. ART 357 fine Art Survey: Art of the Non-Western World (3) Study of the visual arts among the traditional people of Africa. Students also will participate in supporting activities. Asia. and the search for artistic ideas. Nathalie Kuroiwa-Lewis Gloria Martin Stephen X. simplification (its part in history and contemporary art). service and sound value judgment. ART 212/312 Three-Dimensional Art Survey/Clay (3) A studio survey of three-dimensional design in clay.COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES – ART / ENGLISH 79 ART 205/305 Two-Dimensional Art Survey (3) A studio survey of two-dimensional design.S. Students also can prepare for the traditional fields of secondary and higher education. critical. health services and global communications. techniques of painting. Instruction includes techniques of hand-building. The major requires students to take 36 semester hours of English (12 courses). students who major or minor in English and/or minor in Writing prepare themselves for careers in law. honing analytical. art ideas from other cultures. advocacy. painting and printmaking. social services. Although major emphasis is on contemporary developments in clay sculpture.

The Department of English has prepared essay topics on which students will write a theme.80 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES – ENGLISH encouraged to augment their English classes with outside studies in language. ENG 341 Shakespeare (3). Evaluations by all members of the English staff are based on content and technical competence. Students who score below a department-established grade are required to enroll in ENG 100 English Skills. and not more than two courses between ENG 391 and ENG 399 E NG 499 Senior Thesis Seminar Upper-Division Courses • • • Minor in English Lower-Division Courses • • • ENG 101 ollege Writing C ENG 102 College Writing II Two of the following (six semester hours): ENG 201 Introduction to Fiction. On successful completion of that course. ENG 202 Introduction to Poetry. social science. they can then enroll in ENG 101 to fulfill the University graduation requirements. bachelor of Arts General Education Core (42-48 semester hours) Major in English Lower-Division Courses • • • ENG 101 ollege Writing C ENG 102 College Writing II Two of the following (six semester hours): ENG 201 Introduction to Fiction. ENG 203 Introduction to Drama 12 upper-division semester hours in literature courses Upper Division English Courses • Entering freshmen are required to take an examination in composition skills. history. . technology. Students are especially encouraged to pursue elective courses in language. The theme is submitted to the department for reading and grading. ENG 203 Introduction to Drama 2 1 upper-division semester hours including: ENG 321 A merican Literature to 1870 -or- ENG 322 American Literature After 1870. A minor in English requires 12 semester hours (four courses) outside of General Education Requirements. ENG 202 Introduction to Poetry. philosophy and history. the fine arts and philosophy.

Writing Minor Mission The writing minor will help students develop the key communication.COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES – ENGLISH 81 Revised Washington State Education Endorsements For information on the Washington State teacher education endorsement in English language arts. the Writing Minor will deepen students’ understanding and proficiency with specific conventions. the Writing Minor offers students an enriching and practical academic and spiritual experience that meets the needs of the whole person. At the same time. critical and creative thinking and research skills necessary to prepare them for entry to academic. Because our objective is to help develop students’ creative and unique qualities while preparing them to meet their career goals. In keeping with the Benedictine philosophy of education. professional and career oriented fields that are writing intensive. Students will be required to take a total of 18 credits from the following: 1) 3 credit hours of literature (outside of General Education upper-division credit hours) 2) 9 credit hours. The writing minor will require students to take a total of 18 credit hours. please refer to the requirements as outlined in the education section of the Academic Catalog. the minor will allow students to specialize and develop an area of expertise. The minor will give students a well-rounded education in creative. one course from each of 3 categories below (of which 3 credit hours must be lower division) 3) 6 upper division credit hours. academic and professional and journalistic writing. any two courses from the 3 categories below A) Creative Writing WRT 292 Creative Writing WRT 405 Advanced Creative Writing THR 302 Play Writing THR 402 Play Writing II b) Professional and Academic Writing WRT 306 Professional and Academic Writing Skills WRT 433 Teaching Composition WRT 320 Ethics in Writing WRT 390 English Internship C) Journalism WRT 299 Introduction to Journalism WRT 302 Advanced Journalism WRT 303 Digital Journalism (3 credits) (3 credits) (3 credits) (3 credits) (3 credits) (3 credits) (3 credits) (3 credits) (3 credits) (3 credits) (3 credits) UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS . audiences and contexts applicable to all majors.

stressing fundamentals of and critical approaches to this genre. ENG 201 Introduction to fiction (3) A survey of the novel. including English grammar and punctuation. Emphasis on structure of the essay and steps common to the writing process. ENG 195/295/395/495 Special Topics (1-3) To be arranged with department advisor. . Prerequisites: ENG 101. style and format used in writing inside and outside academia. ENG 102. Prerequisites: ENG 101. copyediting. media law.82 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES – ENGLISH English Courses ENG 100 English Skills (3) Instruction and practice in sentence structure. interviewing. ENG 203 Introduction to Drama (3) A survey of Western drama from the ancient Greek theatre to the 21st century. ENG 292 Creative Writing (3) Introduction to the processes by which writers produce creative work. ENG 302 Advanced Journalism (3) Aspects of media law. ENG 102. as well as in larger units of composition. including basic news story and feature writing. stressing fundamentals of and critical approaches to this genre. ENG 306 Professional and Academic Writing Skills (3) Emphasis on structure of language. Prerequisites: ENG 101. ethics and writing from speeches and interviews. Course primarily intended for those students not placed into English 101. correspondence and other writing tasks that support writing in school and the working world. Prerequisites: ENG 101. ENG 102. Students will study writers of poetry and fiction as a means of producing original work. ENG 102. Prerequisite: ENG 299. reports. ENG 101 College Writing I (3) Introduces students to fundamental forms of expository writing. Prerequisite: A grade of “C-” or better in ENG 101. Prerequisite: Placement by the Department of English. Topics include technical reading and writing. research projects. ENG 299 Introduction to Journalism (3) Fundamentals of journalistic writing. ENG 202 Introduction to Poetry (3) Introduction to poetic forms. ENG 102. First Amendment rights and and various modes of reporting. ENG 102 College Writing II (3) Integrates the research process with writing persuasive or argumentative essays. Prerequisites: ENG 101.

May be repeated once with permission of instructor. including but not limited to African American. May be repeated once with permission of instructor. Hispanic. with an emphasis upon English and its cultural and historical contexts. May be repeated with permission of instructor. Examination of many contemporary theories that underpin how we read and interpret a piece of writing.COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES – ENGLISH 83 ENG 312 Literary Criticism (3) Advanced study in textual interpretation and assumptions about literature for English majors and women’s studies minors. Students explore the structure of language and its role in identity. ENG 202. ENG 351 Renaissance Studies (3) Studies in major and historically significant texts of prose. ENG 203. May be repeated with permission of instructor. ENG 326 Ethnic Literature (3) Representative works from one of a variety of ethnic American perspectives. gender. May be repeated once with permission of instructor. drama and poetry of the 16th and 17th centuries. ENG 341 Shakespeare (3) Students will study. Prerequisite: ENG 202 or permission of instructor. ethnicity. English 312 does not satisfy the University General Education Requirements or upper-division literature requirements for English majors. Changing content. ENG 202 or ENG 203. ENG 322 American Literature After 1870 (3) Major writers from Walt Whitman to the present. ENG 202. Content varies. and historical forces) that circulate through written texts and that influence our interpretation of them. Prerequisites: ENG 201. psychology. UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS . Prerequisite: ENG 202 or ENG 203. ENG 331 Medieval Studies (3) An exploration of enduring human questions by studying selected prose. Prerequisite: ENG 201. or permission of instructor. Prerequisite: ENG 201. or permission of instructor. Content changes. circa 500-1500. ENG 321 American Literature to 1870 (3) Major writers through the Transcendentalists. power and history. Asian and Native American literature. or permission of instructor. discuss and write about several Shakespearean works in the context of other dramatic and non-dramatic Renaissance works. ENG 202. or permission of instructor. although it is strongly recommended as an elective for students in English and women’s studies. Prerequisites: ENG 201.or permission of instructor. or permission of instructor. ENG 202. including systems (social class. Changing content. Prerequisites: ENG 201. Course content varies. ENG 317 Language and Culture (3) Course examines the nature of language and its various functions. or permission of instructor. drama and poetry from England and the Continent. or ENG 203. Prerequisite: ENG 202 or ENG 203.

thought. Auden. ENG 380 Literature on film (3) The study of important examples of literature adapted to the medium of film. Frost. Lowell. 3) Prerequisite: ENG 202 or permission of instructor. or permission of instructor. Forster. Prerequisite: ENG 202. Eliot. 1789-1830. ENG 361 The Romantic Period (3) Major British literary works within the context of contemporary historical and cultural conditions. fiction. 1830-1900. ENG 202. Larkin. ENG 102. ENG 363 The Victorian Age (3) Major British literary works within a context of contemporary historical and cultural conditions. or permission of instructor. ENG 202 or ENG 203. and non-fiction from the Restoration through the end of the Enlightenment. ENG 381 Women’s Literature (3) Representative works of literature by and about women in their historical contexts with attention to the exploration of feminist issues in literature and the literary traditions in writings by women. ENG 202. Prerequisites: ENG 201. drama. ENG 392/394 Studies of American Literature (3. Prerequisites: ENG 101. Heaney and Northwest poets. May be repeated with permission of instructor. Joyce. Prerequisites: ENG 201. ENG 371 Modern Poetry (3) Emphasis on Hopkins. or permission of instructor. ENG 390 Internship (1-3) Aspects of communication. or permission of instructor. Huxley. Woolf. and movements. Changing content. Prerequisite: ENG 201. Bishop. . or permission of instructor. ENG 373 Twentieth Century fiction (3) Emphasis on Bennett. ENG 299 or equivalents.84 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES – ENGLISH ENG 356 Eighteenth Century british Literature (3) A survey of key works of poetry. 3) Prerequisite: ENG 202 or ENG 203. or ENG 203. Prerequisite: ENG 201. Equivalent to THR 380. thought. ENG 396/398 Studies in british and Continental Literature (3. Prerequisites: ENG 101. Prerequisite: ENG 201. and movements. ENG 202. Waugh. Yeats. Lawrence. ENG 102. ENG 385 World Literature (3) Analytical and cultural study of major literary works from around the world and across the millennia.

Prerequisites: ENG 101. research projects. mapping. ENG 102. . style and format used in writing inside and outside academia. blogging. WRT 302 Advanced Journalism (3) Aspects of media law. copyediting. Students will study writers of poetry and fiction as a means of producing original work. interviewing. Prerequisite: Senior standing and completion of Senior Thesis Proposal Form with advisor’s signature. Prerequisite: WRT 299 or permission of the instructor. reports. WRITING COURSES UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS WRT 292 Creative Writing (3) Introduction to the processes by which writers produce creative work. Recommended for education majors. 85 ENG 404 Concentrated Author Studies (3) Intensive reading and criticism of works by one or two authors. Prerequisite: ENG 102. photography. Prerequisite: ENG 299. modern composition and teaching methods with a three-hour-per-week practicum in the University’s Learning and Writing Center. WRT 303 Digital Journalism (3) Introduces students to the theory and practice needed to write stories for the digital news room. First Amendment rights and various modes of reporting. ethics and writing from speeches and interviews. media law. argumentation and writing. ENG 102. ENG 499 Senior Thesis Seminar (3) Seminar for English majors to support research and composition of major paper on approved topic. May be repeated for credit.COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES – ENGLISH / WRITING ENG 397 Directed Studies (1-2) Composition or readings in literature. Focus is Writing about ethical issues and the moral context that informs these issues. correspondence and other writing tasks that support writing in school and the working world. ENG 433 Teaching Composition (3) Exploration of linguistics principles. WRT 320 Ethics in Writing (3) Advanced study on the relationship between ethics. Prerequisite: senior standing or permission of instructor. including basic news story and feature writing. Prerequisites: ENG 101. Topics include technical reading and writing. audio and slide production. Students explore tools of RSS. WRT 299 Introduction to Journalism (3) Fundamentals of journalistic writing. WRT 306 Professional and Academic Writing Skills (3) Emphasis on structure of language.

and thereby bridge disparate communities. WRT 405 Advanced Creative Writing (3) Advanced study of creative writing. modern composition and teaching methods with a three-hour-per-week practicum in the University’s Learning and Writing Center. Designed to deepen students’ creative writing skills. Kilian Malvey. architecture. envision solutions or responses. at the same time. Students bring together knowledge of discrete disciplines to define and analyze problems or issues. Mead.” bachelor of Arts General Education Core (42-48 semester hours) Course of Study must follow a plan submitted to and approved by the Interdisciplinary Studies Board of Study. lexicons. Students interested in domestic or international careers in fundraising. This major is designed for students who seek to engage in rigorous intellectual training in understanding how varying methodologies and modes of inquiry raise different questions and serve different purposes. ENG 299 or equivalents. Religious Studies Fr. contractors.S. Recommended for education majors. Prerequisite: WRT 292. Prerequisites: ENG 101. will profit from the major’s emphasis on “ways of knowing. our students learn the approaches. management or administration.B. Library Sciences David Suter. Religious Studies Jeff Birkenstein. mediation. such comparative and interdisciplinary exploration encourages awareness of where different disciplines share assumptions and where they construct distinct heuristic processes. Anthropology The Interdisciplinary Studies major at Saint Martin’s University exists to further the school’s mission of integrative learning in the Benedictine tradition. It is particularly useful for students who wish to engage in occupations that touch on multiple areas of human interest and/or activity. Theatre Arts David Price.86 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES – INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES WRT 390 English Internship (3) Aspects of communication. English David Hlavsa. grant writing. By studying multiple approaches to enduring and topical human concerns. This major requires independence of thought and a strong work ethic. ENG102. O. designers. for example. WRT 433 Teaching Composition (3) Exploration of linguistics principles. INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES board of Study Stephen X. English Kirsti Thomas.. and methodologies of discrete disciplines. The plan must include the following: . education.

2. Knowledge: 1. Interdisciplinary Studies majors are expected to work with their advisors and the IDS Board of Study to choose a course of electives that will not only deepen their major but also broaden their university degrees so that they might graduate with an appreciation of myriad modes of inquiry and a flexibility of method that will enrich not only the skills they will bring to future employers.* • IDS 499 Senior Thesis II. students gather substantial bibliographies and produce drafts of their senior theses. but also long lives of inquiry and civic engagement. These seminars study significant ideas.* *Students will choose a senior thesis director. Familiarity with fundamental professional terminology of at least two disciplines Competency in writing.0 minimum) of two junior seminars in Interdisciplinary Studies (IDS301) • Successful completion of IDS498 (Senior Thesis I) and IDS499 (Senior Thesis II) 87 In addition. Interdisciplinary Studies courses: • DS 301 Junior Seminar. Students revise and present their senior theses before Board of Study. twelve credits in each discipline • First-year competency in two world languages or second-year competency in one world language • Successful completion (2. At least two IDS301 seminars are required of IDS majors. Skills: 1. • DS 498 Senior Thesis I. speaking. and listening Ability to gather information via appropriate sources and to evaluate information critically Ability to identify discrete methodologies in their shared assumptions and distinct heuristic processes and to use these methodologies productively to define questions and explore responses. Board of Study will share its evaluation of the thesis with the director. director will determine its final grade. texts.COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES – INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES • Twenty-four (24) upper-division semester hours in two distinct disciplines. and occurrences that students are required to interpret with two distinct sets of disciplinary methods. UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS . After submitting a plan to the Board of I Study and receiving its approval. After presentation of senior thesis (IDS 499). 3. subject to the approval of the Board of Study. Team-taught classes with changing subject I matter. reading. Understanding of some multi-cultural and transnational issues 2.

Ensemble Participation An undergraduate music major must earn a minimum of eight credits in large ensemble participation during eight different semesters to be eligible for graduation and must be enrolled in a large ensemble during each semester of full-time study. or MUS 387 Orchestra. a student must pass the requirements of the major area upper-division jury. Details regarding this examination are available in the Department of Music office. A music minor must earn a minimum of four credits in large ensemble participation during four different semesters. Instrumental majors are required to participate in MUS 286/386 or MUS 387. interpersonal relationships and poise. instrumental and general. Students are required to enroll in the appropriate level of applied instruction for the semester in which they perform their respective recital. For curricular purposes. some through audition. Courses in music integrate the study of music literature. The student must show potential to continue improving in a manner that will lead to the successful completion of the performance requirements in the degree and major emphasis. MUS 286/386 Band. . The senior recital is a full recital consisting of approximately one hour of music. Ensembles are open. Music minors are required to perform a junior recital and are encouraged to perform a senior recital. Vocal majors are required to participate in MUS 285/385. history and theory with musical performance to develop intellect. Students with prior piano training can waive basic piano coursework by challenging and passing the piano proficiency examination. The junior recital is a half recital consisting of approximately 30 minutes of music. Upper-Division Standing Before enrolling in 300-level applied lessons. Various ensemble requirements are contained in specific curricula and may vary depending on scholarship award requirements. but is not limited to. to all students regardless of major. This jury examination requires the demonstration of. The study of music encourages students to explore the value of music in their lives. the fundamentals of the student’s major area of performance. a large ensemble is defined to mean MUS 285/385 Chorale. familiarity with a variety of cultures. a minor in music and three subject endorsements: choral. Keyboard Proficiency All music students are required to take courses in basic piano and pass a functional keyboard proficiency examination.88 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES – MUSIC MUSIC faculty Darrell Born The Department of Music offers a Bachelor of Arts degree in music. Recital Music majors must complete junior (MUS 327) and senior (MUS 427) recitals. Students who study music at Saint Martin’s University have the advantage of a strong music program within a liberal arts setting.

Studio Workshop builds student technical skills and solidifies repertoire through performance within a nurturing workshop setting. Lower-Division Courses (22 semester hours) • • • • • • • M US 100 Recital Attendance (6 semesters) M US 105 Music Theory I (3) M US 106 Music Theory II (3) M US 110 Applied Lessons: Piano (2) M US 112 Applied Lessons: Major instrument (8) M US 220 Basic Conducting (2) L arge Ensemble (4)* Upper-Division Courses (28 semester hours) • • • • M US 305 Music Theory III (3) M US 306 Music Theory IV (3) M US 312 Applied Lessons: Major Instrument (8)** M US 321 Choral Methods and Materials (3) UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS . Applied Lessons. Recital Attendance MUS 100 Recital Attendance.COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES – MUSIC 89 Recital Audition Students who have registered to perform either the junior recital (MUS 327) or the senior recital (MUS 427) must perform and pass a recital audition at least two weeks prior to the recital date. bachelor of Arts General Education Core (42-48 semester hours) Major in Music (50 semester hours) The music major prepares students to be involved in a variety of musical pursuits. participating in a variety of performance organizations and serving as a music conductor. required of music majors for six semesters and of music minors for two semesters. music theory and literature. Convocation and Studio Workshop As a component of the course. A panel of at least three music faculty members will serve as the jury to hear the audition. Convocation provides a formal forum for student performance. provides the student musician an opportunity to gain insight into performance practices and concert etiquette in addition to hearing a variety of styles and genres. including teaching in a studio setting. The program also provides preparation for advanced study in performance. teaching music in grades K-12. students registered for the course are required to attend weekly Thursday noon workshops and convocation.

instrumental students must enroll in MUS 286/386 or MUS 387. Required of music majors for six semesters and music minors for two semesters. please refer to the requirements as outlined in the education section of the Academic Catalog. Core Requirements • • • • • • • • M US 100 Recital Attendance (2 semesters) M US 105 Music Theory I (3) M US 106 Music Theory II (3) M US 108 Music in Western Culture (3) M US 110 Applied Lessons – Piano (2) M US 110 Applied Lessons – Instrument or Voice (4) M US 327 Junior Recital (0) L arge Ensemble* (4) • M US electives (4) * Vocal students must enroll in MUS 285/385. ** Students must have passed the upper-division jury exam before enrolling in 300-level applied lessons. Revised Washington State Education Endorsements For information on the Washington State teacher education endorsement in choral music. with a minimum of five recitals per semester. . Music Courses MUS 100 Recital Attendance (0) Through attending approved concerts and recitals. Minor in Music (23 semester hours) The course of study for a music minor provides opportunities for students to study music from technical. student musicians gain insight into performance practices and etiquette. cultural and performance perspectives. May be repeated for transcript inclusion. instrumental music or general music. instrumental students must enroll in MUS 286/386 or MUS 387.90 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES – MUSIC • • • • • M US 327 Junior Recital (0) M US 330 Music History I (3) M US 331 Music History II (3) M US 427 Senior Recital (1) L arge Ensemble (4)* * Vocal students must enroll in MUS 285/385. as well as hearing a variety of styles and genres of music.

horn. One-half hour lesson per week plus convocation. MUS 286 College band (1-3) The band provides students who perform on wind or percussion instruments an opportunity to study. saxophone. organ. Instruction offered in piano. MUS 110 Applied Lessons (1) For music minors. trombone. clarinet. Final exam conducted by jury. percussion. MUS 285 Saint Martin’s Chorale (1-3) A study of sacred and secular choral literature for the large ensemble. including common practice harmony. MUS 106 Music Theory II (3) A continuation of MUS 105. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Audition by committee. euphonium. Final exam conducted by jury in some sections. cello. Prerequisite: placement audition by committee. major and minor scales. See MUS 110 for instruction areas. may not be taken for audit.COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES – MUSIC 91 MUS 104 Music fundamentals (3) Study of the basic elements of music including note reading. MUS 112 Applied Lessons (2) For music majors. trumpet. violin. viola. Final exam conducted by jury. Culminates in a group performance. One hour of private instruction per week plus convocation/area recital/ studio class. MUS 108 Music in Western Culture (3) A study of music as a cultural phenomenon in the life of Western mankind. voice. May be repeated for credit. may not be taken for audit. See MUS 110 for instructional areas. flute. tuba. analysis and ear training. Emphasis on individual vocal and musical development during rehearsals. MUS 105 Music Theory I (3) An introduction to the rudiments of music. may not be taken for audit. Prerequisite: MUS 105 or instructor’s consent. One hour of private instruction per week plus convocation/area recital/studio class. May be repeated for credit. oboe. Prerequisite: placement audition by committee. MUS 111 Applied Lessons (2) For music majors who need to correct deficiencies in major instrument area. contrabass. Prerequisite: Audition or instructor’s consent. notating music. rehearse and perform music from the extensive wind band repertoire. MUS 220 basic Conducting (2) A study of basic conducting techniques and score-reading skills applicable to instrumental and choral ensembles. Emphasis on selected composers and representative masterworks. secondary instruments and non-majors. harp or guitar. UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS . harpsichord. bassoon. key signatures and clefs.

MUS 312 Applied Lessons (2) For upper-division music majors. MUS 331 Music History II (3) A study of the major composers and compositions in Western culture from 1750 to the present. Corequisite: MUS 310 for music minors. MUS 306 Music Theory IV (3) A continuation of MUS 305. each performing approximately one half-hour of music. MUS 327 Junior Recital (0) A recital given by a music major or minor in which the student performs with another student. including complex patterns. choral methods and pedagogy. See MUS 110 for instruction areas. Prerequisite: upper-division jury examination.92 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES – MUSIC MUS 295/395/495 Special Topics (1-3) To be arranged with department advisor. MUS 375 Instrumental Chamber Ensemble (1-3) These ensembles provide students with advanced instrumental background an opportunity to study challenging instrumental chamber music in which his/her instrument is commonly found. rehearsal techniques. Students may audition for up to three different ensembles. Prerequisite: MUS 305 or instructor consent. Includes an overview of important historical events in related fields and their influence on the development of music. Each ensemble will be expected to perform for a variety of functions both on and off campus. . MUS 330 Music History I (3) A study of major composers and compositions in Western culture prior to 1750. with additional emphasis on contrapuntal techniques and 20th century harmony and composition. MUS 305 Music Theory III (3) Continuation of MUS 106 and beginning studies in counterpoint. See MUS 110 for instruction areas. secondary instruments and non-majors at the upper-division level. Prerequisite: MUS 106 or instructor’s consent. MUS 321 Choral Methods and Materials (3) Continuation of basic conducting with emphasis on development of advanced choral conducting skills. Specific ensembles will be offered based on student interest. MUS 312 for music majors. MUS 310 Applied Lessons (1) For music minors. Includes an overview of important historical events in related fields and their influence on the development of music. score reading and preparation. Prerequisite: Upper-division jury examination.

PHILOSOPHY faculty Father George Seidel.e. MUS 389 Jazz Ensemble (1-3) A study of the basic styles of jazz and of improvisation through rehearsal and performance. Offered on demand. No prior musical training is required. Corequisite: MUS 312. Prerequisite: Audition or instructor’s consent. tenor. Prerequisite: Audition or instructor’s consent. rehearse and perform music selected from the extensive wind band repertoire. Prerequisite: MUS 285 or instructor’s consent. alto. Students who enroll in MUS 386 will assume a leadership role in their respective section and/or in the ensemble in general. O. bass) and/or in the chorale in general.B. UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS . Selected interdisciplinary resources will be explored. MUS 397 Directed Study (1-3) An opportunity for students to pursue research-based or scholarly projects on their own initiative. soprano. Philosophy surveys the history of human thought and studies the deepest concerns of human existence. Course includes the study of music fundamentals and methods of teaching music in the elementary classroom. Students who take MUS 385 will assume a leadership role in the chorale in their respective sections (i. Prerequisite: MUS 286 or instructor’s consent. MUS 427 Senior Recital (1) A recital given by a music major in which the student performs a music program approximately one hour in length. MUS 430 Music in the Classroom (3) Introduction to teaching music in the elementary classroom designed for elementary education classroom teachers.. MUS 387 College Orchestra (1-3) This ensemble provides students with advanced instrumental backgrounds an opportunity to study a variety of challenging orchestral music with Student Orchestras of Greater Olympia (SOGO).COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES – MUSIC / PHILOSOPHY 93 MUS 385 Saint Martin’s Chorale (1-3) A study of sacred and secular choral literature for the large ensemble. but also addresses the central problems of the tradition in a systematic fashion.S. Emphasis on individual vocal and musical development during rehearsal. thereby giving the student a deeper insight into a significant aspect of his or her cultural heritage. It examines the intellectual heritage of the West in its historical roots and developments. Prerequisite: Instructor’s consent. Culminates in group performance. MUS 386 College band (1-3) The band provides students who perform on wind or percussion instruments opportunity to study.

94

COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES – PHILOSOPHY

Minor in Philosophy Lower-Division Courses
• • P HL 201 Introduction to Philosophy 1 5 semester hours chosen from: PHL 301 Ethics; PHL 313 Philosophy of Being; PHL 314 Philosophy of Nature and Science; PHL 333 Social Philosophy; PHL 341 Philosophy of the Self; PHL 346 Contemporary Philosophy; or PHL 397 Directed Study

Upper-Division Courses

Philosophy Courses
PHL 201 Introduction to Philosophy (3) An introduction into the nature and problems of philosophy. PHL 295/395 Special Topics (3) Topics to be arranged with department advisor. PHL 301 Ethics (3) A critical inquiry of moral behavior as proposed by various ethical systems PHL 313 Philosophy of being (3) A systematic study of the meaning of being and its properties, namely, the one, the true, the good and the beautiful. PHL 314 Philosophy of Nature and Science (3) A study of the physical world, presuppositions and methods of the natural sciences studying that world from a philosophical stance. PHL 333 Social Philosophy (3) A study of the philosophical models of social groups, concentrating especially on the 19th century. PHL 341 Philosophy of the Self (3) The structure of man/woman as a knowing and choosing being. PHL 346 Contemporary Philosophy (3) Early 20th-century philosophy, especially emphasizing the thought of Kierkegaard, Husserl and Heidegger. PHL 397 Directed Study (1-3) To be arranged with departmental advisor

COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES – RELIGIOUS STUDIES

95

RELIGIOUS STUDIES
faculty Brother Luke Devine, O.S.B. Father Kilian Malvey, O.S.B. David Suter Ian Werrett Brother Aelred Woodard, O.S.B.

Religious Studies is an interdisciplinary department offering a major, a minor and electives, enabling students with a variety of interests to explore religious traditions, practices and values. The Judeo-Christian heritage is emphasized, yet we foster respect for and understanding of other religious traditions in our approach to education. Religious Studies faculty members focus on a wide range of topics, including Scripture, sacramentality and the moral dimension in human behavior. As representatives of the Catholic, Benedictine tradition, we are committed to an ecumenical and interfaith spirit that promotes the concepts of peace, justice and social transformation.

bachelor of Arts
General Education Core (42-48 semester hours) Lower-Division Courses (6 semester hours)
• T wo courses chosen from: RLS 111 Introduction to Religious Studies; RLS 201 Introduction to Hebrew Scriptures; RLS 202 Introduction to the New Testament; or RLS 203 Introduction to Catholicism RLS 302 omparative Religion C RLS 304 oral Choices M RLS 305 e Peaceable Kingdom Th RLS 318 e Church in Christian History Th RLS 499 enior Thesis S Th ree courses chosen from: RLS 301 Christianity and the Arts; RLS 303 Religious Thought Patterns; RLS 306 The Spiritual Quest; RLS 319 Contemporary Catholic Theology; RLS 321 Religion in America; RLS 397 Directed Study; RLS 494 Spiritual Life Institute; PSY 315 Psychology of Religion I nternship (three semester hours), approved by the department

Upper-Division Courses (27 semester hours)
• • • • • •

UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS

Major in Religious Studies (33 semester hours)

96

COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES – RELIGIOUS STUDIES

Minor in Religious Studies (18 semester hours) Lower Division Courses (6 semester hours)
• T wo courses chosen from: RLS 111 Introduction to Religious Studies; RLS 201 Introduction to Hebrew Scriptures; RLS 202 Introduction to the New Testament; or RLS 203 Introduction to Catholicism

Upper Division Courses (12 semester hours)
• • • • RLS 302 omparative Religion C RLS 304 oral Choices M RLS 305 e Peaceable Kingdom Th O ne course chosen from: RLS 301 Christianity and the Arts; RLS 303 Religious Thought Patterns; RLS 306 The Spiritual Quest; RLS 318 The Church in Christian History; RLS 494 Spiritual Life Institute; PSY 315 Psychology of Religion

Religious Studies Courses
RLS 111 Introduction to Religious Studies (3) Exploration of contemporary religious issues and themes; emphasis on Christianity. RLS 201 Introduction to Hebrew Scriptures (3) Introduction to the literature and thought of the Hebrew scriptures or the Old Testament including scriptures in their original context and as presupposition of subsequent Jewish and Christian life. Study includes the emergence of the Pentateuch from ancient oral and written traditions and its central place in the Hebrew Scriptures. Study includes creation, the covenant, the prophets and the wisdom literature. RLS 202 Introduction to the New Testament (3) A survey of the New Testament with particular emphasis on the Gospels as the faith expression of the early Christian community. An introduction to modern Biblical interpretation, with a study of the dominant themes in the Gospels, Epistles, Acts and the Book of Revelation. RLS 203 Introduction to Catholicism (3) This course introduces the Roman Catholic Church and its teachings including doctrine, sacramental practices, ethics, and spirituality. The Catholic tradition will be examined, described, and evaluated as a historically-rooted, intercultural, global and local religious faith community. RLS 295/395/495 Special Topics (3) Topics to be arranged with department advisor. RLS 301 Christianity and the Arts (3) Expression of the Christian faith through classical and modern art forms.

COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES – RELIGIOUS STUDIES RLS 302 Comparative Religion (3) A study of major religions with emphasis on history, doctrine and ethics.

97

RLS 303 Religious Thought Patterns (3) Questions confronting modern believers about issues such as death and dying, symbols and sacraments, faith and justice, human suffering and the existence of evil. A changing subject-matter course. RLS 304 Moral Choices (3) An extensive interdisciplinary discussion of ethical theories and applied ethics relevant to fields such as business, government, religion, engineering and medicine. Does not fulfill General Education Requirement for religious studies course. RLS 305 The Peaceable Kingdom (3) Biblical perspectives on peace and justice, including an examination of a range of contemporary interpreters of the Bible, both Catholic and Protestant, who are concerned with the application of the Biblical ideal of shalom to contemporary peace and justice issues. Includes the American Catholic bishops’ pastoral letters on peace and on the economy. RLS 306 The Spiritual quest (3) Introduction to the basic history, theories and practices of Christian spiritual life. Concentration on Lawrence of the Resurrection, Teresa of Avila and Therese of Lisieux. Focus on contemporary application of spiritual practice in daily life. RLS 307 Topics in biblical Studies (3) Exploration of areas or issues in the study of the scripture, including specific parts of the Bible (Hebrew scriptures and New Testament, the gospels, the letters of Paul, the prophets) or issues (the life and teachings of Jesus, the formation of the Canon). RLS 318 The Church in Christian History (3) Development of the Church from its foundation to the present, stressing its role in the development of culture. RLS 319 Contemporary Catholic Theology (3) A reading of recent Catholic theologians in light of issues raised by the Second Vatican Council, with a view toward their foundations in classical theology. Topics include tradition, inculturation, doctrinal development and the emergence of liberation theology. RLS 320 Literature and Theology (3) Significant literature from various ages and cultures, and that literature’s theological content and relevance for the contemporary student. RLS 321 Religion in America (3) Historical survey of religion in America from the earliest settlements to the present. RLS 322 American Catholicism (3) A chronological look at the development of American Catholicism in the context of U.S. and international secular and religious developments, including an examination

UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS

98

COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES – RELIGIOUS STUDIES / SPEECH

of American Catholic life and thought and appraisal of the current state of American Catholicism. RLS 390/490 Internship (3) Approved by the department and carried out under the direction of department members and internship coordinators. RLS 397 Directed Study (1-3) Special studies for students prepared to do individual research. RLS 494 Spiritual Life Institute (3) One-week summer institute featuring major theologians, scholars, and public intellectuals. The goals of the institute are to encourage dialogue with individuals who are active in theological reflection, spiritual formation and peace and justice service throughout the world. The institute also works to foster and deepen the ecumenical spirit. This course fulfills University’s General Education religion requirement. RLS 499 Senior Thesis (3) Research essay prepared under direction of department members.

SPEECH
Speech Courses
SPH 103 Interpersonal Communication (3) EExploration of principles of interpersonal communication through a combination of lecture, discussion, text readings, journals and class exercises, with the goals of recognizing and understanding how and why the student communicates as he or she does. Development of skills needed to make students more comfortable and more effective communicators. Students learn to say what they mean so that others will understand and so that they will understand what others say, to respond effectively, and to understand and evaluate communication in a variety of contexts. SPH 106 Public Address (3) Course helps students learn to speak publicly. Students are taught to prepare and deliver a variety of speeches: informative, stimulating, convincing, entertaining and action-getting. Objectives include providing students with courage to express their ideas publicly and giving a heightened sense of confidence with the ability to think on their feet and with the ability to express themselves in correct English.

COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES – THEATRE ARTS

99

THEATRE ARTS
faculty David Hlavsa The Theatre Arts Program seeks to integrate the study of dramatic literature and theatre history with theatrical practice as a means of developing intellectual, physical and spiritual adventurousness, openness of mind and increased understanding of the range of human experience. Courses prepare students for graduate studies, secondary school teaching certificates and professional lives in which written and interpersonal communication, aesthetic judgment, emotional understanding and organizational ability are of primary concern.

bachelor of Arts
General Education Core (42-48 semester hours) Major in Theatre Arts (36 semester hours, at least 21 of which are upper-division) • THR 201 Fundamentals of Theatrical Design and Technology • THR 211 Acting I • THR 302 Play Writing • THR 305 Styles, Periods and Practices in Theatre • THR 311 Acting II • THR 450 Directing Practicum (must have three semester hours credit) • ENG 203 Introduction to Drama • ENG 341 Shakespeare • 12 semester hours chosen from: THR 250/360 Acting Practicum; THR 290/390 Internship; THR 320 Scene Design; THR 330 Costume Design; THR 340 Lighting Design; THR 260/350 Design/Tech Practicum NOTE: All students majoring in theatre arts are expected to work on each production each semester. THR 250, 256, 290, 350, 360, 390 and 450 are offered on a variable-credit basis. The number of semester hours of credit, 1 to 4, earned will be based on the size and/or complexity of the role to be played or the production support tasks being undertaken. Proficiency in a foreign language is strongly recommended for those intending to apply for graduate studies leading to a master’s and/or doctoral degree. Minor in Theatre Arts (18 semester hours) • THR 201 Fundamentals of Theatrical Design and Technology • THR 211 Acting I • THR 250/360 Acting Practicum (must have three semester hours credit) • THR 311 Acting II
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS

stage and production management. including vocal and physical warm-ups. Prerequisites: Audition/interview and instructor’s permission. Improvisation. THR 260/350 Design/Tech Practicum • Three semester hours credit chosen from: THR 302 Play Writing. discussions and demonstrations give students hands-on experience with what it is like to work in professional theatre. No performing experience necessary. directing. THR 340 Lighting Design. THR 260/360 Design/Tech Practicum (1-4) Students may obtain credit for a substantial technical or design contribution to a theatrical production at Saint Martin’s in the areas of costume. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission. How do they do what they do? Find out by doing it yourself: exercises. costume and scene design and construction. Theatre Arts Courses THR 101 Introduction to the Theatre (3) Actors. designers. THR 290/390 Internship (1-3) Internship with a professional or community theatre involving exposure to one or more of the following technical aspects: acting. costume . scene study and ensemble awareness.100 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES – THEATRE ARTS • One course chosen from: ENG 203 Introduction to Drama. lighting. relaxation. THR 211 Acting I (3) Survey of basic acting theory and technique. Revised Washington State Education Endorsements For information on the Washington state teacher education endorsement in drama. Course fulfills the University’s General Education fine arts core requirement. No prerequisites. set. please refer to the requirements as outlined in the education section of the Academic Catalog. No theater experience necessary. THR 450 Directing Practicum NOTE: Education students seeking an endorsement in drama must take two additional elective semester hours of credit for a total of 20. No prerequisites. Course does not fulfill the University’s General Education fine arts core requirement. stage management. sound or makeup design. ENG 341 Shakespeare • Three semester hours chosen from: THR 290/390 Internship. THR 201 fundamentals of Theatrical Design and Technology (3) Survey of basic principles and techniques of lighting. or technical direction. directors. THR 330 Costume Design. stage management. THR 320 Scene Design. Fulfills the University’s General Education fine arts requirement. THR 250/350 Acting Practicum (1-4) Students who act a substantial role in a theatrical production at Saint Martin’s may obtain credit for their work. and technical direction. playwrights.

sound design and operation.COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES – THEATRE ARTS 101 design and construction. Course may be repeated once with permission of department chair. editing. Does not fulfill the University’s General Education fine arts requirement. directing. plot. Course may be repeated once with permission of department chair. lighting design and operation. THR 320 Scene Design (3) A general overview of the history of architecture and interior design as applied to the collaborative process of creating environments for the stage. Exploration of techniques and styles of rendering and model construction. setting and structure. Does not fulfill UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS . THR 311 Acting II (3) Survey of basic acting theory and technique. set design and construction. Methods of research and play analysis. Does not fulfill the University’s General Education fine arts requirement. with intensive focus on scene study. periods and genres with an emphasis on the practical challenges of production in a contemporary context. screenwriting and other related topics — as a means of developing tools for analyzing films as art. Course fulfills the University’s General Education fine arts requirement. THR 302 Play Writing (3) The fundamentals of writing for the stage: conflict. dialogue. Prerequisite: junior standing or Instructor’s permission. popular culture and socio-political commentary. THR 295/395/495 Special Topics (3) To be arranged with department advisor. THR 307 Studies in film (3) How do films work? Critical survey of several narrative films in their historical context and exploration of filmmaking techniques — acting. Fulfills the University’s General Education fine arts requirement. character. Prerequisites: Junior standing or THR 101 or instructor’s permission. Methods of research and play analysis. action. Students work in collaboration with each other and with instructor to develop their ideas into original scripts. Prerequisite: THR 201 or instructor’s permission THR 340 Lighting Design (3) Stage lighting from the fundamentals of electricity and the development of lighting instruments to collaborative process of lighting theatrical productions. No performing experience necessary. Prerequisite: THR 201 or instructor’s permission. Exploration of techniques and styles of costume rendering and construction. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission. THR 305 Styles. properties management. THR 330 Costume Design (3) General overview of the history of clothing design and construction as applied to the collaborative process of creating costumes for the stage. Periods and Practices in Theatre (3) A seminar of historical and/or modern theatre styles.

Prerequisites: THR 401 or instructor’s permission. The study of a world language not only opens the door to knowledge and understanding of another culture rich in literature and history. The Department of World Languages offers beginning through advanced courses in French. knowledge of a world language is a marketable skill. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission.102 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES – WORLD LANGUAGES the University’s General Education fine arts requirement. Knowledge of a world language offers students additional opportunities in an increasingly international market. THR 380 Literature on film (3) The study of important examples of literature adapted to the medium of film.S. Students will complete a working draft of an original play. O. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission. Kathleen McKain Learning a world language is an integral part of any liberal arts education. In addition. THR 397 Directed Study (1-3) An opportunity for students to pursue research-based or scholarly projects on their own initiative. In addition. . Further exploration of basic concepts of writing for the stage. Prerequisite: THR 201 or instructor’s permission. including:) • • J PN 101 Introduction to Japanese J PN 102 Introduction to Japanese. THR 402 Play Writing II (3) Continuation of THR 401. Revised Washington State Education Endorsements For information on the Washington State teacher education endorsement in Japanese. cont. Spanish and Japanese. WORLD LANGUAGES faculty Brother Boniface V.B. please refer to the requirements as outlined in the education section of the Academic Catalog. the department offers a minor in Japanese Studies. Minor in Japanese Lower-Division Courses (12 semester hours of Japanese language. THR 450 Directing Practicum (1-4) Advanced students may arrange to direct a theatrical production at Saint Martin’s. French and Spanish. but also can afford a better comprehension of the student’s own language and of how languages work in general. Equivalent to ENG 380. Lazzari.

COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES – WORLD LANGUAGES 103
• • J PN 201 Intermediate Japanese J PN 202 Intermediate Japanese, cont.

Upper-Division Courses
• S ix semester hours in courses numbered 300 or above in Japanese studies or selected from the following (must include one non-language course): JPN 301 Advanced Japanese; JPN 302 Advanced Japanese, cont.; JPN 395 Special Topics; JPN 495 Special Topics; PLS 352 Government and Politics of Asia or other courses numbered 300 or above that relate to Asian history and culture, subject to approval of the Department of World Languages.

World Languages Courses Japanese
JPN 101/102 Introduction to Japanese (3, 3) Introduction to Japanese language and culture. Students begin to acquire knowledge of Japanese and the fundamentals of Japanese grammar. Cultural aspects of Japanese life will also be presented. JPN 201/202 Intermediate Japanese (3, 3) Continuation of JPN 101 and 102. Building basic vocabulary and developing writing and speaking skills. JPN 301/302 Advanced Japanese (3, 3) Students will study speech, composition, complex kanji characters and advanced grammar. Focus continues to be on building the student’s aural and oral capabilities. Thus, a large amount of vocabulary will be introduced. Japanese culture and current events also are discussed to create better understanding of Japanese culture as well as language. JPN 295/395/495 To be arranged. Special Topics, Japanese (1-3)

French
fRN 101/102 Introduction to french (3, 3) Fundamentals of pronunciation, grammatical forms and syntax. Language skills (speaking, understanding, reading and writing) developed through contrasting analysis of French and English. fRN 201/202 Intermediate french (3, 3) Advances the four language skills: speaking, understanding, reading and writing. Readings in French are introduced. Emphasis on communication. Prerequisites: FRN 101, FRN 102 or equivalents.

UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS

104 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES – BIOLOGY fRN 295/395/495 To be arranged. Special Topics, french (1-3)

Spanish
SPN 101/102 Introduction to Spanish (3, 3) Fundamentals of pronunciation, grammatical forms and syntax. Language skills (speaking, understanding, reading and writing) are developed through a contrasting analysis of Spanish and English. SPN 201/202 Intermediate Spanish (3, 3) Advances the four language skills. Prerequisites: SPN 101, SPN 102 or equivalents. SPN 295/395/495 To be arranged. Special Topics, Spanish (1-3)

PROGRAMS IN SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS
The science and mathematics programs of Saint Martin’s University will prepare students well for a career in any of our four major programs: biology, chemistry, computer science or mathematics. Limited coursework in physics is also offered. The division emphasizes critical analysis skills, logical problem solving, and collaborative work skills.

bIOLOGY
faculty Aaron Coby Stephen M. Fulton Mary Jo Hartman Margaret Olney

Biology plays an important role in education and human life. The goal of the department of biology is to enable students to gain an understanding of the phenomena of living organisms. Courses are designed to demonstrate the natural interrelationships among living organisms and also between them and their environments. Students will be prepared for more specialized investigations.

General biology Programs
The Department of Biology offers courses that prepare students for careers in teaching, research, government and industry, and for entry into graduate and professional schools. Areas of concentration include environmental science, marine biology, microbiology, molecular biology, human biology and botany. Opportunities for internships are available in these and many other areas. Under the direction of its faculty, the department also offers students the opportunity to pursue research.

COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES – BIOLOGY 105

Pre-health Programs
Saint Martin’s University has a long and successful history of placing students into professional programs. Saint Martin’s offers pre-health programs that prepare students for admission into professional healthcare graduate schools including medical schools, osteopathic medical schools, dental schools, physical therapy schools, pharmacy schools and chiropractic colleges. The necessary preparatory pre-health curriculum varies from one field of study to another and from one graduate school to another. Programs usually include: • Completion of a four-year undergraduate degree. • Completion of a standardized preadmission examination, usually taken during a student’s junior year. (The exam required depends on the intended field of graduate study.) • Completion of relevant undergraduate pre-health classes, typically including:
• wo semesters of general biology. T • wo semesters of inorganic chemistry. Several upper-division T biology electives. • ne or two semesters of organic chemistry. O • wo or more semesters of mathematics. T

Some schools require additional coursework in biochemistry, calculus and the social sciences. Clinical work during a student’s undergraduate career is often preferred — and sometimes required — prior to acceptance into a professional healthcare school. These experiences are available through the department of biology’s internship program. Students enrolled in pre-health programs will be assigned a pre-health advisor. The advisor will design and individualize the coursework that best fits individual needs and goals. Pre-health advising is given through the biology department at Saint Martin’s. However, pre-health students may select any major field of study in pursuit of their degree, assuming that the relevant pre-health requirements are met as outlined above.

bachelor of Science
General Education Core (42-48 semester hours) Major in biology Lower-Division Courses (39 semester hours) • BIO 141 General Biology I with Laboratory and BIO 142 General Biology II with Laboratory • CHM 141/142 General Chemistry with Laboratory • Two mathematics courses

UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS

• wo semesters of introductory physics. T

106 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES – BIOLOGY • PHY 141/142 General Physics with Laboratory • CHM 201 Organic Chemistry I with Laboratory or equivalent Upper-Division Courses (30 semester hours) • BIO 400 Senior Seminar (2 semester hours) • BIO 401 Senior Seminar Research (4 semester hours) 24 semester hours, including at least one course from each of the following three categories: Molecular/cellular biology: • BIO 352 Advanced Microbiology, • BIO 370 Cell Biology, or • BIO 375 Genetics with Laboratory. Organismal biology: • BIO 305 Botany with Laboratory, • BIO 314 Invertebrate Zoology with Laboratory, • BIO 328 Anatomy and Physiology I, • BIO 351 Microbiology with Laboratory, or • BIO 382 Vertebrate Embryology. Ecology: • BIO 310 Marine Biology with Laboratory, • BIO 350 Microbial Ecology, • BIO 358 Ecology, • BIO 359 Field Ecology • Remaining semester hours chosen from: BIO 305 Botany with Laboratory; 310 Marine Biology with Laboratory; BIO 314 Invertebrate Zoology with Laboratory; BIO 328 Human Anatomy and Physiology I; BIO 329 Human Anatomy and Physiology II; BIO 330 Advanced Anatomy and Physiology, Bio350 Microbial Ecology; BIO 351 Microbiology with Laboratory; Bio352 Advanced Microbiology; 358 Ecology; BIO 359 Field Ecology; 360 Advanced Ecology; BIO 370 Cell Biology; BIO 382 Vertebrate Embryology; BIO 390 Internship; BIO 395 Special Topics; BIO 397 Directed Study; BIO 399 Biological Research and Data Presentation; Biochemistry CHM 362 The following courses are recommended for students planning to pursue graduate studies in biology: • MTH 171 Calculus I and MTH 172 Calculus II • CHM 362 Biochemistry • MTH 201 Introduction to Statistics • CHM 202/202L Organic Chemistry II/Laboratory

COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES – BIOLOGY 107 Minor in biology This program is a 22-semester-hour course of study for students interested in the biological sciences but do not plan to major in biology. The biology minor consists of the following: Lower-Division Courses (8 semester hours) • BIO 141 General Biology I with Laboratory • BIO 142 General Biology II with Laboratory Upper-Division Courses (14 semester hours) • BIO 375 Genetics with Laboratory • 10 additional semester hours in biology courses numbered 300 or above, excluding BIO 390, BIO 401, BIO 402 Upper-division elective classes include the following: • BIO 305 Botany with Laboratory • BIO 310 Marine Biology with Laboratory • BIO 314 Invertebrate Zoology with Laboratory • BIO 326 Anatomy/Physiology I • BIO 329 Anatomy/Physiology II • BIO 351 Microbiology with Laboratory • BIO 352 Advanced Microbiology • BIO 358 Ecology • BIO 359 Field Ecology • BIO 360 Advanced Ecology • BIO 370 Cell Biology • BIO 382 Vertebrate Embryology • BIO 395 Special Topics • BIO 397 Directed Study • BIO 399 Research Revised Washington State Education Endorsements For information on the Washington State teacher education endorsement in biology, please refer to the requirements as outlined in the education section of the Academic Catalog.
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS

• BIO 350 Microbial Ecology

biology Courses
bIO 105 biology (3) An integrated treatment of biological concepts and their relationship to basic human and social concerns. Lecture course. bIO 105L biology Lab (1) A series of laboratory experiences to support the non-major biology course. Must be taken concurrently with BIO 105.

108 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES – BIOLOGY bIO 110 Environmental Science with Laboratory (4) Course encompasses broad topics in environmental science; including species diversity, population dynamics, human population growth concerns, energy use and water quality. Includes laboratory and field experiences. Designed for non-majors. bIO 141 General biology I with Laboratory (4) Introduction to biological concepts common to all living organisms. This survey course is intended for prospective biology and science majors at Saint Martin’s University. Topics include biochemistry, cell structure and function, energy, photosynthesis, respiration, cell division, genetics, chromosomes, DNA structure and replication, transcription, translation, and evolution. This course is a prerequisite for all other biology courses at Saint Martin’s. One laboratory period per week. bIO 142 General biology II with Laboratory (4) Continuation of BIO 141. Topics include biodiversity, ecology and the evolution of early life, prokaryotes, viruses, protists, fungi, plants, and animals. BIO 141 and BIO 142 are prerequisites for all upper-division biology courses at Saint Martin’s University. One laboratory period per week. Prerequisite: BIO 141 bIO 199 Introduction to biological Research (1) Introduction to basic biological research intended for students with no previous research experience. Students will collaborate with a faculty member or senior research student to learn basic skills necessary to design and implement an original research project. Coursework includes background reading to familiarize the student with techniques and the current state of the literature, as well as a three-hour-per-week commitment to working and observing in the laboratory learning the assays to be used in the research project. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. bIO 299 biological Research (1-2) Students will design and carry out an original research project under supervision of a faculty member. The course includes a three-hour or six-hour time commitment (depending on the number of credits) working in the laboratory. Students are encouraged to present their findings at a scientific conference. Prerequisites: BIO 199 and/or permission of the instructor. May be repeated for credit. bIO 305 botany with Laboratory (4) The biology of plants with an emphasis on their evolution, biochemistry, cell biology, anatomy, and physiology. Labs will introduce plant diversity and physiology and will include small group research projects. One laboratory period per week. Prerequisites: BIO 141 and BIO 142 or permission of the instructor. bIO 310 Marine biology with Laboratory (4) An overview of marine biology. Topics include basic oceanography, plankton and nekton communities, deep-sea biology, benthic communities, intertidal ecology, estuaries, tropical communities and human impacts on the sea. Lecture and laboratory course with laboratory and filed experiences in marine biology. Prerequisites: BIO 141 and BIO 142

UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS bIO 330 Advanced Anatomy and Physiology (3) Lecture includes advanced material for physiology and patho-physiology of human systems including the cardiovascular system. Prerequisites: BIO 141 and BIO 142 bIO 328 Human Anatomy and Physiology I (3) The first of a two-semester elective in human structure. digestive and urinary. and quantification of microorganisms and their growth responses. Systems covered include: endocrine. skeletal system. the diversity of microorganisms and the methods used to identify and quantify them in their habitats. cultivation. CNS. Prerequisites: BIO 141. and the use of microorganisms in industrial and biotechnology settings. BIO 328/328L. BIO 142.BIO 351 Microbiology with Laboratory (5) Structure and function of microorganisms that illustrate biological phenomena at the cellular level. Laboratory exercises include the isolation. Includes laboratory and field experiences with invertebrate organisms. BIO 142. renal system. and reproductive systems. Lab includes advanced dissections using a human cadaver. bIO 329L Human Anatomy and Physiology II Laboratory (1) Laboratory experiences to accompany BIO 329. Prerequisites: BIO 141/141L. BIO 329/329L. Topics covered include tissues. immune system. integument. Emphasis on marine animals. PNS and autonomic functions. bIO 328L Human Anatomy and Physiology Laboratory I (1) Laboratory experience to accompany BIO 328. identification. . Field trips and inclass demonstrations supplement lecture. Prerequisites: BIO 141. BIO 142/142L. lymphatic. function and pathophysiology. Prerequisites: BIO 141. muscle. Prerequisite: BIO 141 or BIO 142 or permission of instructor. respiratory. bIO 350 Microbial Ecology (3) Examination of how microorganisms interact with each other and with their environment. reproductive. BIO 142. articulations. cardiovascular.COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES – BIOLOGY 109 bIO 314 Invertebrate Zoology with Laboratory (4) Taxonomy and interrelationships of invertebrates. CHM 141 and CHM 142. bIO 329 Human Anatomy and Physiology II (3) Continuation of BIO 328.

110 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES – BIOLOGY bIO 352 Advanced Microbiology (4) Topics covered include microbial genetics. cell structure and energy conversion. or permission of instructor. bIO 359 field Ecology (4) Most of the course is spent in the field conducting experimental studies of organisms and characteristics of the local terrestrial and aquatic environments of Washington. diagnostic microbiology. Prerequisites: BIO 141. supervised and evaluated by an intern supervisor and faculty member. bIO 370 Cell biology (3) A detailed survey of the molecular biology of eucaryotic cells. BIO 142. cleavage and differentiation of representative animals. and population genetics. One laboratory period per week. either in a work-related or research environment. fertilization. bIO 390 Internship (1-4) Off-campus experience in the biological sciences. Lecture course. bIO 375 Genetics with Laboratory (4) The study of transmission. BIO 358. Prerequisites: BIO 141. bIO 360 Advanced Ecology (3) Focuses on one major ecosystem — such as wetlands. Must be taken concurrently with BIO 382. Laboratory exercises will investigate patterns of gene transmission and use modern molecular techniques for genetic analyses. Prerequisites: BIO 141. bIO 358 Ecology (3) Analysis of the physical and biotic factors involved in the distribution and relationships of plants and animals in their native environments. immunology. Fieldwork on local populations and the environmental factors influencing them. BIO 358. Prerequisites: BIO 141/142. macromolecular biochemistry. Monitored. Topics include cellular evolution. CHM 141/142. Extensive fieldwork required. and epidemiology. or permission of the instructor. bIO 382 Vertebrate Embryology (4) Developmental biology of vertebrates including maturation. Lecture class only. Must be taken concurrently with BIO 358. bIO 358L Ecology Laboratory (1) Laboratory and field experiences to study basic interactions in the environment. Lecture course. Prerequisite: BIO 351 or permission of instructor. Prerequisites: BIO 141 and BIO 142. forests or riparian zones — and the interrelationships of the communities involved in such a system. genetic mechanisms. BIO 142. molecular. BIO 142. Prerequisites: BIO 141 and BIO 142. Current topics in microbiology will be covered as well as discussion of current research. . bIO 382L Vertebrate Embryology Laboratory (1) Laboratory exercises exploring developmental processes. virology.

engineering. Offered on approval by the chair of the department. the air we breathe and medications we use. physiology. hands-on training in operation and use of all department instruments is received. Saint Martin’s offers both a Bachelor of Arts degree and a Bachelor of Science degree in chemistry. development and implementation of a research project focused in an area of study determined by the instructor. for BIO 401E: BIO 310. as related to the foods we eat. environmental science. BIO 401E (ecology/marine biology). Prerequisites: BIO 299 and/or permission of the instructor. medicine and dentistry. CHEMISTRY faculty Darrell Axtell Gregory Milligan Arwyn Smalley Society is influenced by the field of chemistry in essentially all phases of life. A knowledge of chemistry and its effects. bIO 397 Directed Study (1-3) A student/faculty-selected project that allows the student to do research in a specialized area of biology. psychology. bIO 400 Senior Seminar (2) Presentation and discussion of results of literature and laboratory investigations of biological topics. bIO 399 biological Research and Data Presentation (1-3) Students design and carry out an original research project under supervision of a faculty member and are expected to present their findings at a scientific conference in the form of a poster or oral presentation. An understanding of chemistry is necessary for those who wish to study such subjects as biology. Culminates in a written paper and oral presentation. All courses contain a strong emphasis on classroom instruction and development of competent laboratory technique. In advanced courses. will enhance the lives of students from all disciplines.COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES – CHEMISTRY 111 bIO 395 Special Topics (1-3) Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. Prerequisites: for BIO 401M: BIO 351 or permission of instructor. bIO 401 Senior Seminar Research (4) Literature review. geology. for BIO 401D: BIO 375 or permission of instructor. law. UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS . May be repeated for credit. BIO 359. Discipline-specific research focus designated by the following course numbers: BIO 401M (microbiology). BIO 358. Students can use course time to collect and analyze data as well as to prepare for the presentation. May be repeated for credit. or permission of instructor. for example. BIO 401D (molecular biology).

The curriculum leading to the Bachelor of Science degree in chemistry is designed to prepare students for positions in industry and government or for further graduate education. 10 of physics.112 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES – CHEMISTRY The curriculum leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree in chemistry serves the needs of those seeking a broader education. although it is not a requirement for Bachelor of Science candidates. All chemistry majors are advised to take ENG 306. and 475). bachelor of Arts General Education Core (42-48 semester hours) Major in Chemistry (64-70 semester hours) Lower-Division Courses (20 semester hours of chemistry. as specified) • CHM 141/141L. Students working toward a Bachelor of Arts degree are expected to complete both Elements of Research (CHM 375) and Thesis (CHM 475). An internship program is available to all chemistry majors. Professional and Academic Writing Skills. and Thesis (CHM 375. Research. This curriculum is recommended for students entering the allied health fields and for those who desire to teach science at the secondary school level. 450. Students working toward a Bachelor of Science degree will complete Elements of Research. Degree requirements are based on American Chemical Society standards. and either Research (CHM 450) or an internship (CHM 390). 172 Calculus I. 8 of mathematics. II Upper-Division Courses (26-32 semester hours. 142/142L General Chemistry/Laboratory • CHM 201/201L Organic Chemistry I/Laboratory • CHM 202/202L Organic Chemistry II/Laboratory • PHY 141/141L General Physics/Laboratory • PHY 142/142L General Physics/Laboratory • MTH 171. Many students opt for the bachelor of arts program and complete the requirements for a second degree with a major in biology while in the University’s pre-medicine program. as specified) • CHM 331/331L Quantitative Analysis/Laboratory • CHM 345/345L Molecular Structure Analysis/Laboratory • CHM 362/362L Biochemistry/Laboratory • CHM 371/371L Physical Chemistry/Laboratory • CHM 372/372L Physical Chemistry/Laboratory • CHM 375 Elements of Research • CHM 390 or CHM 450 Student Internship or Research • CHM 475 Thesis . as an elective.

as specified) • CHM 141/141L. as specified below) • CHM 331/33L Quantitative Analysis/Laboratory • CHM 345/345L Molecular Structure Analysis • CHM 355 Inorganic Chemistry • CHM 375 Elements of Research • CHM 450 Research • CHM 475 Thesis • lus at least one of the following: CHM 351 Organic P Chemistry III. as specified below) Revised Washington State Education Endorsements For information on the Washington State teacher education endorsement in chemistry. . CHM 450. please refer to the requirements as outlined in the education section of the Academic Catalog. CHM 475 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS • CHM 371/371L. CHM 390. 10 of physics. CHM 395 Special Topics.COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES – CHEMISTRY 113 bachelor of Science General Education Core (42-48 semester hours) Major in Chemistry (68-69 semester hours) Lower-Division Courses (20 semester hours of chemistry. 172 Calculus I. MTH 322 Differential Equations Lower-Division Courses • CHM 141/141L. 142/142L General Chemistry/Laboratory • CHM 201/201L Organic Chemistry I/Laboratory • CHM 202/202L Organic Chemistry II/Laboratory • PHY 171/171 L Introductory Physics/Laboratory • PHY 172/172L Introductory Physics/Laboratory • MTH 171. 142/142L General Chemistry/Laboratory • CHM 201/201L Organic Chemistry I/Laboratory • CHM 202/202L Organic Chemistry II/Laboratory Upper-Division Courses • CHM 331/331L Quantitative Analysis/Laboratory • Six semester hours in chemistry courses numbered 300 or above. 8 of mathematics. CHM 362/362L Biochemistry/Laboratory. exclusive of CHM 375. 372/372L Physical Chemistry/Laboratory Minor in Chemistry (30 semester hours.II Upper-Division Courses (30-31 hours in chemistry.

Emphasis on microscale techniques. CHM 141L/142L General Chemistry Laboratory (1. Prerequisite for CHM 142: CHM 141 or permission of instructor. Two unique features make this course of interest to non-science students: a focus on decision-making and the interplay between science and society. 142. introduction to organic chemistry. CHM 201 Organic Chemistry I (4) Structure and bonding. Three hours of lecture and one hour discussion per week. but is not a prerequisite for other chemistry courses. Strongly recommended to be taken concurrently with CHM 141. 4) Principles of chemistry. including stoichiometry. gases. descriptive chemistry. CHM 105L Chemistry in the Community Laboratory (1) A series of laboratory experiences to supplement and support the development of a basic understanding and appreciation of chemistry and its place in the global community. 142. liquids and solids. Qualitative and quantitative exercises to illustrate complement and extend the material presented in lecture. Introduction to laboratory techniques and manipulations. stereochemistry. Three hours of lecture per week. Corequisite: Concurrent enrollment CHM 141 or 142. Prerequisite: CHM 201 or concurrent enrollment. atomic-molecular structure and bonding. Prerequisite: CHM 142 or equivalent. spectroscopy. verification of principles learned in CHM 201. CHM 141/142 General Chemistry (4. 1) Laboratory experience for General Chemistry 141. purification and identification of organic compounds.114 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES – CHEMISTRY Chemistry Courses CHM 105 Chemistry in the Community (3) Student attention is directed to selected problems facing society and how chemistry must play a role in solving those problems. Satisfies core requirement. Prerequisite for CHM 141: Passing score on the American Chemical Society Placement Test or concurrent enrollment in CHM 140. . kinetics. spectroscopy. Four hours of lecture per week. nomenclature. thermochemistry. One hour lecture per week. May be repeated for credit. Must be taken concurrently with CHM 105. CHM 201L Organic Chemistry Laboratory (1) Introduction to basic techniques for physical separation. CHM 140 Problem-solving in General Chemistry (1) Students learn techniques for analyzing problems and develop a formalized approach to solving problems in general chemistry that may be applied to any type of problem. Prerequisite for CHM 142L: CHM 141L or permission of instructor. One three-hour lab per week. periodicity. solutions. Students will be expected to integrate large amounts of information into a coherent framework of knowledge. fundamentals of resonance and aromaticity and the concept of functional groups of principle classes of organic compounds. equilibrium. One three laboratory per week.

CHM 299 Laboratory Projects (1-2) Students assist in a research project under the supervision of the instructor. Practical applications of concepts from CHM 202. One three-hour lab per week. Prerequisite: CHM 202 or concurrent enrollment. Prerequisite: CHM 201. oxidation-reduction analysis. gravimetric analysis. organometallic. acidimetry. Common approaches to all reactions are stressed. Determination of composition of simple and complex mixtures. One three-hour lab per week. complement and supplement lecture material. Methods studied will include NMR. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. CHM 345 Molecular Structure Analysis (3) Theory of operation. Prerequisites: CHM 345 or concurrent enrollment. Cyclic Voltammetry. includ- UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS . Prerequisites: CHM 331 and CHM 202 (or concurrent) or permission of instructor. Four hours of lecture per week. Students are expected to integrate large amounts of information into a coherent framework of knowledge.COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES – CHEMISTRY 115 CHM 202 Organic Chemistry II (4) Building on concepts from CHM 201. Designed to present those advanced areas of study not covered in CHM 201 or CHM 202. Research progress will be monitored by the chemistry faculty on a regular basis. use of instrumentation and detailed interpretation of results will be investigated. Three lecture hours per week. precipitation analysis. analytical separations. separation and purification. IR UV-Vis. sample preparation. One three-hour lab per week. Prerequisites: CHM 331 or concurrent enrollment. but which are important to an understanding of organic chemistry. CHM 345L Molecular Structure Analysis Laboratory (1) Laboratory component of CHM 345. Introduction to methods and techniques of quantitative analysis. May be repeated for credit. and Polarimetry. characterization and identification of unknown or uncharacterized organic. Prerequisite: CHM 142/142L or permission of instructor. students learn how chemical reactions occur through a reaction mechanism approach. and focuses on selected topics in organic chemistry. Open to all disciplines. CHM 331 quantitative Analysis (3) Principles and practice of analytical chemistry. with emphasis on multi-step synthesis and spectroscopic analysis. GC HPLC. to illustrate. MS Polarimetry. This course is not a part of the research track of the chemistry major. CHM 202L Organic Chemistry Laboratory (1) Introduction to basic techniques for synthesis of organic compounds. introduction to instrumental techniques. and inorganic systems. CHM 331L quantitative Analysis Laboratory (1) Laboratory component of CHM 331. Three hours lecture per week. spectroscopic methods for structural determination. CHM 351 Organic Chemistry III (3) Course is a continuation of CHM 202. Theory and hands-on instruction in the operation of chemical instrumentation. Instrumental methods will be applied to the separation.

The stu- . acids. Four lectures per week. to illustrate. Students will then pick a research topic or subtopic in consultation with a chemistry faculty member. PHY 171. Prerequisites: CHM 142. read. carbohydrates. proteins. Prerequisite: Concurrent enrollment in CHM 362. MTH 322 recommended. CHM 375 Elements of Research (2) First course in the capstone research track. acid-base chemistry and physical techniques in inorganic chemistry will be discussed according to current theories. thermodynamics and phase equilibrium. with discussions of the applicable metabolic pathways. the student will prepare an original research proposal and research plan. Emphasis on lipids. MTH 172. enzymes. functional group transformations and modern synthetic methods. Periodicity. CHM 371/372 Physical Chemistry (3. vitamins and coenzymes. coordination. electrochemistry. techniques of enzyme catalysis and isolation. Prerequisite: CHM 141. CHM 380 Techniques in Laboratory Instruction (1) Students will gain experience in laboratory instruction by participating in one of the lower division laboratory classes as an assistant to the laboratory instructor. PHY 172 or concurrent. Must be taken concurrently with CHM 371/CHM 372. chemical kinetics and quantum mechanics with application to chemical bonding and molecular spectroscopy. Prerequisite: CHM 202. CHM 362L biochemistry Laboratory (1) Laboratory methods will be introduced to investigate the properties and metabolism of carbohydrates. for CHM 372L: Successful completion of CHM 371L or permission of instructor. lipids and proteins. Three lectures per week.116 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES – CHEMISTRY ing reaction mechanisms. Once the topic is chosen. reactions. Prerequisites: CHM 331/331L. 1) Laboratory experience for CHM 371/CHM 372. Students will learn to search. UV-Vis. CHM 202/202L. Prerequisites: For CHM 371L: CHM 142. hormones. MTH 322 recommended. CHM 362 biochemistry (3) Lecture course covering principle topics of biochemistry. 3) Introduction to statistical mechanics and kinetic molecular theory of gases. CHM 371L/372L Physical Chemistry Laboratory (1. CHM 355 Inorganic Chemistry (3) Bonding. PHY 171 or concurrent. MTH 172. kinetics. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: CHM 202 or equivalent. CHM 142. One three-hour laboratory per week. research methods. and evaluate the chemical literature using traditional and online methods. complement and supplement the lecture material. and NMR spectroscopy. structure. analytical methods such as electrophoresis. mechanisms of inorganic compounds: main group. organometallic and bioinorganic.

Prerequisite: CHM 450. the student will produce a thesis describing all aspects of the project and its contribution to the body of chemical knowledge. This course is repeatable for credit. and some grading. CHM 475 Thesis (2) Third and final course in the three-course capstone research track. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. writing lab “lectures” or pre-lab quizzes. since many conferences offer undergraduate programming designed to supply information about graduatea study and to encourage interest in graduate school attendance. CHM 450 Research (4) Second course in the capstone research track. CHM 390 Student Internship (3) Students receive professional training in an actual employment setting. May be repeated for credit. All students who participate in the class will be able to attend the conference. The thesis will be presented and defended to members of the chemistry faculty and student body. Students will complete literature and laboratory research in support of their research project. This schedule may include specific programming for undergraduate students. Prerequisite: CHM 375. Under close supervision by a chemistry faculty member.COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES – CHEMISTRY 117 dent will help supervise the laboratory class. This course will offer students some teaching experience through a safe. write about what they read. assist in teaching laboratory techniques to lab students. and decide on a schedule of seminar sessions that they will attend at the conference. mentorship experience. and learn to do literature research. and other duties as assigned by the instructor. Once the research is completed. Students may have the opportunity to assist in revising laboratory experiments. The results of these experiments will be used to further the course of the students’ research project or subproject. writing or testing new experiments. answer students’ questions. CHM 395 Special Topics (1-4) Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Students who have done research in a scientific field will be encouraged to present their research in either a poster or presentation. CHM 385 Conference Preparation (1) This course is designed to prepare students to attend a scientific conference. such as the national meeting of the American Chemical Society students will learn how to read scientific journal articles. students will follow their previously developed research plan to conduct laboratory experiments. They will investigate the session offerings at the conference. but only 1 credit may be used toward the Chemistry minor. Academic credit is earned while working at a part-time job in local industry that uses students in chemistry. which will be valuable for those enter graduate school. UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS . read abstracts. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. or for those who intend to pursue an academic career.

systems analysis and database applications development. All students are required in his or her senior year to apply what they have learned by creating a significant software product under the supervision of a computer science faculty member. • A strong liberal arts component that broadens career options and the possibility of professional advancement. Students must receive a minimum grade of “C-” in all degree requirements listed below to graduate with a computer science major or minor. The program offers a firm foundation in the fundamentals of computer science plus a balanced treatment of the key topics mentioned above. Major in Computer Science (56 semester hours. e-commerce and C# programming. computer and study environments to support the program. library. software testing. The program provides: • A rigorous educational environment in which faculty members work closely with their students. it continuously reshapes itself with the advancement of information technology. enabling students to receive individual attention from faculty members. as specified) Lower-Division Courses • CSC 180 Introduction to Programming with C# • CSC 200 Intermediate Programming • CSC 220 Computer Organization and Assembly Language • MTH 171 Calculus I • MTH 172 Calculus II • MTH 220 Discrete Mathematics . The program also provides a solid base for those graduates who plan to seek an advanced degree in the field. The in-class portion of the program is supplemented by hands-on experience in the University’s computer labs and an optional internship.118 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES – COMPUTER SCIENCE COMPUTER SCIENCE faculty Kyu Lee The Bachelor of Science degree program in computer science provides students with the education and training needed for careers in software development. • Small classes. As such. • Quality computer facilities. Areas of focus include software engineering. In the midst of a rich liberal arts curriculum. • Necessary class. testing. the computer science program is designed to meet the needs of industry.

. Students will become more familiar with computer hardware troubleshooting. configuration and maintenance.or corequisite: CSC 160 or equivalent knowledge. will be used throughout. Pre. including Microsoft Access. Includes an overview of various computer systems and introductory Windows applications including Word. Prerequisite: CSC 160. Introduction to Computing Technology. CSC 180 Introduction to Programming with C# (3) Introduction to object-oriented programming through systematic problem definition and design of appropriate solutions. as specified) • CSC 180 Introduction to Programming with C# Computer Science Courses CSC 160 Introduction to Computing Technology (3) Provides an overview of computer concepts and vocabulary for business and science students. C#. Excel and Power Point. Internet concepts and tools are included in this course. Students will work on advanced Office Suite tutorials and software projects.COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES – COMPUTER SCIENCE 119 Upper-Division Courses • CSC 310 An Introduction to Database Design • CSC 340 Data Structures and Algorithms • CSC 345 Data Communications and Networking • CSC 370 Principles of Programming Languages (3) • CSC 385 Operating System Theory • CSC 430 Introduction to Computer Theory (3) • CSC 446 Software Engineering: Analysis and Design • CSC 450 Software Testing - or - CSC 460 E-Commerce Development • CSC 480 Senior Project • MTH 353 Linear Algebra • MTH 357 Probability and Statistics • ENG 306 Professional and Academic Writing Skills • CSC 160 Introduction to Computing Technology • CSC 200 Intermediate Programming • CSC 220 Computer Organization and Assembly Language • CSC 310 An Introduction to Database Design • CSC 340 Data Structures and Algorithms • CSC elective (three upper-division semester hours credit) UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS Minor in Computer Science (21 semester credits. CSC 162 Systems and Advanced Applications (3) This course adds depth and breadth to the material of CSC 160. A contemporary programming language.

Students will learn to design. Students will learn to use appropriate project management software tools such as MS Project and Primavera SureTrak. decision logic structures and various methods and techniques of data management. data structures and associated algorithms.or corequisite: CSC 160 or equivalent. trees and graphs will be studied. Pre. style conventions and elementary data structures. website design and website management techniques. Prerequisite or concurrently: CSC 160 or equivalent. Prerequisite or concurrently: CSC 200. Programs will be written using loops. CSC 250 Web Programming and Management (3) This course introduces students to webpage construction. Database languages. Use of lists. Different searching and sorting algorithms will be examined. Emphasis on advanced features of C# language. abstract data types. Exploration of data representation and digital logic to gain insight into the electronic environment of computers. CSC 295/395/495 Special Topics (1-3) To be arranged with department advisor. CSC 340 Data Structures and Algorithms (3) A study of data types. responsibilities and techniques used by today’s successful project managers. programming techniques. Emphasis will be placed on structured programming. Practical experience will be obtained through individual projects. visual interfaces and VBASIC projects.120 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES – COMPUTER SCIENCE CSC 200 Intermediate Programming (3) The course will advance the student’s knowledge of programming and skills in program design and construction. CSC 220 Computer Organization and Assembly Language (3) Overview of elementary computer architecture and assembly language. Includes processor theory and concentrates on the Intel 80X86 series. Course assumes that student has no prior knowledge of computer programming. Several short programs will be written in assembly language. Prerequisite: CSC 180. CSC 240 Introduction to Visual basic Programming for Microsoft Office (3) Introductory programming course using Visual BASIC. construct and publish web pages. Information modeling techniques will be covered with an emphasis on the Relational Model and the Semantic Object Model. will be studied. The class project will use Visual BASIC as an interface to an Access database as it might be used in an office environment. . Prerequisite: CSC 200. CSC 310 An Introduction to Database Design (3) A study of the variety of common information management requirements. Prerequisite: CSC 200. CSC 320 Project Management (3) Students will receive a solid grounding in all aspects of project management and a comprehensive introduction to the roles. including SQL and QBE. Prerequisite: CSC 200.

and how these factors contribute to the success or failure of an organization.or corequisite: CSC 340. Includes programming projects that demonstrate knowledge and skill necessary for entry-level programming at a professional level. Prerequisite: CSC 340. Prerequisites: CSC 310. UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS . resource allocation. interacting systems. CSC 420 Information Systems for Managers (3) Exploration of contemporary issues and practices related to the management of information systems. (Offered only at Joint Base Lewis-McChord extensions) CSC 430 Introduction to Computer Theory (3) Provides an overview of computer theory. Prerequisite: CSC 340. (Offered only at Joint Base Lewis-McChord extensions) CSC 370 Principles of Programming Languages (3) Principles of programming languages. such as Visual Basic. Laboratory exercises will consist of building a simple Local Area Network. Students will learn the terminology and concepts of contemporary data communications and networking. multiprogramming systems and basic file systems. such as NATURAL or SQL. A language based on the Windows paradigm. Process management. auxiliary storage management. their concepts and constructs will be taught. BA 365. Formal languages. CSC 350 GUI Programming (3) Introduction to programming in the Windows GUI environment. Course covers a study of information and its use throughout modern organizations. Turing machines and Finite Automata provide major content. in-depth examination of human and ethical issues surrounding information systems. pushdown automata and how these theories led to development of computers. CSC 385 Operating System Theory (3) Principles of operating systems. BA 360. Prerequisite: CSC 340. Pre. context-free grammars. Some content in computer graphics will be included in the course. Prerequisites: CSC 310. CSC 397/497 Directed Study (1-3) To be arranged with department faculty. will be covered. memory management. Also covers Chomsky’s theories of languages. scheduling algorithms. Comparison with other GUI environments.COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES – COMPUTER SCIENCE 121 CSC 345 Data Communications and Networking (3) The course will introduce the basics of data communications and networking. Includes batchprocessing systems. Students will learn features of various contemporary programming languages and scripting languages. CSC 365 Programming for Informational System Managers (3) Course will expose students to common programming practices in COBOL and a high-level database front-end language. Prerequisite or concurrent: CSC 340.

In most cases. the output of which will be carried over to CSC 480 as the foundation for their senior project (CSC 480). insurance firms and the financial or computing divisions of large companies. white box testing and generation of text plans and test cases. rational person. Students graduating with a bachelor’s degree in mathematics frequently find employment in secondary schools. Prerequisite: CSC 200. students will learn the fundamentals of software testing. Prerequisites: CSC 200. with emphasis on object-oriented methodology such as OMT (Object Modeling Technique) or UML (Unified Modeling Language) to specify and design software systems. Prerequisites: CSC 340. testing and quality assurance is playing a critical role in software development. The course will introduce various analysis and design methodologies. the students will write a system specification and design document of a non-trivial software system. Students will configure a server and develop websites to support electronic commerce. CSC 460 E-Commerce Development (3) Students will learn how to develop E-Commerce sites. CSC 450 Software Testing (3) The quality of a software product is often said to be the result of good testing. It improves one’s ability to fit new concepts into a framework of existing knowledge. Some projects may be sponsored by outside agents. Prerequisite: CSC 446. CSC 310. As such. CSC 480 Senior Project (4) A capstone course where students will apply what they have learned to create a significant software product under supervision of the instructor. . black box testing. The essence of software quality assurance also will be covered. Principles of E-Commerce and components that make successful E-Commerce and some marketing aspects will be discussed. CSC 310. MATHEMATICS faculty Bonnie Amende Joe Mailhot Carol Overdeep Katherine Porter Mathematics contributes in a unique way to the development of the disciplined. projects are done in a team environment. CSC 490 Industry Internship (1-3) Application of concepts and techniques in an off-campus work environment. Prerequisite: Permission of department. as opposed to marketing-oriented.122 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES – MATHEMATICS CSC 446 Software Engineering: Analysis and Design (4) Introduction to software engineering. As an exercise. Class is software engineering-oriented. This is a hands-on class where students will actually build and experiment with sites. In this course.

supports other majors in the University and offers courses of general interest. computer science. Upper-Division Courses (33 semester hours) • 4 semester hours in mathematics courses numbered 300 or above. chemistry. engineering.33 to graduate with a mathematics degree or minor. MTH 357 Probability and Statistics. NOTE: The upper-division support area courses must be in the same area. MTH 400 Senior Paper • ine approved upper-division semester hours in an approved N supportive area such as biology. education. MTH 461 Abstract Algebra MTH 471 Real Analysis I. UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS • Any two sequences chosen from: . bachelor of Science General Education Core (42-48 semester hours) Major in Mathematics Lower-Division Courses (29-35 semester hours) • One computer science course other than CSC 160 • MTH 171 Calculus I • MTH 172 Calculus II • MTH 220 Discrete Mathematics • MTH 271 Vector Calculus • PHY 171/172 Introductory Physics • CHM 141/142 General Chemistry • BIO 141/142 General Biology • CSC 180/200 Programming with C# • ECN 101 Principles of Economics - and - one of: ECN 325 The Evolution of Economic Thought. NOTE: These courses do not count toward the upper-division major requirements when taken to satisfy lower-division requirements. 2 including: MTH 353 Linear Algebra. ECN 371 Econometrics. or BA 302 Applied Quantitative Management Techniques NOTE: CSC courses cannot be counted to satisfy the “one computer science course” requirement above when taken to satisfy the twosequence requirement. or physics. Students must receive a minimum grade of “C-” in all degree requirements listed below with the GPA for these courses no lower than 2.COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES – MATHEMATICS 123 The mathematics program at Saint Martin’s University provides a basic undergraduate program for mathematics majors. economics.

please refer to the requirements as outlined in the education section of the Academic Catalog. Mathematics Courses MTH 101 Intermediate Algebra (3) Sets. a student must fulfill requirements for a bachelor of arts degree as outlined. not including MTH 375 Revised Washington State Education Endorsements For information on the Washington State teacher education endorsement in mathematics. including MTH 366.124 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES – MATHEMATICS bachelor of Arts General Education Core (42-48 semester hours) Mathematics Major Lower-Division Courses (17 semester credits) • One computer science course • MTH 171 Calculus I • MTH 172 Calculus II • MTH 220 Discrete Mathematics • MTH 271 Vector Calculus Upper-Division Courses (29 semester hours) • 20 semester hours in mathematics courses numbered 300 or above. economics. . systems of equations and inequalities and graphing. or physics NOTE: The upper-division support area courses must be in the same area. chemistry. Prerequisite: One year high school algebra with grade “B” or better. MTH 357 Probability and Statistics. and the requirements of Education Programs. MTH 471 Real Analysis I • ine approved upper-division semester hours in a supportive area N such as biology. education. Minor in Mathematics Lower-Division Courses (23-24 semester credits) • MTH 171 Calculus I • MTH 172 Calculus II • MTH 220 Discrete Mathematic -or- MTH 271 Vector Calculus Upper-Division Courses • Four 300-level math courses. including three of the following four courses: MTH 353 Linear Algebra. functions. engineering. MTH 461 Abstract Algebra. To be recommended by the Department of Mathematics for teaching at the secondary level. computer science.

MTH 201 Introduction to Statistics (3) Introduction to descriptive statistics. UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS MTH 171 Calculus I (4) A first course in calculus. Topics typically include voting theory. Prerequisite: MTH 121 or equivalent with grade “C-” or better. MTH 271 Vector Calculus (3) Expansion of the study of the integral and derivative to higher dimensions. and antiderivatives. differentiation applications of the derivative. graphs. Topics include vector functions. estimation and hypothesis testing. applications of integration. Prerequisite: MTH 171 with grade “C-” or better or permission of the instructor. and calculus. sampling distributions. Topics include linear algebra. Prerequisite: MTH 171 or equivalent with grade “C-” or better. multiple integration and partial differentiation. systems of equations and inequalities. Prerequisite: MTH 101 or equivalent. sequences and series.COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES – MATHEMATICS 125 MTH 110 Mathematics and Modern Culture (3) Selected topics in 20th-century mathematics. Integration. including mathematical reasoning. Prerequisite: MTH 121 or equivalent with grade “C-” or better. Course proceeds at a relaxed pace and is aimed at students with little technical mathematical background. conic sections. MTH 161 Mathematical Methods for business and Social Sciences (3) Introduction to calculus in a business and social sciences setting. measures of central tendency and variability. study of algorithms. linear programming. . fair division and apportionment techniques and graph theory. Limits. MTH 220 Discrete Mathematics (3) Introduction to abstract mathematical concepts prefacing topics basic to the study of computer science. Prerequisite: MTH 122 or equivalent with grade “C-” or better or permission of the instructor. Prerequisite: MTH 172. and infinite series. Trigonometric functions. Prerequisite: MTH 101 or two years high school algebra with grade “B” orbetter. complex numbers. MTH 121 Precalculus Mathematics (3) Preparation for the study of calculus. Course is a transition from the study of algebraic functions to the study of transcendental functions with a greater emphasis on analytic geometry. Students will be exposed to several coordinate systems that enable the universe to be viewed from a different perspective. probability. graphing in higher dimensions. trees and other discrete structures. applications and modeling. MTH 172 Calculus II (4) A second course in calculus. analytic trigonometry. MTH 122 Precalculus II (3) Trigonometry and analytical geometry.

MTH 375 Math Seminar (1) Seminar for math majors. the Muslim Near East 800 A. MTH 353 Linear Algebra (3) Vectors. Euclidean geometry. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission. thesis-style report describing the results of research or independent study. MTH 461 Abstract Algebra (4) Course will study properties of generalized algebraic systems. Prerequisites: MTH 220 and MTH 353. linear transformations. common distribution and density functions. Course is proof-based. vector spaces. confidence intervals.D. Course is writing-intensive. May be repeated once for credit. Prerequisite: MTH 172. systems of linear equations. May be repeated for credit. matrices.C. projective geometry and non-Euclidean geometry. MTH 366 Geometry (3) Course will study several types of geometries by considering their sets of axioms and proving theorems. . applications.D. Course will consider both technical mathematical achievement and historical and social contexts in which these accomplishments took place. Topics vary and typically will be chosen from subject areas beyond those regularly covered in other courses.126 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES – MATHEMATICS MTH 314 History of Mathematics (3) Selected topics from the three great mathematical cultures that fed contemporary world mathematical culture: Greece 600 B. Prerequisite: MTH 172. Analytic and numerical (computer-generated) solutions will be studied. MTH 400 Senior Paper (2-3) Students write a detailed.D. hypothesis testing.–1200 A. MTH 397 Directed Study (1-3) A reading or research project in an area of interest to the student.D. Geometries covered are finite geometries. Prerequisite: MTH 172.–1900 A. linear models.–600 A.D.. Topics include groups and rings (generalization of integers) and fields (generalization of real numbers). Prerequisite: MTH 161 or MTH 171 or consent of instructor. MTH 395 Special Topics (3) Selected topics in math. Prerequisite: MTH 220. and Europe 1500 A. and regression. MTH 357 Probability and Statistics (3) Probability expectation. This could be advanced study on the subject of a regularly taught upper-division course or study of a topic not covered in the regular curriculum. Estimation. MTH 322 Differential Equations (3) Course will examine ordinary differential equations and systems of differential equations.. Open only to senior math majors. Prerequisite: MTH 172. Course required to be certified to teach secondary mathematics.

PHY 395 Special Topics (1-4) Upper-division lecture. MTH 357. limits of sequences and functions. optics. kinematics. Prerequisite: MTH 122. Taylor series. Topics include waves sound. respectively. Corequisite: MTH 171. PHYSICS faculty Stephen Parker Physics seeks to explain the workings of the physical world encompassing a vast scale from elementary particles to the cosmos. biology. Prerequisite: MTH 171. or MTH 366. electricity and magnetism. light. Physics interacts with fields such as chemistry. Topics include waves. 1) To be taken concurrently with PHY 171 and 172. astronomy and engineering to provide a background for study in these areas. forces. PHY 142 General Physics (4) A continuation of PHY 141. plus one of the following: MTH 322. MTH 353. light. Topics covered include vectors. fluids and thermodynamics. Topics include development of the real number system. sound. optics. electricity and magnetism. PHY 141 General Physics (4) An algebra-based introduction to classical physics.COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES – PHYSICS 127 MTH 471 Real Analysis I (4) A proof-based course in the theory of the real numbers and the foundations of calculus. Prerequisite: MTH 471. Corequisite: MTH 172. lab and seminar topics. Prerequisite: PHY 141. MTH 472 Real Analysis II (3) Theory of the derivative and the (Riemann) integral. PHY 172 Introductory Physics (4) A continuation of PHY 171. PHY 195 Special Topics (1-4) Lower-division lecture and lab topics. PHY 141L/142L General Physics Laboratory (1. UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS Physics Courses . continuosity and uniform continuity of functions and differentiation. PHY 171 Introductory Physics (4) A general introduction to physics for science and engineering students. 1) To be taken concurrently with PHY 141 and 142. properties of materials and thermodynamics are covered. Sequences and series of functions. rotational motion. Prerequisites: MTH 172 and MTH 220. Mechanics. PHY 171L/172L Introductory Physics Laboratory (1. PHY 171.

the nature of social institutions and roles. Minors are available in criminal justice. social studies and sociology and cultural anthropology. history. sociology and cultural anthropology and women’s studies. criminal justice. foreign service and a variety of other human service professions. At Saint Martin’s University. social studies. COMMUNITY SERVICES faculty Katya Shkurkin The community services program is an interdisciplinary social work major that combines classroom study with practical application through extensive internship. political science. • Encourage students to develop ethical and analytical thinking essential for professional life in social work. psychology. psychology. human behavior and the ideas that have shaped human life.128 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES – COMMUNITY SERVICES PROGRAMS IN SOCIAL SCIENCES The social sciences are concerned with the development of human society. moral insight and humanistic concepts. • Prepare students desiring professional work as a human service practitioner. • Help students gain intellectual skills. political science. the social sciences are represented by majors in community services. international relations. bachelor of Arts General Education Core (42-48 semester hours) Community Services Major (51 semester hours) Lower-Division Courses • SOC 240 Research Methods • ne lower-division course in O economics • One lower-division course in history or political science • One lower-division course in psychology • One additional lower-division course in sociology . Limited coursework in geography is also offered within the social science programs. history. The community services major is offered only at the University’s main campus. Objectives are to: • Increase student knowledge of the social work approach to solving human problems. psychology.

chosen from psychology. students must meet the following requirements: • Completion of 12 semester hours of required major courses on the main campus.5. Prerequisite: CSP 390 must be completed before starting internship. A major in criminal justice may be complemented by minors in sociology. political science. or instructor permission.COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES – CRIMINAL JUSTICE 129 Upper-Division Courses • One upper-division course in economics • One upper-division course in history or political science • SOC 339 Introduction to Social Work: Methods and Ethics • PSY 340 Interviewing (a prerequisite for SOC 339) • Three additional upper-division courses concentrating in one field. Community Services Courses CSP 290 Introduction to Internship (3) Observation and application of social service principles and concepts in a selected community agency. CRIMINAL JUSTICE faculty Robert Hauhart Victor Kogan The criminal justice major is an interdisciplinary social science program preparing candidates for positions in the criminal justice field and providing a solid background for further education in graduate school or law school. . CSP 390 Internship (3) Experience with and application of social service principles in a selected community agency. sociology. history or economics • 12-27 semester hours of internship • Senior seminar. CSP 490 Advanced Internship (6) Experience with and application of social service principles in a selected community agency. with a grade of “C” or better. Consult with your academic advisor. Student selects a senior seminar from a Social Science discipline. • Completion of SOC 339: Introduction to Social Work: Methods and Ethics. psychology or political science. Before enrolling in an internship (CSP 390). Seminar must be attended before starting this internship. UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS • Have an overall grade point average of at least 2. Prerequisite: Completion of SOC 339 with a grade of “C” or higher before starting internship.

prosecution.130 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES – CRIMINAL JUSTICE bachelor of Arts General Education Core (42-48 semester hours) Major in Criminal Justice (39 semester hours) Lower-Division Courses (12-15 semester hours in criminal justice. Prerequisite: CJ 101. corrections. concepts and philosophy of criminal law. courts. Prerequisite: CJ 101 and CJ 215. crime scene investigation. including selected social institutional factors as related to their influence on police systems. CJ 215 Police and Society (3) Review of research on the police. and application of laws to law enforcement field problems. CJ 304 Law and Evidence (3) Theory. . physical evidence. analysis of case decisions and laws on the production and presentation of evidence in criminal trials. probation and parole — and their impact and involvement with the individual and community. CJ 240 forensic Science (3) An introductory forensic science class encompassing historical development of forensic science. methods and techniques of the modern crime laboratory and legal considerations surrounding the scientific investigation of crime. Prerequisite: CJ 101. including: ) • CJ 101 Introduction to Criminal Justice • CJ 215 Police and Society • SOC/PSY 240 Research Methods • PLS 150 Survey of American Government and Politics Upper-Division Courses (24-27 upper-division semester hours in criminal justice. including: ) • CJ 308 Impact of Correctional Methods • CJ/SOC 325 Criminology and Juvenile Delinquency • CJ/PLS 379 Judicial Process • CJ/PLS 430 Constitutional Safeguards and Individual Liberties • CJ 410 Law and Society • CJ 499 Senior Seminar Minor in Criminal Justice (21 semester hours. including CJ 101 Introduction to Criminal Justice) Criminal Justice Courses CJ 101 Introduction to Criminal Justice (3) An examination of the organization and jurisdiction of various agencies in the criminal justice field — role of police.

Prerequisite: department permission and junior standing. structure of American court system. Equivalent to PLS 379. CJ 395 Special Topics (3) Courses offered periodically on topics announced by faculty. Students who take internship credit cannot participate in a practicum. Current information derived from empirical research reports and other academic sources is emphasized. CJ 379 Judicial Process (3) Course covers role of the American court system. CJ 450. UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS . repeatable for up to six semester hours. structural. functional and legal aspects. approaches and current research related to the study of complex organizations and administration practices of criminal justice agencies.COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES – CRIMINAL JUSTICE 131 CJ 305 Juvenile Justice (3) An examination of the legal history of the juvenile court: analysis of the problems and processes of the juvenile justice system. Equivalent to SOC 305. CJ 312 Victimology (3) A survey of victim-offender relationships. CJ 315 Organization and behavior (3) A comprehensive and critical evaluation of the important theories. Historical background and modern concepts will be analyzed. analysis of local. Equivalent to SOC 325. state and federal correctional systems. including legal. CJ 310 Community Corrections (3) An examination of community corrections as viable alternatives to incarceration. Prerequisite: CJ 101. Prerequisite: CJ 101. philosophical. Prerequisite: CJ 101. efforts to control them. CJ 308 Impact of Correctional Methods (3) Examination of confinement and rehabilitation philosophies. May be taken for elective credit only. as well as examine the issues of drug dependence and treatment for dependence. roots of Anglo-American jurisprudence. including the origin and scope of victimology. Prerequisite: PSY 101. Prerequisite: CJ 101 or PLS 150. Examines conceptual. We will place special emphasis on the biological elements of drug use and abuse. CJ 325 Criminology and Juvenile Delinquency (3) Nature and causes of crime and delinquency. political aspects of legal institutions. and therapeutic drugs. the victim and administration of justice and social reaction to victimization. CJ 353 Drugs and Society (3) In this class we will examine psychoactive substances. We will consider the history and social implications of drug use. CJ 390/490 Internship (1-6) Job experience in a criminal justice field. Prerequisite: CJ 101. historical. Equivalent to PSY 353. illegal.

CJ 420 Philosophy of Law (3) This course provides an overview of the nature. Prerequisite: Senior standing. nature. interrogation and arrest practices. The purpose of the course is to acquaint students with the history of ideas that constitutes the foundation for western legal reasoning. Consequently. Prerequisite: CJ 101 and/or LS 101. CJ 460 Criminal Law/Criminal Procedure (3) The purpose of the course is to acquaint you with the constitutional requirements of the 4th. forensic serology. theories and philosophical basis of western law. CJ 410 Law and Society (3) Study of law and its relationship to society. CJ 499 Senior Seminar (3) Major research paper on approved topic under direction of department chair. physical pattern analysis. Supreme Court decisions and how they relate to society. we will examine the role of the police in our criminal justice system in light of Supreme Court cases that bear on police investigation. Prerequisite: Permission of advisor. full-time observation and/or research with a criminal justice agency or related agency. Prerequisite: CJ 240.132 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES – CRIMINAL JUSTICE CJ 397 Directed Study (1-3) Opportunity for students with advanced standing to pursue topics of special interest. and are not permitted to take an internship. Equivalent to PLS 430. A substantial research project is required. Elective credit only. purpose and scope of the criminal justice system. CJ 430 Constitutional Safeguards and Individual Liberties (3) Investigation of the origins of the U. CJ 440 Advanced forensic Science (3) Advanced forensic science laboratory teaching trace evidence examination. CJ 390/490. Final course of student’s program in criminal justice. Prerequisite: Sophomore Standing. Equivalent to PLS 420. Emphasis on studying and clarifying effects of U. questionable documents examination and firearm and toolmark examination. detention. search. drug analysis. 5th. Students can take course only once. I will assume you have a general knowledge of the history. CJ 450 Practicum (1-15) Semester-long. and 6th Amendments regarding police conduct and the lawful procedures police may employ. Instructor may focus on specific issues as they relate to law and society.S. Prerequisite: CJ 101. principles. Constitution and its amendments from standpoints of criminal justice and law enforcement.S. Prerequisite: CJ 101 or PLS 150. . arson analysis.

and cultures in the past. Our department seeks to educate future leaders to be thoughtful. • To teach the student how to conduct independent research and critically evaluate sources. the department’s curriculum is designed to achieve the following objectives: • To acquaint the students with major issues in world history. HISTORY faculty Brian Barnes Rex J. Emeritus Roger Snider UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS History is the critical examination of peoples. physical features. informed. To fulfill this mission. climate. • To teach students the diversity of human experience within and across nations and cultures. The Department of History devotes itself to teaching within the tradition of liberal arts and professional education to produce responsible and informed persons.B. O. • To prepare students who seek to enter the profession of history.B. They will understand how to think critically and how to communicate. places. O. Casillas Father Gerard Kirsch. • To develop the student’s oral and written communication. • To assist the student in developing the skills for critical thinking. bachelor of Arts General Education Core (42-48 semester hours) . and objective participants in the global society. lessons and insights from the past. their historical backgrounds. across the globe. political dynamics and economic resources.S.COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES – GEOGRAPHY / HISTORY 133 GEOGRAPHY faculty Richard Langill Geography courses GPH 210 World Regional Geography (3) Study of major world regions. Our students will use their knowledge and skills to reach outside the university in service to the larger community. Richard Langill William Marcy Father John Scott.S.. and of global historical development. in both written and oral forms. Our graduates will attain a solid base of historical knowledge.

History to 1877 -or. Political Ideologies.134 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES – HISTORY Major in History (36 semester hours) Upper Division Courses (24 upper-division semester hours in history) European Emphasis: History majors with a European emphasis must take HIS 344 Nineteenth Century European History and HIS 347 Twentieth Century Europe and: • Three semester hours in American history • Three semester hours in history of non-Western cultures • 12 semester hours in political science.equivalents European Emphasis: HIS 101 Development of Western Civilization -or. The following departmental courses may be applied to either (but not both) the history or political science degree requirements: American Foreign Policy.HIS 102 Survey of Modern Europe Since 1648 -or. History majors are advised to pursue supporting coursework in foreign languages. and the Cold War. American Constitutional Development.HIS 142 U. nine of which must be in upperdivision work • HIS 499 Senior Seminar/Paper No more than six semester hours of internship credit may be applied toward requirements for a history major. computer science and philosophy. History Since 1877 -or.equivalents . Minor in History (18 semester hours) Lower-Division Courses Lower division supportive coursework including: American Emphasis: HIS 141 U.S.HIS 357 United States History 1763-1877 • Three semester hours from: HIS 358 United States History 1877-1945 -or. statistics. History of the Vietnam War.HIS 359 United States History Since 1945 • Three semester hours in European history • ree semester hours in non-Western culture Th • 12 semester hours in political science. nine of which must be in upper-division work • HIS 499 Senior Seminar/Paper United States Emphasis: History majors with a United States emphasis must take: • Three semester hours from: HIS 356 Colonial American History to 1763 -or.S. History of Capitalism.

At the end of the course students should be able to broadly explain the chronological events that shaped the world at the beginning of the 20th century.HIS 359 United States History Since 1945 • Six upper-division semester hours in political science Revised Washington State Education Endorsements For information on the Washington State teacher education endorsement in history. religion.HIS 358 United States History 1877-1945 -or. art. including: • Either HIS 344 Nineteenth Century European History -or- HIS 347 Twentieth Century Europe • Either HIS 356 Colonial American History to 1763 -or- HIS 357 United States History 1763-1877 -or. Specifically. History Courses HIS 101 Development of Western Civilization (3) An introductory course showing the interplay of political.COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES – HISTORY 135 Upper-Division Courses 12 upper-division semester hours in history. economic and military struggles of various cultures across the globe and will provide explanations to understand the relationship between the Western and nonWestern worlds. religious. social. HIS 122 World History Since 1500 (3) The course is a general examination of different civilizations in many parts of the world from the Renaissance to World War I. the course looks at the origin. and religion on the formation and maintenance of cultures. the course explains how global interaction through trade. . cultural and economic forces in the development of present civilization. migration. Through this course students will be able to explain basic concepts such as civilization and the effects of market economies. please refer to the requirements as outlined in the education section of the Academic Catalog. the course looks at the political. UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS HIS 102 Survey of Modern Europe Since 1648 (3) A survey of modern European history from the Renaissance to the present. warfare. political development and military struggles of various cultures across the globe. The students will also be able identify important historical figures as well as the geographical regions of various civilizations. HIS 121 World History to 1500 (3) The course is an examination of different civilizations in many parts of the world from the beginning of man’s origins to 1500 AD. religion and war contributed to the growing interconnectivity of the modern world. The course also studies the technological and philosophical revolutions as well as historical figures that shaped the world into what it is today. Specifically. intellectual. Consequently. students should have the competency to broadly explain the chronological events that have occurred throughout the history of the world. Finally.

economic and political developments in the United States during this period. Equivalent to PLS 310.S. HIS 310 United States Diplomatic History (3) A study of the origins. war and revolution. HIS 211 History of Latin American Civilization (3) This course studies Latin American history from the origins of pre-Columbian civilization to the independence movement from Spain in 1810. Course will examine key social. Focus is on cultural. economic and political developments in the United States during this period. HIS 217 History of Chinese and Japanese Civilizations (3) General survey of the history of China and Japan. Specifically. colonial socio-political organization. HIS 305 History of American Women (3) Survey of the history of American women from the colonial era to the present. the conquest of Latin America. economic and political factors that shaped and were shaped by women in the United States. Asia. including examination of key social. and cultural forces that shaped Spanish and Portuguese Colonial America. HIS 213 History of African Civilization to 1880 (3) This class will examine African history. while also considering their relationships with Europe. history from the Industrial Revolution to the present. HIS 142 U.136 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES – HISTORY HIS 141 U. focusing on Sub-Saharan Africa from the period 1000 to 1880AD. and the build-up to the independence in Latin America.S. History to 1877 (3) General survey of U. .S. history through the Civil War and Reconstruction. Examines key political. political. It will examine various African societies in their own right. History Since 1877 (3) General survey of U.S. the impact of the West. Emphasis on the important aspects of Chinese and Japanese civilizations. HIS 215 History of Islamic Civilization (3) Introductory survey of Middle East history. The course focuses on the political. the late colonial crises. development. the course examines indigenous societies in Mesoamerica and the Andes. the growth and abolition of the slave trade. HIS 295/395/495 Special Topics (1-3) To be arranged with department advisor. militarism. modernization. economic. cultural and economic developments from the time of Muhammad to the present. and the emergence of colonialism. development and implementation of United States foreign policy. social and economic factors. and the Americas through the exchange of Christianity and Islam.

the road to war and the relationship between total war and genocide. Focus on U. HIS 347 Twentieth Century Europe (3) Critical study of European problems and developments since 1914. Also examines overall significance of the contemporary women’s sports revolution. Nazi Germany.” HIS 332 England Since 1688 (3) Examines the period from the “Glorious Revolution” to the present. HIS 334 Medieval European History (3) Germanic migrations to the fall of Constantinople. HIS 326 Pacific Northwest History (3) Discovery. The course will also examine Hitler’s regime. and the role of perceptions and misperceptions on the part of United States and Soviet decision-makers. political. the abortive experiment in democracy in the 1920s. The course will focus on the origins of anti-Semitism. and the Holocaust. HIS 330 Cold War (3) The course traces the origins of the Cold War. It will consider the social. 1453. the emergence of Adolf Hitler and the rise of the Nazi movement to power. political and cultural variables that influenced and shaped women’s athletics. its impact on the foreign and domestic policies of the United States and Soviet Union. HIS 344 Nineteenth Century European History (3) The European experience from 1815 to World War I. Emphasis on religious. HIS 320 The History of Nazi Germany (3) This course will examine one of the most radical and destructive regimes in history. UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS . Equivalent to PLS 325. which that regime perpetrated. also examines the French role in Indochina and regional developments since the war’s end. Equivalent to PLS 330. military and diplomatic aspects. HIS 331 England to 1688 (3) Development of the period from prehistoric Britain to the “Glorious Revolution. HIS 325 History of the Vietnam War (3) History of the Vietnam War from 1945 to 1975.COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES – HISTORY 137 HIS 315 Women’s Sports History (3) A critical survey of the origins and historical evolution of women’s sports. settlement and development of the greater Pacific Northwest (Education Program requirement in many cases). HIS 336 Early Modern European History (3) A survey of all aspects of European history from 1450 to the French Revolution. the impact of World War I on German society.-Vietnam relations.S.

political. It will examine the experiences of enslaved people. protection of property. and the degree to which Northern and Southern society and politics were altered by the war and Reconstruction. Constitution by the U. Equivalent to PLS 385. military developments. Emergence of the United States as a modern superpower will be traced through examination of key social.S. events and institutions that shaped the colonial experience and development of the future United States. and with primary sources produced by enslaved people. HIS 358 United States History 1877-1945 (3) Comprehensive analysis of the emergence of the United States as a great power.138 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES – HISTORY HIS 356 Colonial American History to 1763 (3) A comprehensive analysis of the ideas. HIS 360 History of American Slavery (3) This course will explore the origins. slaveholders. and abolition of slavery in colonial and 19th century America. . HIS 378 American Constitutional Development (3) Interpretation of U. Democratic. political and economic developments that consolidated the nation. civil liberties and separation and delegation of government powers. HIS 357 United States History 1763-1877 (3) Intensive overview of the United States from the Revolutionary period through the Civil War and Reconstruction era. the economy. the Civil War. the role enslaved people and Abraham Lincoln played in the outcome of the war and emancipation. Among other topics. Examines social. and whether the war and Northern victory was inevitable. HIS 365 History of the Civil War and Reconstruction (3) This is a specialized course in the history of the Civil War and Reconstruction. political.S. Supreme Court. national politics. Examines crucial social. economic and diplomatic developments that moved the United States from the periphery of international power to world leadership during World War II. Equivalent to PLS 378. Marxist and Fascist perspectives. and examine the relationship between slavery and racism. expansion. Course spans period from earliest European contact through the maturation of the colonies. the wartime experiences of soldiers. The course will also explore different approaches to studying slavery. HIS 359 United States History Since 1945 (3) An in-depth analysis of the history of the post-World War II United States. slaves. the causes of the successes and failures of Reconstruction. and non-slaveholders in different contexts. slaveholders. and civilians. economic and diplomatic developments of the postwar period. this course will explore the causes of the war. including working with secondary sources produced by historians of slavery. Socialist. and its relation to slavery. and others. and society more broadly. including 20th-century developments. HIS 385 Political Ideologies — Their Origin and Impact (3) Development of Western political and social theory since the 17th century. Emphasis on questions of federalism.

HIS 435 History of Capitalism (3) Origins of private property. HIS 415 History of the Modern Middle East (3) Intensive overview of 19th.S. the influence of the West and critically evaluate contemporary Egypt within the context of the modern Middle East. The class then studies Latin America’s political and economic development in the twentieth century as it fluctuated between nationalism. political. and cultural forces that have shaped Latin America. HIS 413 History of Modern Africa (3) This course will survey African History since 1880. In particular. The course will continually explore how Africans have defined themselves. Key political. modernization. profit-taking and possessive individualism. Extensive reference to the experience of the North Atlantic community. HIS 499 Senior Seminar/Paper (3) To be arranged with department advisor. Alternative explanations for the rise and fall of capitalism. communist upheavals and dictatorship while also examining U. Equivalent to PLS 435. The course focuses on the economic. HIS 397 Directed Study (1-3) Permission of department required. UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS . It will examine the political. economic and socio-cultural foundations of modern Egypt. HIS 411 Modern Latin America (3) The course is designed to examine the historical development of Latin America from its age of independence in the nineteenth century to the modern day nation states of the twenty-first century. and the relationship between Africa and the rest of the world. the course presents two major theories (the cultural historical legacy argument and the external dependency argument) that influence modern Latin America today. with a focus on Sub-Saharan Africa. HIS 410 The History of Modern Egypt (3) This course analyzes the modern history of Egypt within an extended time span between the early 19th century and the present. The class studies Bolivar’s war for independence and the subsequent effect of independence on Latin America’s socioeconomic and political environment.COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES – HISTORY 139 HIS 390/490 History Internship (3-9) Departmental permission and junior standing required. African resistance to this colonization from the 19th century until independence. economic and cultural developments of the region from the age of European imperialism to the present will be considered.and 20th-century history of the Middle East.-Latin American relations. and the challenges and successes of the post-colonial period to the present day. It will examine the European colonization of Africa. their relations with other Africans.

Sociology. a student wishing to complete a minor in Legal Studies must complete twelve (12) credit hours from the following: • HIS/PLS 378 American Constitutional Development • BUS 225 Business Law I • BUS 226 Business Law II • CJ/PLS 420 Philosophy of Law • CJ/PLS 379 Judicial Process • CJ/SOC 410 Law and Society • CJ 460 Criminal Law/Criminal Procedure • ED 371 Educational Law • SED 467 Legal Issues and IFSP/IEP • GE 359 Ethics. History. Law. Political Science. & Economics in Engineering Practice • LS 395 Special Topics in Legal Studies • LS 397 Directed Readings in Legal Studies . impact and contemporary status of American law may minor in Legal Studies in support of their major field of study. Education. Required Courses (9 semester hours) A student electing to pursue a minor in Legal Studies must complete: • LS 101 The Legal Environment and Ethics • CJ/PLS 430 Constitutional Safeguards and Individual Liberties • CJ 304 Law and Evidence Elective Courses (12 semester hours chosen from the following) In addition to the nine (9) hours of required courses. Students interested in pursuing law school and a career in law are especially encouraged to fulfill a minor concentration in Legal Studies. Minor in Legal Studies A student may complete a minor concentration in Legal Studies by completing 21 credit hours in approved law related courses. and Engineering. development. Nine (9) hours of required legal studies courses may be supplemented by twelve (12) hours of electives from the courses listed below.140 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES – LEGAL STUDIES LEGAL STUDIES faculty Robert Hauhart Victor Kogan Shawn Newman Roger Snider The Legal Studies concentration is an interdisciplinary field of study composed of law courses from the departments of Criminal Justice. Legal Studies is administered under the direction of the Pre-Law Advisor and the Department of Criminal Justice. Students interested in acquainting themselves with the genesis. and the schools of Business. Philosophy.

• Serve practical needs of students planning a career involving the law. basic legal research methods. UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS . institutions. others. • Develop the student’s intelligent and lasting interest in society and politics and provide him or her with an environment for learning active self-governance. Topic to be chosen by student in consultation with Pre-Law Advisor. the foreign service. Casillas Richard Langill Roger Snider Political scientists seek to understand the basis of power in society. environmental law/environmental crime. • Prepare students for graduate study with a view toward teaching and/or research. including sources of law. LS 395 Special Topics (3) Courses relevant to the Legal Studies curriculum offered periodically on topics announced by the faculty. movements and institutions are incomprehensible without adequate understanding of their history. techniques and social and economic environment of modern governments (areas stressed are law.COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES – POLITICAL SCIENCE 141 Legal Studies Courses Course descriptions for additional Legal Studies courses offered other than those listed below may be found under the department from which the courses originate. the study of history profits from awareness of political and social philosophies. introductory course in Legal Studies and is required for completion of a minor in Legal Studies. legal process. 3. journalism and business). Likewise. It is the initial. • Analyze alternative approaches to those issues. Political and social ideas. Prerequisite: LS 101. LS 101 The Legal Environment and Ethics (3) This course introduces the student to the American legal system. Courses may include topics such as: white collar crime. Permission of the Pre-Law Advisor. and ethical issues. topical areas within the law. Prerequisite: Senior Standing. processes.0 GPA. POLITICAL SCIENCE faculty Rex J. how that power is organized and exercised and its impact on people’s lives. institutions and concerns. law libraries. Objectives of the major are to: • Acquaint the student with the great issues of politics. public administration. and law offices. LS 397 Directed Readings in Legal Studies (3) A semester of directed readings under the supervision of the Pre-Law Advisor. The course features a broad range of guest speakers as well as a number of field trips to courts.

PLS 381 Political Parties • 12 semester hours of history. Minor in Political Science (21 semester hours) Upper-Division Courses • 12 upper-division semester hours in political science including: PLS 300 International Relations. PLS 385 Political Ideologies: Their Origin and Impact. American Constitutional Development. including: PLS 300 International Relations. The department offers coursework in a program integrating history and political science. While students can elect either a history or political science degree. PLS 350 Government and Politics of Europe. PLS 366 The Legislative Process. • One course chosen from: PLS 364 Political Behavior and Public Opinion. • Six upper-division semester hours in history . PLS 385 Political Ideologies: Their Origin and Impact. substantial coursework is required in both disciplines for departmental majors. bachelor of Arts General Education Core (42-48 semester hours) Major in Political Science (36 semester hours) Upper-Division Courses • 24 upper-division semester hours in political science. or PLS 352 Government Politics of Asia.142 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES – POLITICAL SCIENCE The major provides students with a mature understanding of politics and history. PLS 366 Congress and the Presidency. Political science majors are advised to pursue supporting coursework in philosophy. statistics and computer studies. History of the Vietnam War. PLS 499 Senior Seminar Paper • One course chosen from: PLS 364 Political Behavior and Public Opinion. Political Ideologies. PLS 350 Government and Politics of Europe or PLS 352 Government Politics of Asia. and the Cold War. History of Capitalism. at least nine of which must be upper-division NOTE: No more than six semester hours of credit in internships may be applied toward requirements for a political science major. The following departmental courses may be applied to either (but not both) the political science or the history degree requirements: American Foreign Policy. PLS 381 Political Parties. research methods.

S. PLS 350 European Politics. • One elective (three semester hours) chosen from: ECN 420 International Business. • One course (three semester hours) chosen from: HIS 211 History of Latin American Civilization. FRN 201/202 Intermediate French. PLS 325 History of the Vietnam War. UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS • Six semester hours or its equivalent chosen from: SPN 201/202 Intermediate Spanish. nuclear proliferation and globalization. Emphasis on impact of government and society on the lives of Americans. The minor may be of special interest to students majoring in business. sociology and cultural anthropology. functions and processes of American political system. arms control. and World Affairs. . SOC 103 Cultural Anthropology. the social sciences or humanities and who want an international dimension to their education. PLS/HIS 310 American Foreign Policy or PLS/HIS 330 Cold War. HIS 217 History of Chinese and Japanese Civilization. such as comparative politics. Requirements: • Nine semester hours consisting of: GPH 210 World Regional Geography. geography. human rights. international relations. with focus on selected policy ideas and issues. PLS 152 U. structures and outcomes. with additional electives in related fields. SOC 396 Intercultural Communication. PLS 152 Global Issues (3) Critical analysis of a wide range of global issues. PLS 151 Introduction to American Public Policies and Issues (3) Examination of American public policy processes. • Credit through the Defense Language Institute at the intermediate proficiency level may be used to fulfill this requirement.COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES – POLITICAL SCIENCE 143 Minor in International Relations (21 semester hours) The minor in international relations seeks to provide students with an understanding of the political economic. population and global environmental issues. social and cultural relations between nations. HIS 215 History of Islamic Civilization. Political Science Courses PLS 150 Survey of American Government and Politics (3) Structure. including terrorism. The minor requires coursework in political science. history and languages. PLS 352 Asian Politics. PLS 300 International Relations. JPN 201/202 Intermediate Japanese. The minor recognizes the fact that we live in an interdependent world where globalization has had a tremendous impact on foreign and domestic policy. economics.

PLS 310 American foreign Policy (3) A study of the origins. Russia and selected other European political systems. Although course focuses on U.Vietnam relations. political parties. Equivalent to HIS 325. Equivalent to HIS 330. political structures. its impact on the foreign and domestic policies of the U. Relationship between public administrative agencies and other government entities.144 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES – POLITICAL SCIENCE PLS 220 State and Local Politics and Administration (3) Structures. and Soviet Union. it also examines the French role in Indochina and regional developments since the war’s end. class and race as they apply to the theory and practice of feminism. Emphasis on comparative political methodology. Particular attention given to the concepts of gender. Emphasis on contemporary political and economic problems in the region. political participation and selected studies in political linkage. development of the modern state system. Techniques of public administration.S. and the role of perceptions and misperceptions on the part of U. PLS 360 Women and Politics (3) Explores the role of women in American politics. PLS 330 Cold War (3) The course traces the origins of the Cold War. political culture. and Soviet decision-makers. interest groups and contemporary political and economic problems. Case studies on war. and the formulation and implementation of U. voting. PLS 364 Political behavior and Public Opinion (3) The political socialization process and development of political attitudes. PLS 295/395/495 Special Topics (1-3) To be arranged with department advisor.S. Equivalent to HIS 310. PLS 300 International Relations (3) Study of major concepts and practices of international politics. PLS 352 Government and Politics of Asia (3) Study of the government and politics of China. foreign policy. .S. foreign policy.S. development and implementation of U.S. Japan and selected Southeast Asian states. Selected historic social and political struggles of women. PLS 350 Government and Politics of Europe (3) A study of the government and politics of Britain. the emergence and impact of “second wave” feminism. functions and processes of state and local governments. France. Opinion. values and beliefs. PLS 325 History of the Vietnam War (3) A history of the Vietnam War from 1945 to 1975. and the contemporary role of women in conventional and non-conventional political action. Germany. approaches to the study of peace.

Equivalent to CJ 420. PLS 420 Philosophy of Law (3) This course provides an overview of the nature. Prerequisite: Sophomore Standing. Alternative explanations of the rise and fall of capitalism. Supreme Court decisions and how they relate to society. PLS 430 Civil Liberties (3) Investigation of the origins of the U. evolution. Emphasis on studying and clarifying effects of U. theories and philosophical basis of western law. including 20th century developments. attempting to develop a greater understanding of the most important relationship in American government.S. Roots of Anglo-American jurisprudence.S. protection of property. structure of American court system. Conservative.COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES – POLITICAL SCIENCE 145 PLS 366 Congress and the Presidency (3) Examines the constitutional foundation.S. roles and performance of Congress and the Presidency. Equivalent to CJ 430. Democratic. composition. PLS 379 Judicial Process (3) Role of the American court system. PLS 378 American Constitutional Development (3) Interpretation of the U. Supreme Court. Equivalent to HIS 385. Constitution and its amendments. Socialist. Equivalent to CJ 379. principles. Marxist and Fascist perspectives. organization. civil liberties. The purpose of the course is to acquaint students with the history of ideas that constitutes the foundation for western legal reasoning. Equivalent to HIS 378.S. PLS 381 Political Parties (3) Political parties in the United States and abroad. PLS 499 Senior Seminar Paper (3) UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS . Emphasis on questions of federalism. and separation and delegation of government powers. profit-taking and possessive individualism. PLS 390/490 Legislative and Administrative Internships (3-12) Department permission and junior standing required. Constitution by the U. functions. Liberal. leadership and influence on the formation and execution of public policy. their history. Extensive reference to the experience of the North Atlantic community. political aspects of legal institutions. PLS 385 Political Ideologies — Their Origin and Impact (3) Development of post-17th-century Western political and social theory. PLS 435 History of Capitalism (3) Origins of private property. Equivalent to HIS 435. PLS 397 Directed Study (1-3) Departmental permission required.

students interested in pursuing a legal education are encouraged to select a rigorous course of study.146 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES – PRE-LAW / PSYCHOLOGY PRE-LAW faculty Robert Hauhart The pre-law curriculum at Saint Martin’s University consists of courses offered by a number of departments including political science. Pre-law students are encouraged to select courses that stress writing skills. The department’s curriculum does not emphasize any single school of thought. and broad exposure to a challenging array of courses that reflects our American intellectual heritage. . and supporting documentation. it provides a broad-based education in psychology that gives students completing the program the skills and self-confidence to use a variety of perspectives in their work with people. Many majors offer strong preparation for legal study. Admission to law school is heavily influenced by the applicant’s University grade point average. each student is advised according to his or her individual educational plan. criminal justice and business. and situation. As a consequence. interest. Since the goals and background of students vary. critical thinking. score on the Law School Admission Test (LSAT). PSYCHOLOGY faculty Michael Butler Jeanette Munn Jeremy Newton Sheila Steiner The Department of Psychology has three interrelated objectives: • To provide students with knowledge through classroom work and field experience that will prepare them for entry-level positions in human services professions. maintain above average academic standing. • To help prepare interested students for graduate study in psychology and related fields. and develop strong relationships with faculty who challenge and develop their intellectual skills. history. The department structures coursework and field placements to integrate experiential learning with rigorous study of psychology as the scientific study of human beings. • To provide students with opportunities to examine and interpret human lives and relationships through psychological perspectives. rigorous nature of his or her academic program. Instead.

Cognitiion. • PSY 420 Personality Theories • 6 additional upper-division electives in psychology UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS Minor in Psychology (21 semester hours) Master of Arts in Counseling Psychology Please see graduate program section of this catalog.COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES – PSYCHOLOGY 147 bachelor of Arts General Education Core (42-48 semester hours) Major in Psychology (42 semester hours) Lower-Division Courses • MTH 201 Introduction to Statistics • PSY 101 Introduction to Psychology • PSY 205 Child and Adolescent Development • PSY 240 Research Methods Upper-Division Courses (30 semester hours) • PSY 320 Social Psychology • PSY 335 Abnormal Psychology • PSY 390 Psychology Internship • PSY 420 Personality Theories • PSY 430 Learning. emotion. perception. Application of principles to an understanding of one’s own behavior and the behavior of others is stressed. and Behavior • PSY 499 Senior Seminar • 12 additional upper division electives in psychology Lower-Division Courses (6 semester hours) • PSY 101 Introduction to Psychology • PSY 240 Research Methods Upper-Division Courses (15 semester hours) • PSY 320 Social Psychology • PSY 335 Abnormal Psychology. learning. personality. motivation. . Psychology Courses PSY 101 Introduction to Psychology (3) A general survey of the psychological aspects of human behavior: cognition. dysfunctional behavior and treatment.

148 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES – PSYCHOLOGY PSY 205 Child and Adolescent Development (3) Survey of human development and functioning from infancy through adolescence. Topics include sexual anatomy. Topics will include: historically significant psychological theories of religion. PSY 315 Psychology of Religion and Spirituality (3) This course will familiarize students with a wide variety of psychological topics related to the study of religion and spirituality. . Emphasis on practical mastery of research skills and knowledge of data sources. and empirical research on specific spiritual disciplines and psychological orientations toward religion (that exist across religions. PSY 310 Psychology of Human Sexuality (3) Focuses on physiological. and time periods). Equivalent to SOC 320. sexuality and attitudes toward women and men. cultures. pregnancy and childbirth. Also covers ways in which family experiences can affect family members and how psychologists work with dysfunctional families. PSY 305 Adulthood and Aging (3) The study of predictable life challenges and changing capacities in adulthood and old age. violence. Emphasis on placing development within the interpersonal. attitude formations. the paraphillias. prominent psychological theories and models contained within the world’s major religious systems. sexual behaviors and intimacy. PSY 240 Research Methods (3) The practice of social scientific research. the related but distinct psychological variables of religiosity and spirituality. motivations. human sexual response. cognitive systems of belief. social and emotional influences on belief and practice. methods of data collection and analysis. intimacy and the development of sexual identity. psychological and cultural influences on human sexuality. PSY 325 Psychology of Men (3) Study of major issues having impact on development of male gender identity. perceptions and communicative processes. PSY 330 Psychology of the family (3) Survey of major systems theories used by psychologists to examine family life. Equivalent to SOC 240. social and cultural settings that give an individual support and direction. PSY 295/395/495 Special Topics (3) To be arranged with department advisor. sexual health and illness. parental relationships. prejudices. How they influence the individual’s needs. Topics include: work. intimacy. PSY 320 Social Psychology (3) Overview of group formation and interaction in relation to environment.

students will receive a thorough introduction to the study. stigma. and treatment of mental illnesses (i. We will consider the history and social implications of drug use. Major topics of lecture and discussion will include: the concept of “abnormality” in contemporary scientific psychology. PSY 345 Counseling Theories (3) Survey of major theories of counseling. The main focus is on the ways in which psychologists are involved in working alongside medical professionals to promote health and wellness. PSY 335 Abnormal Psychology (3) In this course. diagnostic procedures and criteria. Prerequisite: PSY 101. coping. UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS . Current information derived from empirical research reports and other academic sources is emphasized. as well as examine the issues of drug dependence and treatment for dependence. stress. PSY 340 Interviewing (3) Interviewing as a practical skill in social service and social science. stress management. Also sometimes known as Behavioral Medicine. Prerequisites: PSY 101. research.COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES – PSYCHOLOGY 149 PSY 333 biological Psychology (3) In this class we will examine the structure and function of the nervous system. PSY 343 Health Psychology (3) Health Psychology is a rapidly growing field of study and practice. psychologists use cognitivebehavioral knowledge and techniques in directly providing patient care. coping styles and techniques. They are also heavily involved in research on the important connections between health. stress. This includes the examination of the relationship between stress and illness. Current information derived from empirical research reports and other academic sources is emphasized. including sensation and perception. We will also consider how the nervous system is involved in various behavioral and psychological phenomena. the common ways in which human beings suffer from distress and impairment). Prerequisite: PSY 101. including legal. coping with illness and lifestyle changes. and ethical principles related to the treatment of individuals with mental illnesses. and therapeutic drugs. PSY 353 Drugs and Society (3) In this class we will examine psychoactive substances. consciousness. the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (the primary diagnostic classification system in the United States). and the influence of personality and relationships on health and illness. Equivalent to CJ 353. and psychological disorders. prevention of illness. illegal. PSY 355 Great books in Psychology (3) Study of seminal texts that have shaped modern psychology. based on the biopsychosocial model. Prerequisite: Junior standing. We will place special emphasis on the biological elements of drug use and abuse. cognition. PSY 240. and illness. specific mental health conditions and their treatments. motivation.e. Readings are in the contexts of development of psychology in particular and the social sciences in general.

Adler. and behavior (3) This course covers major theories of human and animal learning. Cognition. PSY 420 Personality Theories (3) A survey of major theories of personality development. The history of experimental psychology is also emphasized in this course. Topics include classical and operant conditioning. Women’s identity as “self in relation” will be examined as well as the clinical application of these theories. Perls. Students are expected to arrange internship sites prior to the beginning of the semester. Skill training in consensus. PSY 370 Psychology of Dreams (3) Study of physiological. Theories of interpretation by Freud. arbitration. PSY 430 Learning. Application of group methods. body image. Research on girls’ and women’s development will be explored and contrasted to previous psychological models based on male development. Emphasis on developments since 1900.150 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES – PSYCHOLOGY PSY 360 History and Systems of Psychology (3) Development of the major schools of thought in psychology. PSY 387 body Image and Eating Disorders (3) This course focuses on cultural and psychological issues related to gender. Focus on understanding the value of different styles of leadership and treatment results. and obesity. conflict resolution and effective communication. PSY 397 Directed Study (3) An examination of selected issues or research projects in psychology. The dangers of dieting are examined along with research on effective weight loss programs. bulimia. PSY 380 Psychology of Group Processes (3) Study of major group therapy methods. PSY 390/490 Psychology Internship (1-6) Experience with and application of psychological principles in a selected community agency or organization. We will review the professional literature on anorexia. PSY 365 Industrial/Organizational Psychology (3) Learning experiences in participatory management. and bingeeating disorders and look at research-based methods of assessment and treatment. Jung and Hall are explored. eating disorders. including behavioristic and cognitivistic theories. theoretical and functional aspects of dreaming. negotiation. May be repeated with consent of instructor. Cultural and media messages about ideal body size are explored. PSY 385 Psychology of Women (3) In this class students will study the development of female gender identity and theories related to the psychology of women. historical. the biological .

and writing research reports. loss. PSY 440 Grief and Loss (3) The objective of this course is to provide current and timely information on a variety of grief. childhood bereavement. models of human memory. PSY 498 Advanced Research Design (3) In this class students gain experience designing and conducting research. Prerequisite: PSY/SOC 240. working in teams. survivors. psychological theories regarding grief. and other topics of interest to students. PSY 499 Senior Seminar (3) Preparation and presentation of a senior paper that demonstrates competency in a selected psychology topic. loss. suicide. cultural grief. death ritual and custom. UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS . the grief process. Prerequisites: MTH 201. spiritual aspects of death and dying. and the application of learning and cognitive theories to bring about positive behavioral changes. Bereavement counseling will be addressed.COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES – PSYCHOLOGY 151 basis of learning and memory. and chronic sorrow. students will conduct an empirical study of a research topic chosen by the instructor. Then. the funeral. and death related topics. students will develop a research proposal for an empirical study to be completed in the spring as their thesis projects. analyzing data. Such topics may include but will not be limited to: cultural variables in the death process. senior status. PSY 240. death with dignity. We will review experimental and non-experimental methods of research. near death experience. but will not be the focus of this course. the rise of cognitive science. senior status or with instructor permission. helping children cope with death. Individually. Prerequisites: PSY 101. HIV/AIDS.

Students in the program gain a broad-based education in critical reasoning and writing skills through the study of culture and society. bachelor of Arts General Education Core (42-48 semester hours) Major in Sociology/Cultural Anthropology (39 semester hours) Lower-Division Courses • SOC 101 Modern Society and Culture • SOC 102 American Social Problems • SOC 103 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology • SOC 240 Research Methods Upper-Division Courses (27 upper-division semester hours in sociology and cultural anthropology. The department is also home to the University’s pre-law program. It offers the Bachelor of Arts degree in Community Services. including:) • SOC 318 History of Sociology and Anthropology • SOC 320 Social Psychology . including sociological consulting. applied anthropology consulting. and Sociology and Cultural Anthropology. race and stratification in contemporary society. ethnicity.152 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES – SOCIAL JUSTICE / SOCIOLOGY SOCIAL JUSTICE faculty Robert Hauhart Victor Kogan David Price Katya Shkurkin The Department of Social Justice is an administrative unit that incorporates the intellectual orientations and curricula of several distinct but complementary programs. Detailed information about the curricula and course offerings for these programs can be found in their respective sections of this catalog. as well as minor concentrations in each of those disciplines and in Legal Studies. The sociology and cultural anthropology major also serves the professional requirements of other departments by examining the impact of culture. SOCIOLOGY AND CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY faculty Robert Hauhart Victor Kogan David Price Katya Shkurkin The Sociology and Cultural Anthropology Program is an interdisciplinary major designed to prepare students for work in a variety of fields. museum studies and a variety of service careers in both the public and private sector. Criminal Justice.

Perspectives and answers of different sociologists are examined. death and bereavement. Comparison of biological facts with common stereotypes and discriminatory practices. UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS . Social meaning and demography of aging.COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES – SOCIOLOGY & CULTURAL ANTHRO 153 • SOC 350 Social Theory • SOC 450 Advanced Research for the Social Sciences • SOC 499 Sociology Seminar Lower-Division Courses • SOC 101 Modern Society and Culture • SOC 102 American Social Problems • SOC 240 Research Methods Upper-Division Courses (12 semester hours of electives in sociology and cultural anthropology) Minor in Sociology/Cultural Anthropology (21 semester hours) Sociology and Cultural Anthropology Courses SOC 101 Modern Society and Culture (3) A survey of sociology and sociological theory. researching and analyzing social problems. current social policies. political. SOC 302 Sex. methods of data collection and analysis. SOC 103 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology (3) Studies of societies that contrast with Western civilization. Examination of the basic forms and processes that characterize modern society and culture. Equivalent to PSY 240. race and disability. role adjustments associated with retirement. problems and potentials. Race and Disability (3) Social meanings of sex. leading to an acquaintance with the concept of culture and its importance to an understanding of human behavior. physical and psychological aging. SOC 240 Research Methods (3) The nature of social scientific research. individual rights and community responsibilities. Impact of stress on life. Emphasis on practical mastery of research skills and knowledge of data sources. Emphasis on developing a foundation for understanding. health care and social service needs. SOC 303 Sociology of Aging (3) Examination of aging from social-psychological and macro-psychological perspectives. SOC 102 American Social Problems (3) A survey of major social problems in American society. economic and interpersonal problems and issues. programs. age discrimination.

cross-cultural considerations of gender. perceptions and communicative processes. SOC 320 Social Psychology (3) Overview of group formation and interaction in relation to environment. Equivalent to CJ 305. measures to secure them. SOC 340 Child Welfare (3) Rights and needs of children. SOC 318 History of Sociology and Anthropology (3) Examination of the early sociology and anthropology masters. Course also explores ethical principles of social service work. the politics of reproduction and models of engendered sexuality. SOC 350 Social Theory (3) In-depth survey of the major conceptual framework of sociology. families and groups. SOC 339 Introduction to Community Services: Methods and Ethics (3) Introduction to methodology of community service work with individuals. motivation. probable future development. social order and institutional change. Prerequisite: PSY 340. Examination of how they influence the individual in terms of needs. the Women’s Clubs. Prerequisite: junior standing. SOC 325 Criminology and Juvenile Delinquency (3) Nature and causes of crime and delinquency and efforts to control them. SOC 333 Women. including theories of group action. SOC 395 Special Topics (1-3) To be arranged with department advisor. attitude formation. Culture and Society (3) Examination of anthropological and sociological models of gender theory. and the progressive era. domestic organization. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. Equivalent to WS 316. and specific leaders in many communities who began to address social ills of our young nation. . SOC 316 The History of Women in North American Social Work: 1848-1945 (3) Focusing on the historical context. essentialism. marital and familial processes and conflicts in American society. Open to non-majors. analysis of the problems and processes of the juvenile justice system. emergence of sociology and anthropology as sciences. SOC 380 Marriage and the family (3) Sexual. history of sociology and anthropology in a social context. Topics covered include social construction of gender. psychological and feminist theories of the time. cross-cultural examination of the family. Equivalent to CJ 325.154 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES – SOCIOLOGY & CULTURAL ANTHRO SOC 305 Juvenile Justice (3) An examination of the legal history of the juvenile court. Special focus on the Settlement House movement. Equivalent to PSY 320. economic gender inequality. the sociological. prejudice.

cultural and biological factors. SOC 397 Directed Study (1-3) Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. politics and other relevant fields of study. Casillas Gloria Martin Jeanette Munn David Price Katya Shkurkin Roger Snider Women’s studies offers a comprehensive program that provides students with a multidisciplinary body of theoretical and factual knowledge about women. Minor in Women’s Studies (18 semester credits) Required Courses (six credits) • WS 200 Introduction to Women’s Studies • WS 400 Feminist Theory and Practice Electives (12 credits chosen from the following) • BIO 395 Women and Science • ENG 381 Women’s Literature . observation. the arts. WOMEN’S STUDIES UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS Faculty Olivia Archibald Rex J. questionnaire construction and analysis. experimentation. Prerequisite: SOC/PSY 240. psychological. Prerequisite: senior standing. history and changing roles. The minor gives students information about women’s experiences.COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES – WOMEN’S STUDIES 155 SOC 396 Intercultural Communication (3) Cross-cultural examination of international. Coursework includes scholarship by and/or about women in literature. survey methods. measurement. Coursework intended for anyone whose work or lifestyle may involve encounters of the intercultural kind. history. SOC 450 Advanced Research for the Social Sciences (3) Course studies sociological research methods. and the construction and representation of gender. sampling. SOC 499 Sociology Seminar (3) A major research paper on an approved topic under the direction of the department. science. It also analyzes the experiences of women with respect to social. thus offering a valuable background for most professions and an important complement to any major. domestic and personal communication.

humanities. WS 316 The History of Women in North American Social Work: 1848-1945 (3) Focusing on the historical context. the sociological. Open to non-majors. sexuality and physical ability intersect to impact our lives.156 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES – WOMEN’S STUDIES • ENG 395 Literature Criticism • HIS 305 History of American Women • HIS 315 Women’s Sports History • PSY 310 Human Sexuality • PSY 385 Psychology of Women • PSY 387 Body Image and Eating Disorders • SOC 333 Women. Special focus on the Settlement House movement. and the progressive era. . their representations and their relative positions in societies. WS 295/395/495 Special Topics in Women’s Studies (3) Elective courses offered periodically on topics related to women’s studies. focusing on a multi-disciplinary understanding of women’s lives. class. Prerequisite: WS 200 and senior status. Equivalent to SOC 316. psychological and feminist theories of the time. Also explores women’s contributions to the arts. and specific leaders in many communities who began to address social ills of our young nation. Will examine how gender. age. announced by faculty. Examination of feminist approaches to explaining women’s experiences. Culture and Society • WS 295/395/495 Special Topics • WS 316 History of Women in North American Social Work • WS 397 Directed Studies Women’s Studies Courses WS 200 Introduction to Women’s Studies (3) Introduction to research and methods of women’s studies. WS 397 Directed Studies (3) An examination of selected issues or research projects in women’s studies. social sciences and science. culture. the Women’s Clubs. WS 400 feminist Theory and Practice (3) Capstone experience for students with women’s studies minors. Program permission required.

is granted accreditation by the Teacher Education Accreditation Council (TEAC) for a period of five years from June 2008 to June 2013. counselor and administrator programs that comply with specific state requirements. as well as local school district teachers. which is designed to prepare teacher candidates to become outstanding P-12 professionals. Students completing the elementary. UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS . Dean Mission Statement In a culture inspired by the interaction of faith. the University’s education programs ensure that all students have knowledge in the liberal arts. secondary or special education options are eligible for certification by the state of Washington. participate in the program and contribute to its quality and relevance. and administrator candidates to become outstanding P-12 professionals. Saint Martin’s University’s education programs are approved by the Washington Professional Educator Standards Board. Through pre-program requirements. the College of Education and Professional Psychology adds strong professional teacher. students gain essential knowledge and skills and participate in varied field experiences in P-12 schools. Certification requirements are subject to changes enacted by the state’s Professional Educator Standards Board. skills. and service. The goal of Saint Martin’s University education programs is to select and prepare teacher. 50 traditional program and 24 alternate route program candidates were enrolled in supervised internships during the 2009-2010 academic year. counselors and administrators. and dispositions to transform the lives of those they serve. This accreditation certifies that the forenamed professional education program has provided evidence that the program adheres to TEAC’s quality principles. To the general University emphasis on basic strength in academic areas of study for all graduates. Complete Title II Reports are available on the University website. reason. counselor. Title II 2009-2010 Institutional Report Card Information: The pass rates of traditional and alternative route program completers for the WEST-E is 100 percent. During the professional sequence. A total of 183 candidates were enrolled during 2009-2010. University faculty.COLLEGE OF EDUCATION AND PROFESSIONAL PSYCHOLOGY 157 COLLEGE Of EDUCATION AND PROfESSIONAL PSYCHOLOGY Joyce Westgard. TEAC Accreditation: Saint Martin’s University’s Residency Teacher Education Program. our mission is to prepare a community of reflective practitioners who use their knowledge. which take precedence over requirements outlined in the University’s catalog. candidates in the alternate route program typically participate in a yearlong full-time supervised internship. Candidates in the traditional program typically participate in 16 weeks of full-time supervised internship (560 hours).

The Residency School Counselor Program: The program can be completed as a certification-only (education staff associate) or as part of a Master of Education strand. compassion. The pluralistic and ever-changing world of diverse students and knowledge will always be welcomed by our graduates. . As a community of educators. The Residency School Administrator Program: The program can be completed as certification-only for principal and/or programadministrator as part of a Master of Education degree strand. True to its Roman Catholic Benedictine heritage. Such is our mission. an educational philosophy centered on meeting the needs of the individual child. and a base of practical experience on which to build. They are ready to promote hospitality. but also with strong values. and education within the community of the school. Saint Martin’s University makes no guarantees for students to be recommended for Washington State teacher/counselor/administrator certification based on course and field experience completion alone. they will take with them a core set of human. flexibility. and camaraderie reflected in our commitment to bridging and connecting the classrooms at Saint Martin’s with the schools of the community. We value our heritage and our mission continues. College of Education and Professional Psychology Conceptual framework Mission Statement: When an education professional leaves the Saint Martin’s Education Programs. the education programs share the University’s strong emphasis on moral and ethical values. we see the values of hard work. Students may be withdrawn from education programs at the discretion of the College of Education and Professional Psychology as a result of the Staffing Level II/Intervention Level II process. scholarship.158 CEPP The programs also are shaped by practitioners who serve on professional education advisory boards (PEABs). spiritual. and democratic values. The Professional Teacher Certification Program (second-level certification): The program can be completed as certification-only or as part of a Master of Education degree strand. We see it in ourselves as we mutually support each other with personal encouragement and academic integrity. independently after the baccalaureate is completed (certification-only). Education and Professional Psychology Programs: The education programs include bachelor’s and master’s degree options as well as non-degree certification-only options: The Residency Teacher Certification Program (first-level certification): The program can be completed as part of a bachelor’s degree. A teacher/counselor/administrator education candidate at Saint Martin’s will enter his or her first school prepared not only with knowledge. or as part of theMaster in Teaching degree.

and concurrently. and dispositions within their chosen field. Commitment to Excellence We are committed to assuring that candidates will be provided an intellectual and professional learning environment that is rigorous. and critical thinking and problem solving tasks. Candidates are intentionally guided. and significant themes of inquiry integrating both the practical and the theoretical aspects of knowledge. technological utilization. Philosophy Statement: The Education Programs at Saint Martin’s University have been constructed to allow for the confluence of 1. who promote stimulating environments for increasingly diverse students. Our programs are developed and conducted with high expectations that candidates will be personally engaged in their learning. and grow in spiritual and ethical character with the goal of promoting the better education and welfare of children. and administrative skills. subscribe to a progressive spirit. counseling. candidates completing our academic and certification programs will be agents of change and educational leaders who are resilient. Candidates are held accountable to demonstrate professional dispositions and organize and simultaneously manage multiple projects within established timelines. We feel that the blending of tradition and modernity allows us to develop education professionals with curiosity. think critically. stimulated in their thinking and genuinely challenged to expand the knowledge. reach further and to encourage creative and resourceful exploration of alternative pathways to address presented issues and tasks. completion of realistic analysis. the constructivist approach to knowledge and skills formulation. education. multi-age grouping practices. In partnership with our students and P-12 professional educators. relevant and realistic.CEPP 159 Vision Statement: Saint Martin’s University strives to focus our education programs upon the development of professionals who value tradition. love learning. we strive to realize potential. and who value the dynamics of pluralism. UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS . Therefore. hospitality. Academic courses and program experiences are purposefully designed for candidates to probe deeper. Candidates will demonstrate their abilities to meet professional standards through effective oral and written communications. Our learning community instills excellence in thought and service while nurturing a candidate’s sense of personal and professional development. Purpose Statement: The purpose of the Saint Martin’s University Programs is to provide a distinctive professional educational experience in our education programs. therefore.500 years of Benedictine traditions of scholarship. Core Values: Our programs. and community with current thoughts and practices of today. and individuality. involve the recognition of change. skills. coached and supported in their enhancement of relevant and meaningful teaching. change. reflective practitioners meeting the needs of an evolving world.

the College of Education and Professional Psychology adds strong professional training programs which comply with specific state requirements. physically.160 CEPP Our curriculum engages students in basic skills development through inquiry-oriented. and problem-solve and construct/discover new learning opportunities for themselves. field experiences. to methods courses/opportunities. A teacher/counselor/administrator educated at Saint Martin’s will enter his/her first school prepared not only with knowledge. an educational philosophy centered on meeting the needs of the individual child. Individuals completing our programs will utilize/communicate with technology as it relates to teaching. and the need for students to be active agents in their education. P-12 students and staff. practiced. finally. The programs are also shaped by practitioners who serve on its Professional Education Advisory Boards (PEAB). developed. a strong background in academic content areas. the College of Education and Professional Psychology shares the University’s strong emphasis on moral and ethical values and development of the whole person — intellectually. Students who complete our program(s) are able to function as future educators in a pluralistic. . Pedagogy (Pedagogical Knowledge and Skills): Individuals will develop and utilize pedagogical strategies and skills necessary to their program. lead us to the core of the College of Education and Professional Psychology Conceptual Framework: 1. Full program design statements are available in the Education Student Handbook and on the website. and ethical decision making. but also with strong values. and a base of experience upon which to build. stmartin.edu/education. performance and reflective assessment. and spiritually. True to its Catholic Benedictine heritage. reflective. creatively participate in free and open inquiry. critical. www. Curriculum (Subject Matter Knowledge): The College of Education and Professional Psychology is dedicated to developing competent professional educators who have strong knowledge in subject matter. Program Design: Spiral/Integrated Program Design: Programs have been designed to integrate knowledge/skills throughout courses and various learning and field experience opportunities. Education Programs will provide a community for P-12 and SMU collaboration. Guiding Principles: The goal of Saint Martin’s University College of Education and Professional Psychology is to select and prepare candidates to become outstanding P-12 professionals. To the general University emphasis on basic strength in academic areas of study for all graduates. Knowledge/skills are introduced. and mastered as students proceed through the program from the introductory courses/ opportunities to the core foundation courses/opportunities. therefore. creative. Goals: The following three goals. Our programs support the use of case studies. and imaginative thinking. to the student teaching/internship. and. thus enriching pre-service through the pro- 2. democratic society and recognize the need for instruction in both social (group) and personal (individual) realms. consensual.

3. Students may need to repeat all or part of those courses before student teaching as per advisor recommendation. a caring. Contact the Education office (360-4384333) for additional details.CEPP 161 fessional performance continuum. Students who receive a “C-” in any course required by their program are required to retake the course. openness to innovation. the ability to apply that theory and knowledge in practical. All Education Programs: Waiver and Substitution Options Waiver and substitution options are available for courses based on approved documentation of equivalent knowledge and skills. Ordinarily. and.00) or better in each program course. confidence and sensitivity in classroom leadership. skill. and personal integrity. Students must earn a grade of “C” (2. daily situations. With these goals in mind. Students who preregister will be processed on the assumption that they will satisfactorily complete all coursework presently being taken. or whose overall grade point average falls below 3. Caring Community (Professional Dispositions): The Education Programs are dedicated to developing a caring community of teacher/ counselor administrator colleagues with strong ethical character.0 (a “B” average). the ability to gain employment. Students who receive two grades of “C-” or lower in any program or endorsement course. nurturing attitude toward children and colleagues. Students may reapply to the program when grade discrepancies have been rectified. Individuals completing our programs will reflect democratic traditions — including acceptance (hospitality) of all individuals and sensitivity for cultural diversity. will be automatically withdrawn from the teacher certification program. Individuals completing our programs will have participated in a variety of leadership and service opportunities and multiple P-12 field experiences. courses in basic certification and/or endorsements completed more than seven years before admission or readmission to the teacher certification program do not meet professional requirements. technological and teaching techniques for successfully transmitting that knowledge and application skill. collaborative skill. the College of Education and Professional Psychology’s programs were designed to supply its students with: an excellent background in academic and pedagogical theory and knowledge. professional leadership. UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS . Education students must meet the professional education requirements in effect when they are accepted to an education program within the College. not those in effect when they were admitted to the University. including placements with school districts with diverse student populations. All Education Programs: Academic Policy Students should review prerequisites for all courses required for their teacher certification program.

with $35 processing fee • Forms contained within the application packet • Three letters of recommendation • Copies of official transcripts from all schools. mathematics and writing tests • An on-site essay (handwritten. Infant. priority dates for consideration are: Lacey and Centralia Campuses Alternative Route (STAR) option Joint base LewisMcChord Campuses June 1 for fall November 1 for spring March 1 for summer April 1 for summer academy Term 1 July 1 Term 2 September 1 Term 3 December 1 Term 4 February 1 Term 5 April 1 All application forms. test scores and the application fee should be mailed to: College of Education and Professional Psychology. Lacey. a student must complete all the required courses and be recommended for a . WA 98503-7500.162 CEPP Residency Teacher: Application Applicants must submit the following materials to be considered for admission: • Acceptance to Saint Martin’s University (degree-seeking students only) • College of Education and Professional Psychology application packet. approved waiver documentation for previous life and/or work experience. Saint Martin’s University. and Child) • A color Photograph Applications accepted on a rolling basis. and/or successful passing of the appropriate WEST-E exams. To receive an endorsement in elementary education. Course requirements may be satisfied by coursework completed at a regionally accredited. one and one-half pages) describing shortand long-term goals as a professional educator • Fingerprint receipt (WSP & FBI) within last two years • Current first aid and CPR cards (Adult. Residency Teacher: Competency-based Endorsements All teacher certification candidates are required to complete two competency-based endorsements of 30 or more semester credits each or equivalent. State-approved college/university with a grade of “C” or better. letters of recommendation. middle-level or special education. colleges and universities attended (in addition to transcripts required by the Registrar’s Office) • Passing scores on the WEST-B: reading. 5300 Pacific Avenue SE.

Requirements for acceptance are: UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS . In addition to an endorsement in elementary. Residency Teacher: Procedures for Admission Students must apply for admission before or during the semester in which they complete the pre-professional sequence of courses. middle-level humanities. mathematics. drama. reading. students planning to enter the Saint Martin’s teacher education program must consult an advisor from the College of Education and Professional Psychology prior to taking courses. bilingual education. middle-level science. Students may be withdrawn from Education Programs at the discretion of the College of Education and Professional Psychology as a result of the Staffing Level II/Intervention Level II process. To insure proper sequencing of courses. English language learners.CEPP 163 residency teaching certificate with an endorsement in elementary education (kindergarten-8). instrumental music. middle-level (grades 4-9). Students seeking a Master in Teaching certification can be recommended only in the field of their major and in fields for which they meet state requirements for added endorsements. general music. health/fitness. choral music. Requirements for each of the revised Washington State endorsements offered by Saint Martin’s University are listed later in this section. All coursework must be completed before student teaching. Saint Martin’s University makes no guarantees for students to be recommended for Washington State teacher/counselor/administrator certification based on course and field experience completion alone. social studies. chemistry. English language arts. Residency Teacher: Program Requirements The residency teacher education program requires pre-professional courses. or special education (kindergarten-12). Saint Martin’s has been authorized by the Washington Professional Educator Standards Board to offer teacher certificate competency-based endorsements in the following fields: biology. middle-level and/or special education. middle-level math. Veterans Administration students must contact the veteran services representative regarding VA benefits. elementary education. each student is required to have at least one additional endorsement earned either at Saint Martin’s or elsewhere. early childhood education. history. French. additional coursework may be required. Students must apply for acceptance to the program before or during the pre-professional sequence. science. Japanese. basic courses and courses to complete two endorsements. While this requirement is usually satisfied with the student’s baccalaureate major. early childhood special education. Spanish and special education. Candidates for secondary education (grades 5-12) are required to have an academic major or equivalent (30 semester-hour minimum) in the area in which they intend to be endorsed.

Students may not be placed in the same school in which a spouse or family member is employed. broad liberal arts preparation. To be accepted to this option. Students may not make special arrangements on their own. but the University ultimately makes the internship assignments in cooperation with school district personnel. Students should contact the education office to obtain a teacher education certificate candidate application packet. normally requiring seven hours a day in the school.164 CEPP • An overall grade point average of at least 3. Concurrent enrollment in the student teaching/internship seminar is required of student teachers. • Scores that meet state requirements on standardized tests. but final acceptance of a student teacher is the prerogative of the school district. Residency Teacher: Student Teaching/Internship The teacher certification program requires supervised student teaching (also known as an internship). To facilitate placement. Students may not register for academic coursework other than the student teaching seminar during the semester in which they student teach. Saint Martin’s College of Education and Professional Psychology placement offices make no guarantees for student teaching placement in a particular school district or school building. Students are asked to convey special placement requests at that time. he or she must have demonstrated academic ability. application for a supervised internship must be made by the deadline for the internship. Students may be withdrawn from student teaching at the discretion of the College of Education and Professional Psychology faculty or of the administrators of the P-12 school. A student is expected to complete all required courses and at least 12 semester hours at Saint Martin’s University before student teaching. University supervisors will discuss individual placement problems with students. or during a particular semester. Completion of an application for intern teaching and assignment to a school or classroom are tentative and are based on successful completion of coursework in progress. To do so may jeopardize placement at that school and/or district and may result in termination of any/all field experience placements in that district for the student. Education programs staff will work diligently to obtain a placement for student teaching. plus additional time for class preparation and seminars.0. mathematics). • Demonstrated competency in basic skill areas (oral and written expression. All student teaching assignments are considered full-time work. a ma- . Students should contact the College of Education and Professional Psychology office for specific deadline dates. with a particular cooperating teacher or University supervisor. Residency Teacher: Post-baccalaureate Certification-Only Option An individual with a Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science degree from an accredited institution may be admitted to a certification-only option leading to program verification for a Residency Teaching Certificate.

CEPP 165 jor field acceptable for public school teaching and realistic career plans. Requirements vary depending on the current endorsement and the desired endorsement. appropriate methods knowledge/skills. graduate students will be expected to complete additional requirements. The “equal work but less credit” split-level courses therefore adjust for graduate credit earned. Program information is available from the Office of Admissions or the College of Education and Professional Psychology. Graduate degrees can be earned in conjunction with residency certification.. WEST-E tests and/or Performance-based Pedagogy Assessment evaluation. observation. • Graduate-level courses may be substituted for some courses leading to certification.) Residency Teacher: Split-Level Course Requirements Many courses offered in the master of education and master in teaching programs have an undergraduate level offered concurrently with the graduate level course. (Please see the graduate programs section of this catalog for complete program descriptions. These can be earned at Saint Martin’s or in earlier college or university experience. (See the “Graduate Programs” section of this catalog for a description of the Master of Education and Master in Teaching degree programs. Graduate core split level courses (e. Graduate students are also often required to analyze or perform research or accept greater leadership in the course content. Requirements can be met by a combination of coursework. Non-degree students seeking certification can only be verified in an area that meets state endorsement requirements and in fields for which they meet state requirements for added endorsements. except that: • Candidates who are not to be recommended for a bachelor’s degree at Saint Martin’s need not meet the University’s general education requirements. ED 306/MED 506) are typically one credit less than the undergraduate section.g. In split-level courses for which undergraduate and graduate students earn the same credit. . Contact the College of Education and Professional Psychology office for further information or application materials. UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS Graduate Degree Options The University’s College of Education and Professional Psychology offers programs leading to a master of education or a master in teaching degree. Requirements for the certification-only option are the same as those described for elementary and secondary degree certification options.) Added Endorsement Options Added endorsement options for current teachers are available for all endorsements authorized for Saint Martin’s University (refer to the list under “Endorsements” in this section). life and/or work experience. Individuals interested in the University’s certification-only option should contact the College of Education and Professional Psychology office.

Pre-Professional Courses (30-31 semester hours) May include General Education and/or academic field/added endorsement courses: • • • • • • • • • • • One mathematics course above MTH 101 One U. S. history course One world history course One natural science course with laboratory PSY 101 Introduction to Psychology ENG 101 College Writing I ENG 102 College Writing II SPH 106 Public Address -or.THR 211 Acting I ED 204 Introduction to Education ED 205 Child and Adolescent Development SOC 396 Intercultural Communications basic Courses (57 semester hours) Includes an endorsement in elementary education • • • • • • ED 306 Curriculum and Instruction TED 312 Classroom Technology SED 359 Introduction to Exceptionality ED 360 Classroom Management ED 370 Classroom Assessment ED 371 Education Law .166 CEPP – ELEMENTARY EDUCATION ELEMENTARY EDUCATION faculty Kathleen Allen Huabin Chen Mark Haddock Fumie Hashimoto Belinda Hill Paul Nelson Maureen Siera Lou Therrell Dan Windisch bachelor of Arts Grades Preschool–8 General Education Core (42-48 semester hours) General University degree requirements are listed in the “Academic Programs and Policies” section of this catalog.

Some credits may double as credits for a second or additional endorsement or for general education requirements. . UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS Second/Additional Endorsement (14-40 semester hours) In addition to the endorsement in “elementary education. SECONDARY EDUCATION faculty Ann Gentle Mark Haddock Eileen Reilich Maureen Siera Steve Siera Dan Windisch bachelor of Arts Grades 4–12 General Education Core (45-51 semester hours) General University degree requirements are listed in the “Academic Programs and Policies” section of this catalog. Certificate Endorsement / Academic Major (30-60 semester hours) Academic majors typically range between 30 and 60 semester hours. this second endorsement may require only 14 or 15 semester hours.” students are required to complete at least one additional endorsement in a second endorsable area.CEPP – SECONDARY EDUCATION 167 • • • • • • • • • • • • ED 383 Issues of Abuse/ Teacher as Counselor ED 411 Methods of Teaching Mathematics ED 415 Methods of Teaching Science ED 418 Methods of Teaching Social Studies ED 419 Methods of Teaching Language Arts ED 426 Methods of Teaching Language Acquisition ED 429 Arts and Movement ED 438 Literature for Children and Young Adults ED 474 Primary Reading/Writing ED 476 Elementary Content-area Reading . and with careful planning.Elementary Teachers ED 494 Student Teaching in the Elementary School ED 498 Student Teaching Seminar: Elementary Elementary Education Endorsement To receive an endorsement in “elementary education. The additional endorsement may be earned either at Saint Martin’s University or elsewhere. P-8. Depending on the endorsement area.” a student must complete all required courses and be verified for program completion for a residency teaching certificate with an endorsement in elementary education (P-8). P-8.

general). instrumental. chemistry. Candidates must have advisors in both the College of Education and Professional Psychology and their academic major. English. drama. Students completing the Secondary Education Program meet the requirements for a minor in education. music (choral. basic Courses (42 semester hours) Required before student teaching: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • ED 306 Curriculum and Instruction TED 312 Classroom Technology SED 359 Introduction to Exceptionality ED 360 Classroom Management ED 370 Classroom Assessment ED 371 Education Law ED 383 Issues of Abuse/Teacher as Counselor ED 426 Methods of Teaching Language Acquisition ED 482 Reading Assessment and Intervention for Secondary Teachers ED 484 General Methods for Secondary Teachers ED 485 Content-area Reading for Secondary Teachers ED 487 Secondary Methods Seminar/Practicum ED 496 Student Teaching in Secondary Schools ED 499 Student Teaching Seminar: Secondary .THR 211 Acting I • ED 204 Introduction to Education • ED 205 Child and Adolescent Development • SOC 396 Intercultural Communication * Some credits may be included in the University’s General Education and/or academic major requirements.168 CEPP – SECONDARY EDUCATION Candidates for secondary program verification are required to have an academic major in the area in which they intend to be endorsed. history and mathematics. Saint Martin’s University is authorized to verify its graduates for teaching endorsements in secondary schools (grades 4-12) in the following academic majors: biology. Required Pre-Professional Courses * (24-25 semester hours) • One mathematics course above MTH 101 • PSY 101 Introduction to Psychology • ENG 101 College Writing I • ENG 102 College Writing II • SPH 106 Public Address -or.

For a minor in education. Minor in Education (19-20 semester hours) Please see general information on education degree programs earlier in this catalog. Lower-Division Courses (6 semester hours) • ED 204 Introduction to Education • ED 205 Child and Adolescent Development Upper-Division Courses (13-14 semester hours) • SED 359 Introduction to Exceptionality • ED 306 Curriculum and Instruction • ED 383 Issues of Abuse/Teacher as Counselor Plus Two Courses Chosen From: • ED 360 Classroom Management • ED 371 Education Law • TED 312 Classroom Technology UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS • ED 370 Classroom Assessment NOTE: Completion of the education minor does not satisfy requirements for teacher certification. students must apply for acceptance before enrolling in any upper-division coursework. Students can earn the additional endorsement either at Saint Martin’s University or elsewhere.ED 482 Reading Assessment/Intervention Secondary • ED 479 Reading Practicum • ED 481 Issues and Trends in Literacy Instruction .CEPP – SECONDARY EDUCATION 169 Second/Additional Endorsements (0-40 semester hours) In addition to endorsement in the student’s major.) Upper-Division Courses • ED 419 Method of Teaching Language Arts • ED 438 Literature for Children and Young Adults • ED 474 Primary Reading/Writing • ED 475 Reader-Writer Workshop • ED 476 Content-area Reading for Elementary Teachers -or.ED 485 Content-area Reading for Secondary Teachers • ED 477 Reading Diagnosis -or. Minor in Reading (21-24 semester hours. Students must meet the same requirements as those applying to major in education. at least one additional endorsement is required. does not include a complete endorsement in reading.

MUS 110 or MUS 310 (applied lessons. • Been observed teaching. MUS 385 (8 credits minimum). Endorsements may require additional methods courses specified on the endorsement forms available in the College of Education and Professional Psychology office and on the website. ED 425/MED 525. MTH 101. ENG 306. CHM 142. SOC 396 or MED 605. MUS 395A. BIO 305 and lab. BIO 141 and lab. ED 476/MED 576 or ED 485/MED 585. PHY 141. MUS 306. ENG 433. MTH 357 or MTH 201 Chemistry Coursework or approved waiver documentation for: MTH 171. MUS 330. ENG 101 or ENG 102. CHM 202 and lab. MTH 201 or MTH 357. SED 461/MED 561. • Met all areas on the Washington State Teacher Assessment Evaluation. Complete information about endorsement requirements is available at the College of Education and Professional Psychology office. BIO 358 and lab. • The knowledge/skills equivalent to a “major” (i. CHM 105. CHM 141. CHM 371 and lab.) For a competency-based endorsement. BIO 142 and lab. BIO 328 and lab. CHM 299/399/401 or CHM 402 Choral Music Coursework or approved waiver documentation for: MUS 105. 30-45+ semester credits) in the endorsement area and related areas and/or approved waiver documentation. ED 426/MED 526. MUS 305.170 CEPP – ENDORSEMENT REQUIREMENTS WASHINGTON STATE COMPETENCY-bASED ENDORSEMENT REqUIREMENTS (Graduate-level courses may be substituted for lower-level requirements. Endorsements Offered Bilingual Education Coursework or approved waiver documentation for: Endorsement in FRN. secondary education. MUS 106. • Appropriate methods courses The student also must have: • Passed the WEST-E test in the appropriate endorsement areas. CHM 331..e. and/or special education. SPN. MUS 220. CHM 362. molecular biology. BIO 375 and lab. CHM 355. MUS 331. environmental biology. ED 427/ MED 527. or JPN. SED 359/MED 559. BIO 351 and lab. MUS 321. ED 438/MED 538 or ED 482/MED 582 or ED 466/MED 566. the student must have completed each of the following requirements: • College of Education and Professional Psychology requirements for Washington State Residency Teacher Certification in elementary education. or English advanced writing course. ED 428/MED 528 Biology Coursework or approved waiver documentation for: BIO elective: choose from cell biology. BIO 310 and lab or BIO 314 and lab. 6 credits minimum voice and 2 credits minimum piano). MUS 495 . CHM 201 and lab.

ED 419/MED 519. ED 476/MED 576 English Language Arts Coursework or approved waiver documentation for: ED 485/MED 585. PE 310. history courses. THR 330. PE 302. ED 476/MED 576. SPH course. PE 202/203 or PE 204.history of a French-speaking region General Music Coursework or approved waiver documentation for: MUS 105. ED 411/MED 511. ENG 203. FRN 102. ENG 201 or ENG 202. 8 credits minimum vocal. PLS 151. ED426/MED526. MUS 395A. MUS 330. ED425/MED525. FRN 295. FRN 101. ED 438/MED 538. 6 credits minimum major instrument). PE 400. HIS 141. THR 201. ED 370/MED 570. ED 418/MED 518. MUS 331. FRN 495B. MUS 305. THR 307 or THR 380. ED427/MED527. MUS 395C UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS . THR 450 Early Childhood Coursework or approved waiver documentation for a complete endorsement in elementary or special education and the following courses: ED 205/ MED 607. 5 credits minimum piano). ENG 326 English Language Learner Coursework or approved waiver documentation for: ENG 433 or ENG 306 or English advanced writing course. ENG 341/356/358/361/363 or 367. SED 359/MED559. ED 474/MED 574. MUS 385 (6 credits minimum). ED 474/MED 574. THR 350. THR 320. MUS 306. FRN 201. ENG 321 or ENG 322. ED 306/MED 506. MUS 306. MUS 386 (8 credits minimum band). MUS 305. ED 438/MED 538. ED 415/ MED 515. SOC396 or MED605. SOC 396/MED 605.HIS 102 and two other world/ regional history courses. HIS 142 and two other U. HIS 101. ED 474/MED 574. MUS 330. FRN 495C -or. ED428/MED528. MUS 220. ENG 102.CEPP – ENDORSEMENT REQUIREMENTS 171 Drama Coursework or approved waiver documentation for: THR 101. MUS 110 or MUS 310 (applied lessons. ENG 433. MUS 106. THR 211 or THR 305. TED 312/MED 512. ED 429/MED 529. MUS 220. SOC 396/MED 605. ED 472/ MED 572. THR 305. SED 359/MED 559. ED383/MED583 History Coursework or approved waiver documentation for: HIS 326. SED 359/MED 559. ED 438/MED 538. PE 301. PE 401. ED 205/MED 607. THR 401. THR 211. 1 credit woodwinds. GPH 210. FRN 495A. ED417/MED517. MUS 395B (3 credits minimum – 1 credit brass. SOC 396/MED 605. 2 credits minimum piano. FRN 395. ED 419/MED 519. FRN 202. MUS 106. ED 472/MED 572.S. ENG 385. PE 345 or PE 430. ENG 299 or ENG 302. SED469/MED569 or ED479/MED579 or approved Community College ECE supervised practicum Early Childhood Special Education Coursework completed for early childhood (with or without the WEST-E exam) and a complete endorsement in special education Elementary Education Coursework or approved waiver documentation for: ED 204/MED 607. ED 424/MED 524. MUS 331. 1 credit percussion). ECN 101 Instrumental Music Coursework or approved waiver documentation for: MUS 105. THR 250. SOC396 or MED605. MUS 395A. ENG 306. ED 497/MED 597 French Coursework or approved waiver documentation for: ED 205/MED 607. ED 426/MED 526. MUS 495 Health/Fitness Coursework or approved waiver documentation for: ED 205/MED 607. SED 359/ MED 559. MUS 110 or MUS 310 (applied lessons. ED477/MED577 or SED461/ MED561 or approved Community College ECE course.

SOC 396/MED 605. JPN 101. CHM 141 and lab. BIO 110 and lab or BIO 358 and lab or BIO 359 and lab. SOC 396/MED 605. ED 438/MED538. ED 477/MED577. ED 411/MED 511 (elementary focus) –or- ED 484 and ED 487 or MED 584 (secondary focus) Middle Level – Humanities Coursework or approved waiver documentation for: ED 486/MED 586. history course. ED 484 and ED 487 or MED 584 or ED 415/MED 515. SOC 396/MED 605. PHY 141 and lab or PHY 171 and lab. MTH 121 (or one year high school precalculus with “B” or better grade or Math Department placement test passing score or grade of “C” or better in MTH 171 or MTH 220). MTH 353 or MTH 361. MTH 172. ED 475/MED475. SED461/MED561. ED 481/MED581. ED 418/MED 518 or ED 419/MED 519 or ED 484 and ED 487 or MED 584. MTH 366. PHY 141 . SED 359/MED 559 or SED 461/MED 561. Choose two: ED 472/MED572. SOC 396/MED 605. and one economics course Middle Level – Math Coursework or approved waiver documentation for: ED 486/ MED 586. JPN 395. MTH 366 Middle Level – Science Coursework or approved waiver documentation for: ED 486/ MED 586. MTH 357. BIO 110 and lab or BIO 358 and lab or BIO 359 with lab. CHM 142 and lab. SED 359/MED 559 or SED 461/MED 561. MTH 314. U. MTH 201 or MTH 357. MTH 172. ED 474/MED474. MTH 122. CHEM 141 and lab. SED 359/MED559. one political science course. MTH 220. JPN 102. ED 485/MED 585 or ED 476/MED 576. MTH 171. world history course. English literature course. ENG 102. TED 312/MED 512. or ED428/MED528 Science Coursework or approved waiver documentation for: MTH 171.S. BIO 142 and lab. BIO 141 and lab. PHY 142 and lab or PHY 172 and lab. ED 419/MED519. JPN 495B or history of Japan Mathematics Coursework or approved waiver documentation for: MTH 101. ENG 101. MTH 314. MTH 101 (or two years high school algebra with “B” or better grade or Math Department placement test passing score). ED 479/MED579. ED 411/MED 511 or ED 484 and ED 487 or MED 584. BIO 141 and lab. ED 476/MED 576 or ED 485/MED 585. one geography course. SCI 105 with lab. JPN 302. TED 312/MED 512. JPN 495A. MTH 172. JPN 202. MTH 121. SED 359/MED 559 or SED 461/MED 561. ED426/ MED526. BIO 328 with lab Reading/Literacy Coursework or approved waiver documentation for: ENG 102. MTH 201 or MTH 357.172 CEPP – ENDORSEMENT REQUIREMENTS Japanese Coursework or approved waiver documentation for: ED 205/MED 607. ED 476/MED576 or ED 485/ MED585. JPN 301. BIO 142 and lab. ED 485/MED 585 or ED 476/MED 576. ED 426/MED526. MTH 220. MTH 171.

Students will be encouraged to apply ideas and theories to education and to investigate a variety of resources for future reference. other U. GPH 210. SED 465/MED 565. SED 463/MED 563. PSY 101 or SOC 101. SPN 101. especially in the United States. ED 297/397/497 Directed Practicum (1-3) Student/faculty-selected internship in a specialized area. Offered on approval by faculty and dean of education. ED 415/MED 515 (elementary focus) or ED 484 and ED 487 or MED 584 (secondary focus) Social Studies Coursework or approved waiver documentation for: HIS 326. SOC 396/MED 605. ED 477/MED 577. SPN 495A. particularly the social forces that shape it. Considerable attention given to preschool-12 curriculum. SOC 396/MED 605. A survey of educational history. funding. but a three-year approval to teach in special education while completing the remaining requirements for the endorsement. history course.S. HIS 102.HIS 141. Education Courses ED 204 Introduction to Education (3) Introduction to education as a profession. ED 477/MED 577 and SED 445/MED 545. ED 205 Child and Adolescent Development (3) The emphasis of this class will be on gaining a basic understanding of research and theories of child and adolescent development. SED 445/MED 545 NOTE: A candidate may be eligible for a pre-endorsement waiver from the Washington State Special Education Office if he or she is hired to teach a special education classroom and has completed the first seven courses (21 special education credits) listed above. PLS 151. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. SPN 495C or history of a Spanish-speaking region Special Education Coursework or approved waiver documentation for: SED 359/ MED 559. The waiver involves allowing the teacher an additional three years after certification to complete the remaining nine semester hours in ED 424/MED 524 or ED426/MED526. curriculum. PLS 300. SED 466/ MED 566. SPN 295. SPN 395. HIS 101. ED 295/395/495 Directed Study (1-3) Courses offered periodically on education topics announced by the faculty. and governance. SPN 202. SCI 105 with lab. SED 461/MED 561. SED 469/MED 569. Provides a foundation to be expanded on in other education classes. SPN 201. SED 467/MED 467. ECN 101 Spanish Coursework or approved waiver documentation for: ED 205/MED 607. HIS 142. one astronomy course. The waiver in this case does not indicate waiver of knowledge/skills. UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS . May be repeated for credit. PHY 142 and lab or PHY 172 and lab. ED 426/MED 526. another world /regional history course. SPN 495B. ED 424/MED 524 or ED 426/ MED 526. May be repeated for credit.CEPP – EDUCATION COURSES 173 and lab or PHY 171 and lab. SPN 102. Please contact the University’s Department of Special Education for additional information.

Prerequisite: ED 306 . Prerequisite: ED 306 or concurrent enrollment. Covers state agencies and local school boards. ED 411 Methods of Teaching Math (4) Objectives. grading. teaching strategies and integrated knowledge and skills of mathematics for elementary teachers. Exploration of teaching methods such as cooperative learning. Also includes the role of the classroom teacher as counselor. sequencing. academic freedom and student issues of compulsory education. standardized tests. tenure. confer with student teacher on progress. instruction developed through systematic application of specific models. concept development and inquiry learning. ED 371 Educational Law (2) Fulfills new Washington State requirements for understanding educational law and its relationship to contemporary school issues and problems. university issues and law. Emphasis on theory.174 CEPP – EDUCATION COURSES ED 300 Competency Seminar (1-2) A seminar/independent study to assess a student’s competency in state-required generic competency areas. reporting and working with children who have been victims of child abuse. ED 360 Classroom Management (3) Through an understanding of current theories and practices in classroom management. alternative assessments. delivering. Principles of organizing. Includes. Also covered are state and national trends in assessment and testing. materials. Prerequisite: Acceptance as a teacher certification candidate. No prerequisite required. No prerequisite required. but is not limited to. students will begin to create their own philosophy of management. Washington State Essential Academic Learning Requirements and Grade Level Expectations. teachers’ employment. ED 306 Curriculum and Instruction (3) Multiple approaches to curriculum and instruction emphasizing becoming a reflective teacher. Prerequisite: ED 306 or concurrent enrollment. educational statistics. evaluating instruction. observe and critique student teacher’s lessons. methods and curriculum for teaching preschool-grade 8 mathematics. ED 383 Issues of Abuse/Teacher as Counselor (2) Course addresses the teacher’s role in identifying. norm and criterion referenced tests. Emphasis on development of a thematic unit with lesson design based on state and national standards. strengths and weaknesses. assessment management technology and conferencing skills. ED 400 Training for Mentor Teachers (1) Training to plan and structure the student teaching experience. ED 370 Classroom Assessment (3) Students learn how to construct and evaluate classroom assessments to assess student learning. strategies for individual and group behavior. Includes a 10-hour observation and instruction practicum in primary-grade 8 mathematics. and write student-teaching evaluations and recommendations.

assessment.CEPP – EDUCATION COURSES 175 ED 415 Methods of Teaching Science (4) Objectives. Offered on demand. materials. materials. speaking. ED 426. Includes a 10-hour observation and instruction practicum in primarygrade 8 science. Prerequisite: ED 306. Prerequisite: ED 306. Integrated thematic unit planning. Emphasis of theory. Emphasis on theory. practice and research related to the education of English Language Learners (ELL) and Bilingual Education. school community. ED 425 Issues and Trends in English Language Learners and bilingual Education (3) Examination of the educational theories. Resources for continuing professional development in the fields of second language instruction and bilingual education will be provided. Washington State Essential Academic Learning Requirements. Washington State Essential Academic Learning Requirements and Grade Level Expectations. ED 424 Early Childhood Education (3) Important issues related to teaching primary-grade 3 emphasized. methods and curriculum for teaching preschool-grade 8 science. SED 359 or concurrent enrollment. and promotion of social competence. as will relationship of family and community to the student. Emphasis on theory. methods and curriculum for teaching listening. curriculum and assessment specific to early childhood education will be reviewed. map-globe interpretation and content specified in the Washington State Essential Academic Learning Requirements for grades P-8 will be emphasized. political. . Prerequisite: ED 306. Prerequisites: ED 306. ED 417 Methods of Teaching Health and Physical Education (2) Introduction of specific instructional methods unique to health/physical education for preschool-grade 8 education students. social/cultural. Prerequisite: ED 306. and linguistic issues involved in meeting the needs of students who are speakers of languages other than English. writing and reading in grades kindergarten-8. teaching strategies and integrated knowledge/skills for health and physical education. classroom environment. discussions will include evaluating the historical. Methods. Course requires a 10-hour observation and instruction practicum in preschool-grade 12 social studies. Prerequisite: ED 306. ED 418 Methods of Teaching Social Studies (3) Introduces education students preparing to teach preschool-grade 12 to specific methods used to teach social studies. including program models. mainstream teachers and others who do not have ESOL or bilingual training in educating English Language Learners will be included. Involvement of parents. and politics involving ELL and Bilingual Education. This course presents issues pertaining to educating English Language Learners. teaching strategies and integrated knowledge and skills of science for elementary teachers. teaching strategies and integrated knowledge and skills of language arts for elementary teachers. Additionally. UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS ED 419 Methods of Teaching Language Arts (3) Objectives. Includes a 10-hour instructional practicum in primary-grade 8 language arts.

Uses English-as-a-second-language. ED 426. music and creative movement for the elementary classroom. English language learner. Students develop multicultural curriculum to support language learning. theories and history of language acquisition. Students will be able to apply language acquisition theories and develop personal teaching styles. Prerequisite: ED 306. The scope of the course is interdisciplinary and the topics explored reach beyond the boundaries of linguistics to other scientific disciplines that constitute the field of cognitive science: psycholinguistics. Prerequisite: ED 306/MED 506. exploring various methodologies. ED 428 Reading Instruction of English Language Learners (3) The course provides knowledge of various methods of instruction for ELL/bilingual education students with emphasis on techniques for effective instruction and assessment of oral language development. English and English/Language Arts endorsements.176 CEPP – EDUCATION COURSES ED 426 Methods of Teaching Language Acquisition (3) Course focuses on developing student’s proficiency-oriented teaching style. Electronic sources of information for teachers and students will be reviewed. Prerequisite: ED 306. ED 427 Social Linguistics and People: Theory and Practice (3) The course concerns the nature of human language. ED 435 Information Sources and Retrieval (2) Presentation and evaluation of print and non-print references for kindergarten-12 materials. practice and research related to the education of diverse populations. gender and economic status on social linguistics. A ten (10) hour practicum is required. philosophy of language and the mind. history and sources of children’s books. Required for elementary certification. and pedagogy of visual art. Development of appropriate and diverse classrooms and curriculum will be emphasized. Prerequisites: ED 306. ethnicity. principles. . Prerequisite: ED 306. ED 426. ED 438 Literature for Children and Young Adults (3) Nature. knowledge bases. ED 436 Library Media in the Instructional Program (3) Issues and skills related to integration of the library media center and its resources into the school’s instructional program. anthropology and artificial intelligence. Theory of selection and methods of incorporating materials into specific courses of instruction will be covered. Students will create and participate in arts experiences for the class and others. using ELL/bilingual education strategies. The impact of social context factors such as race. ED 429 Arts and Movement (4) This course explores the elements. culture. learning styles. Prerequisite: ED 306. socialization patterns and educational opportunity will be studied. Examination of the educational theories. reading and writing. what the study of language tells us about the human mind and the relation of language to its cultural and educational context. drama. bilingual education and foreign language strategies. reading. special education. Prerequisite: ED 306/MED 506.

Analysis of reading behavior using informal reading inventories. Students learn when and how to use various assessments and instructional strategies to help struggling readers. The five components of reading (phonemic awareness. ED 482 Reading Assessment and Intervention for Secondary Teachers (2) This course focuses on the reading behaviors of secondary students. ED 474. ED 474 and ED 476. ED 477 Reading Diagnosis (4) Explores the area of reading disabilities. phonics. ED 481 Issues and Trends in Literacy Instruction (3) This course is designed as a student-centered forum in which students take a leadership role in the study and discussion of current reading topics and current research in literacy education.CEPP – EDUCATION COURSES 177 ED 472 Integrated Approach to Phonics and Spelling (2) An in-depth exploration of the theoretical rationale and research base for the learning and teaching of reading skills. diagnosing children. phonics and spelling. Students will acquire the necessary knowledge and skills to support secondary students in read- UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS . ED 474. Prerequisite: ED 419. Prerequisites: ED 419. and comprehension) are applied to the teaching of beginning reading. ED 474 and ED 476 ED 473 Philosophy of Reading Instruction (3) This course is designed to explore the theoretical base for teaching of reading in grades kindergarten-8. Prerequisite: ED 419. ED 476 Content-Area Reading for Elementary Teachers (2) This course is planned to facilitate the application of specific reading and writing strategies to assist comprehension of printed materials in all subject areas by students at all levels of reading. fluency vocabulary. Prerequisites: ED 419. Prerequisites: ED 419. ED 474 and ED 476. Prerequisites: ED 419. ED 476. ED 476. as they are integrated into the reading program in elementary school. Students participate in a weekly tutoring experience. This practicum serves as an opportunity to observe and practice instructional activities in reading in an extended field experience. ED 474 Primary Reading/Writing Instruction (2) This course explores the reading and writing process as it pertains to teaching beginning reading. miscue analysis and other assessment tools. ED 479 Reading Practicum (3) The purpose of this course is to apply theoretical knowledge learned in the reading program. ED 475 Reader-Writer Workshop (3) The purpose of this course is to develop an understanding of the reader-writer workshop approach to teaching reading and writing as an integrated process for K-8 students. Prerequisites: ED 419. content and strategies of phonemic awareness. Major components of reading (fluency. Prerequisites: ED 419. using research-based best practices to develop a personal classroom reading philosophy. ED 474 and ED 476. vocabulary and comprehension) are used in planning strategy lessons for use with students. planning and implementing instruction. ED 438.

and reflection in a P-12 setting in the added endorsement field. either working in a reading program and/or tutoring a struggling student.178 CEPP – EDUCATION COURSES ing complex materials. Special education students seeking elementary endorsements will have a split student teaching assignment. Prerequisite: completion of all required coursework leading to recommendation for certification and endorsements. Specific research-based professional development models are emphasized. permission of instructor. Also covered are advanced instructional planning and forming more effective relationships with students. Includes 15-hour seminar. ED 486 Living and Learning in the Middle School (3) Course intertwines specific needs of pre-adolescents (ages 10-14) with middle school philosophy. Assessment strategies are studied and applied to the content areas taught in secondary schools. Students will explore the reading process and examine their own reading behaviors. Field experiences and assignments will relate to the student’s major teaching area. ED 487 Secondary Methods Practicum/Seminar (3) Forty-five hours of structured observation and teaching experience in a high school. Prerequisite: ED 306. teaching experience. Includes a minimum of two observations by a university supervisor using the Washington State Performance-based Pedagogy Assessment. Prerequisites: ED 306. ED 485 Content Area Reading for Secondary Teachers (2) This course explores the reading process as it is applied to the content areas taught in the secondary school. and ED 485 or concurrent enrollment. ED 491 Added Endorsement Practicum (2-3) Includes 60-90 hours of structured observation. Includes a 30-hour practicum integrating observation and teaching at the middle-school level. Prerequisite: ED 484 or concurrent enrollment. This course facilitates the application of specific reading and writing strategies to assist comprehension of expository materials in all subject areas by students at all levels of reading. Prerequisites: ED 306. Field experiences and assignments will relate to the student’s added endorsement area. ED 494 Student Teaching/Internship in the Elementary School (6-12) Supervised full-time student teaching in an elementary school for one semester. Major components of reading (fluency. ED 484 Secondary Methods (3) Students learn varied instructional methods via performance and observation of peer teaching. teaching preparation. Students are required to participate in a secondary school. Prerequisite: Acceptance to Added Endorsement Program. . vocabulary and comprehension) are used in planning strategy lessons for use with students. Required concurrent enrollment with ED 487. organization and specific teaching methods. Prerequisite: ED 306.

Minor in Physical Education (19 semester hours. ED 499 Student Teaching/Internship Seminar: Secondary (1) Seminar for student teachers. posture and athletic skills. PE 111). PE 195c) • Small group/partner sport (PE 106. PE 108. please refer to the requirements as outlined in the education section of the Academic Catalog. PE 203 or PE 204 Upper-Division Courses • 17 semester hours. will be offered. ED 498 Student Teaching/Internship Seminar: Elementary/Special Education (1) Seminar for student and intern teachers. at least one from each category above. Enrollment in physical education activities is required of all freshmen who are not veterans of military service or are not excused for age or on a physician’s order. Please contact the College of Education and Professional Psychology or the Department of Physical Education for current semester offerings. PE 195a. PE 110. NOTE for PE 101 through PE 113: Each fall and spring semester. PHYSICAL EDUCATION faculty Tim Healy Courses in physical education promote the well-being of students by providing instruction in health. PE 195b. exercise. PE 109. With consent of the department. PE 401 and PE 430 Revised Washington State Education Endorsements For information on the Washington State teacher education endorsement in health/ fitness. three to five activity courses. PE 104. UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS .CEPP – PHYSICAL EDUCATION 179 ED 496 Student Teaching/Internship in the Secondary School (6-12) Supervised student teaching in either a junior high school or senior high school fulltime for one semester. seasonal participation in intercollegiate athletics may be accepted as a substitute for these required courses. PE 103. Must be taken concurrently with ED 496. PE 310. • Individual sport (PE 101. PE 113) • Large group sport (PE 102. PE 400. including PE 301. Courses vary year-to-year. PE 112. does not include a complete health/fitness endorsement) Lower-Division Courses • Two semester hours selected from: PE 202. Prerequisites: Completion of all required courses in major and secondary education sequence and endorsements. PE 107. Must be taken concurrently with ED 494 or SED 493. PE 345.

including theories of offense and defense. Offered every third semester. Prerequisite: Permission of coach. Rotates with PE 202 and PE 204. Rotates with PE 302.180 CEPP – PHYSICAL EDUCATION Physical Education Courses PE 101 PE 102 PE 103 PE 104 PE 106 PE 107 PE 108 PE 109 PE 110 PE 111 PE 112 PE 113 body Conditioning (1) basketball (1) Volleyball (1) Aerobics (1) Golf (1) Tennis (1) Softball (1) Contemporary Dance (1) badminton (1) Soccer (1) Self-defense Karate (1) Pickleball (1) PE 131 Intercollegiate Athletics (1) May repeat for a maximum of eight semester hours of credit. PE 302 School Health Education (3) Study of multiple factors contributing to conduct and maintenance of school health . PE 345. Rotates with PE 202 and PE 204. PE 195a PE 195b PE 195c Yoga (1) Walk/Jog fitness (1) Tai Chi (1) PE 202 basketball Theory (2) Fundamentals of basketball. Offered every third semester. PE 204 Methods of Coaching Track and field (2) Techniques. including strategy and basic skills. PE 195 Activity Course (1) Special topic activity course as determined by student interests. Offered every fourth semester. Offered every third semester. procedures and lesson planning. PE 430. PE 203 baseball Theory (2) Fundamentals of baseball. PE 301 foundations of Physical Education (3) A thorough investigation of modern physical education based on past history and current trends and practices in the field. Rotates with PE 203 and PE 204.

PE 345 Psychology and Philosophy of Coaching (3) Techniques and current practices. management and public relations in directing physical education. Offered every fourth semester. The University offers the option of supporting the student’s request for a “waiver” to teach in special education after completion of the “core of 21. Rotates with PE 301. to complete the additional nine credits to receive the full endorsement. PE 400 Kinesiology (3) Exploration of anatomical and mechanical fundamentals of human motion. principally by directed study. personnel.CEPP – SPECIAL EDUCATION 181 conditions and their relationship to the home and other community institutions. Please contact the University’s Department of Special Education for additional information. PE 430 Organizational Administration of PE. discussion and research. Rotates with PE 301. PE 302. advisor and department chair. PE 345. UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS . a resource room or a self-contained special education class. Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. PE 310 first Aid and Athletic Injuries (3) Study of emergency methods used in common accidents. Students may qualify for Red Cross certificates. PE 395 Directed Study (1-3) Open only to seniors and graduate students who have shown both the ability and need to work independently. Rotates with PE 301. facilities. equipment. coach. he or she has three years following issuance of the waiver. PE 401 Exercise Physiology (3) Course promotes understanding of theoretical and practical aspects of exercise physiology as they relate to the teacher. Intramurals and Intercollegiate Sports (3) Administrative policies as they relate to program development budget. but a three-year approval to teach in Special Education while completing the remaining requirements for the endorsement.” If the student selects this option. PE 345. The waiver in this case does not indicate waiver of knowledge/skills. PE 430. Completion of the required 30 semester-hour endorsement will lead to an institutional recommendation that the student be verified for completion of an endorsement in special education for all levels (P-12). trainer and/or exercise specialist. Offered every fourth semester. PE 430. intramural and interscholastic and sports programs. Offered every fourth semester. PE 302. SPECIAL EDUCATION faculty Cindy Petersen The Special Education major and endorsement prepares teachers to work with mildly or moderately disabled students in settings such as an inclusionary classroom. granted by the state Office of Superintendent of Public Instruction.

The statement concerning “second/additional certificate endorsements” in the Elementary Education Program section of this catalog applies to special education as well as to elementary education. • ED 300 Competency Seminar (may be required for some students) • ED 306 Curriculum and Instruction • TED 312 Technology in the Classroom • ED 360 Classroom Management • ED 370 Classroom Assessment • ED 371 Education Law • ED 383 Issues of Abuse/ Teacher as Counselor . Pre-Professional Courses (24-25 semester hours) Required before admission to the Special Education major as a certificate candidate: • One mathematics course above MTH 101 • One U. (37-60 semester hours) bachelor of Arts Grades Preschool-12 (123-148 semester hours) General Education Core (45-51 semester hours) General University degree requirements are listed in the “Academic Programs and Policies” section of this catalog. including at least eight weeks of student teaching in a regular classroom.S. students also must complete the required elementary or secondary sequence. history course (elementary and SED dual endorsements only) • ne world history course (elementary and SED dual endorsements O only) • ne natural science course with laboratory (elementary and SED dual O endorsements only) • PSY 101 Introduction to Psychology • ENG 101 College Writing I • ENG 102 College Writing II • SPH 106 Public Address -or- THR 211 Acting I • ED 204 Introduction to Education • ED 205 Child and Adolescent Development • SOC 396 Intercultural Communications basic Courses (59-60 semester hours) Includes an endorsement in special education. Therefore.182 CEPP – SPECIAL EDUCATION NOTE: Completion of the special education major and endorsement program does not allow the certificate-holder to teach in a regular elementary or secondary classroom.

(The minor in SED does not include a complete endorsement in special education. -or.) .ED 426 Methods of Teaching Language Acquisition (ELL) • ED 477 Reading Diagnosis • SED 445 School Drug Prevention and Counseling • SED 359 Introduction to Exceptionality • SED 461 Instructional Methods of Exceptional Learners • SED 463 Management Strategies for Exceptional Learners • SED 465 Transition to Adulthood for Exceptional Learners • SED 466 Assessment of Exceptional Learners • SED 467 Legal Issues and the IFSP/IEP • SED 469 Seminar and Practicum in Special Education • SED 493 Student Teaching: Special Education • ED 498 Student Teaching Seminar: Special Education Upper-Division Courses (21 semester hours) • SED 359 Introduction to Exceptionality • SED 461 Instructional Methods of Exceptional Learners • SED 463 Management Strategies for Exceptional Learners • SED 465 Transition to Adulthood for Exceptional Learners • SED 466 Assessment in Exceptional Learners • SED 467 Legal Issues and the IFSP/IEP • SED 469 Seminar and Practicum in Special Education UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS Minor in Special Education Please see general information on the Special Education Program earlier in this catalog.CEPP – SPECIAL EDUCATION 183 • ED 424 Issues and Trends - Early Childhood Education.

norm. counseling approaches and school programs related to the school counselors’ role in prevention.184 CEPP – SPECIAL EDUCATION Special Education Courses SED 295/395/495 Directed Study (1-3) Courses offered periodically on special education topics announced by the faculty. diagnostic instruments and procedures. Selecting and adapting curriculum. and alternative assessment strategies. ED 306. science. administration and participation with families and other significant parties are included. SED 465 Transitions to Adulthood for Exceptional Learners (3) Examines the educational transition of differently abled people from school-based special education programs to independent living or agency-supported living through presentation and discussion of current literature. Offered on approval by special education faculty and dean of education. math. . Prerequisite: SED 359. historical. Prerequisites: ED 306 or concurrent enrollment. May be repeated for credit. onsite visits and other appropriate formats. SED 463 Management Strategies for Exceptional Learners (3) Strategies for individual and group behavior/instruction management. Prerequisites: SED 359. field-based participatory research. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.and criterion-referenced testing. ED 360. SED 445 School Drug Prevention and Counseling (3) Examines pharmacology. May be repeated for credit. delivering and evaluating instruction for exceptional learners. sequencing. Strategies for organization. Effective methods for teaching content-area material (reading. classroom and curriculum-based assessment. strategy-based pedagogical perspective. Ten hours of classroom experience required as part of the course. including ecological. ED 370. SED 359 Introduction to Exceptionality (3) Introduction to philosophical. SED 297/397/497 Directed Practicum (1-3) A student/ faculty-selected internship in a specialized area for special education. SED 466 Assessment of Exceptional Learners (3) Study of professional practice in special education assessment. SED 461 Instructional Methods of Exceptional Learners (3) Principles of organizing. Observation of school-based assessment techniques and practical application of learned techniques is required. Prerequisites: SED 359. Prerequisites: SED 359. legal and social implications of the exceptional student from an integrated. for example). Various competencies developed in systematic application of specific models for exceptional learners. counseling and referral of students with drug and alcohol problems.

Minor in Technology in Education Lower-Division Courses (3 semester hours) • CSC 160 Introduction to Computer Technology Upper-Division Courses (15 semester hours) • TED 312/MED 512 Technology for the Classroom • TED 413 Multimedia Productions for Educators • TED 414 Network Systems for Educators • TED 490 Internship in K-12 Schools • lectives: Courses as approved from the department of computer science E . see specific course descriptions in the ED/TED/MED sections of the catalog. SED 469 Practicum in Special Education (3) Observation.CEPP – TECHNOLOGY IN EDUCATION 185 SED 467 Legal Issues and the IfSP/IEP (3) Comprehensive study of federal and state regulations on development.33 grade point average in three prior SED courses. school personnel and outside agencies are emphasized. Prerequisite: SED 359. Primary focus is on technology application in the P-12 environment. SED 493 Student Teaching: Special Education (6-12) Competency-based extension of systematic instructional skills. For ED/TED/MED courses. Communicative ethics and collaborative strategies joining families. UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS TECHNOLOGY IN EDUCATION faculty Huabin Chen Belinda Hill The technology in education minor is an interdisciplinary program that prepares students to teach instructional technology in P-12 classroom settings or to prepare individuals for positions in instructional design outside the P-12 education system. implementation and evaluation of Individualized Family Service Plans/Individualized Education Plans for all settings involving exceptional populations. Prerequisites: Minimum of 3. small group instruction and assessment of exceptional learners in public and private sectors. Supervised training and experience in all phases of classroom instruction of the mildly and moderately handicapped.

TED 297/397/497 Directed Practicum (1-3) A student/faculty-selected internship in a specialized area of technology in education. including budget preparation. internet and selected software. (Offered on demand) TED 414 Network Systems for Educators (3) Exploration of management information systems development and network systems as they pertain to the preschool-grade 12 school environment. Students will create an advanced integrated multimedia project. Course content will incorporate objectives and functions of a school’s technology center. TED 499 Thesis (1-2) . Discussions focus on teaching philosophies. Technology in education applications used in the classroom/school are assessed. Prerequisite: TED 312. selection and organization of materials and equipment. animation. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. models. TED 490 Directed Practicum/Seminar in K-12 Schools (3) Directed instructional project in which students spend 20-60 hours with a classroom teacher and 15 hours in seminar. are used to creatively express a view of the world. TED 312 Technology for the Classroom (3) Class explores ways to integrate computers and other technologies into classroom teaching. rather than computer skills themselves. May be repeated for credit. laserdiscs. techniques and administrative procedures. Reading list to be developed by students and advisor.186 CEPP – TECHNOLOGY IN EDUCATION Technology in Education Courses TED 295/395/495 Directed Study (1-3) Courses offered periodically on technology in education topics announced by the faculty. Prerequisite: TED 312 or equivalent. Prerequisite: TED 414. Students will develop curriculum and classroom materials using e-mail. Book production. digital cameras and video cameras. photography and posters. Students will create home pages for themselves and participate in the creation of pages for the Saint Martin’s website. Emphasis on development of electronic portfolio. issues and trends in an information age. A summary paper is required. Ways to incorporate these techniques into the classroom will be explored. along with other multimedia models/techniques. space use. cartoons. (Offered on demand) TED 480 Readings in Technology in Education (1-2) An independent reading course for students with special needs. scanners. TED 413 Multimedia Production for Educators (3) Classroom applications of multimedia hardware and peripherals such as CD-ROMs. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Offered on approval of technology in education faculty and the dean of education.

Chair. Business Department UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS • Marketing ACCOUNTING faculty Michael Gideon Diane Bingaman Accounting is a descriptive/analytical discipline that provides quantitative information critical to management decision-making. A variety of courses are offered to prepare graduates for responsible positions in private practice. MBA program Riley Moore Don Stout Hal Wilson. both in national and international markets. The School of Business offers the following degree programs and options. Chair. Director.SCHOOL OF BUSINESS – ACCOUNTING 187 SCHOOL Of bUSINESS Richard beer. • Accounting • Economics • Finance • Management • Minor in Economics • Master of Arts In Business Administration (MBA) faculty Denis DuBois Michael Gideon. Because of the University’s liberal arts heritage. Dean The School of Business offers a unified business program that integrates the separate functional areas of business. . Emphasis also is placed on the multicultural setting of business competition. Accounting Department Paul Patterson Heather Grob. • Bachelor of Arts in Accounting • Bachelor of Arts in Business Administration with concentrations in. corporate accounting and government service. Customer satisfaction and the competitive need for continuous quality improvement provide the major focus for this integration. students are trained to be well-rounded professionals rather than technicians. and on the political economy in which it operates.

. which is 128. The semester hours for these courses only pertain to the business administration major and do not reflect the total number of semester hours necessary for graduation. Banking and Financial Institutions • BA 320 Operations Management • BA 330 Principles of Marketing • BA 335 Organizational Management • BA 350 Business and Society • BA 499 Business Policy • ECN 420 International Business and Global Economics Major Requirements (21 semester hours) • ACC 301 Intermediate Accounting • ACC 302 Intermediate Accounting • ACC 401 Advanced Accounting • ACC 499 Contemporary Issues in Accounting • 9 semester hours in upper-division accounting electives NOTE: No more than three semester hours from ACC 390/490. ACC 395 and ACC 397 may be applied toward the 9 semester hours of electives.188 SCHOOL OF BUSINESS – ACCOUNTING bachelor of Arts General Education Core (45-51 semester hours) Major in Accounting Foundation Courses (15 semester hours) • MTH 161 Mathematical Methods for Business and Social Sciences -or.MTH 171 Calculus I • MTH 201 Introduction to Statistics • ECN 101 Principles of Economics • ECN 325 The Evolution of Economic Thoughts • BA 305 Business Communications Common Professional Component (33 semester hours) • ACC 201 Financial Accounting • ACC 202 Financial Accounting • BA 225 Business Law I • BA 300 Principles of Finance • BA 311 Money.

The University’s current major in accounting conforms with the board of accountancy’s standards. emphasis on liabilities and equity. Prerequisite: ACC 202. Includes determination of gross income. Emphasis on presentation of financial data for investment. Accounting Courses ACC 201 financial Accounting (3) Fundamentals of measuring and communicating financial aspects of business transactions to decision-makers. • An accounting concentration or equivalent.SCHOOL OF BUSINESS – ACCOUNTING 189 Preparation for the CPA Examination An applicant for a CPA certificate must have completed at least 150 semester hours of college/university education. Prerequisite: ACC 301. ACC 351 federal Taxation I (3) Basic federal law provisions affecting individual income tax returns. including study of accounting theories related to pensions. credit and other decisions. Researching tax problems and tax planning. Prerequisite: ACC 201. including corporations and partnerships. Intensive study of the equity side of a balance sheet. ACC 302 Intermediate Accounting (3) Continuation of ACC 301. including management reports. Prerequisites: ACC 201 and ACC 202. ACC 202 financial Accounting (3) Continuation of ACC 201. ACC 301 Intermediate Accounting (3) Review and intensive study of the concepts and standards used in determining net income and financial position. Introduction of additional topics. analysis and presentation of data for managerial decision-making. Introduction of additional topics. Students seeking more information about CPA education requirements and exam preparation should contact their accounting faculty advisor. along with related revenues and expenses. leases and earnings per share. preparation of tax returns. adjustments to gross income and deductible expenses. UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS . including: • A baccalaureate or higher degree. satisfactorily fulfilling the requirement for a concentration in accounting. as defined by the Washington State Board of Accountancy. Emphasis is on the asset side of the balance sheet and related revenues and expenses. Course includes accounting concepts and standards related to the determination of net income and financial position. Fundamentals of measuring and communicating financial aspects of business transactions.

ACC 395 Special Topics in Accounting (1-3) Courses that cover topics as announced by faculty. reporting standards for audit findings. standards and variance analysis. Prerequisite: ACC 202. segment reporting. ACC 202. legal responsibilities. coupled with training in the use of contemporary. corporations. ACC 425 Microcomputer Applications in Accounting (3) Advanced skills and techniques in Microsoft Excel. BA 225. Prerequisite: ACC 202. Prerequisites: Junior standing and permission of advisor. . adjustment to gross income and deductible expenses. ACC 450 Auditing (3) Techniques of auditing. MTH 201. Students are required to develop and present their own Excel applications. Includes determination of gross income. commercial accounting software. multinational-national accounting. Tax planning and preparation of tax returns are covered. Prerequisites: CSC 160. ACC 358 Governmental and Non-profit Accounting (3) Accounting methods and reporting practices of non-profit entities. objectives and nature of the audit. labor and overhead.190 SCHOOL OF BUSINESS – ACCOUNTING ACC 352 federal Taxation II (3) Basic provisions of federal law affecting returns of partnerships. statistical sampling and auditing with computer systems. business combinations. budgets. ACC 397 Directed Study (1-3) A student/ faculty-selected project that enables the student to research a specialized area of accounting. including professional ethics. Prerequisite: Senior standing. Emphasis on providing more sophisticated financial data for managerial decisions. social. consolidated statements. ACC 499 Contemporary Issues in Accounting (3) Senior capstone course reviewing current literature on major issues affecting the accounting and auditing profession. Prerequisite: ACC 302. forecasting. Prerequisites: ACC 302. legal and economic environment. Issues discussed in relation to the current political. Prerequisite: ACC 351. ACC 390/490 Internship (1-6) An opportunity to apply accounting theory and practice in a work environment under the supervision of University faculty and an intern supervisor. ACC 201. ACC 353 Managerial Cost Accounting (3) Determination and control of cost of materials. including state and local governments. estates and trusts. scope. Introduction to theory of fund accounting. responsibility accounting. ACC 401 Advanced Accounting (3) Specialized fields of accounting such as partnerships.

Students graduate with a broad perspective on the business world and its place in our culture. students also gain the ability to work cooperatively in diverse teams. and become enthusiastic lifelong learners. Saint Martin’s graduates have the ability to work across business functions. and they demonstrate sharpened critical thinking skills and professional judgment.MTH 171 Calculus I • MTH 201 Introduction to Statistics • ECN 101 Principles of Economics • ECN 325 The Evolution of Economic Thought • BA 305 Business Communications Common Professional Component (33 semester hours) • ACC 201 Financial Accounting • ACC 202 Financial Accounting • BA 225 Business Law • BA 300 Principles of Finance • BA 311 Money. discover the need for ethical decision-making and acquire functional business area expertise.SCHOOL OF BUSINESS – BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 191 bUSINESS ADMINISTRATION faculty Denis DuBois Paul Patterson Don Stout Hal Wilson Built on the General Education foundation informed by Saint Martin’s Catholic. They become effective writers and speakers. Benedictine heritage and values. Through practice and active learning. Business and Economics offers a unified business program that integrates the separate functional areas of business. adjust quickly to new situations. ever-changing global marketplace and challenged ecosystems currently shaping the world. Acknowledging the technologic innovation. bachelor of Arts General Education Core (45-51 semester hours) Major in business Administration Foundation Courses (15 semester hours) • TH 161 Mathematical Methods for Business M and Social Sciences -or. Banking and Financial Institutions • BA 320 Operations Management UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS . the Business Administration Program offers students an opportunity to learn and practice general management skills. accept change and ambiguity as a natural part of life.

must select one with a maximum of two concentrations permitted) • Accounting: ACC 301 Intermediate Accounting ACC 302 Intermediate Accounting ACC 353 Managerial Cost Accounting • Economics: ECN 371 Econometrics ECN 375 Cost-Benefit Analysis ECN 410 Public Finance • Finance: BA 315 Investment Analysis ECN 410 Public Finance BA 435 Corporate Finance • Management : BA 302 Applied Quantitative Management Techniques BA 303 Labor/Management Relations BA 340 Human Relations in Management • Marketing: BA 344 BA 355 BA 431 Promotion.192 SCHOOL OF BUSINESS – BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION • BA 330 Principles of Marketing • BA 335 Organizational Management • BA 350 Business and Society • BA 499 Business Policy • ECN 420 International Business and Global Economics Concentration (9-18 semester hours. Banking and Financial Institutions • BA 320 • BA 330 • BA 335 Operations Management Principles of Marketing Organizational Management .MTH 171 Calculus I • MTH 201 Introduction to Statistics • ECN 101 Principles of Economics • ECN 325 The Evolution of Economic Thought • BA 305 Business Communications Professional Component (15 semester hours) • ACC 201 Financial Accounting • BA 311 Money. Advertising and Branding Management of the Sales Force Market Research and Consumer Behavior Minor in business Administration Foundation Courses (15 semester hours) • MTH 161 Mathematical Methods for Business and Social Sciences -or.

reports. linear and nonlinear programming. meetings and presentations. and world economies. Examines role of monetary theory and policy with an emphasis on financial institutions. products liability.S. contract law. business Administration Courses bA 225 business Law I (3) Introduction to the American legal system (sources of law and legal process). Prerequisite: BA 300. forms of business (sole proprietorships. torts. capital structure. business writing (letters. network analysis. labor-management relations and on negotiating and implementing a collective bargaining agreement. wills & trusts. business ethics. bA 300 Principles of finance (3) Asset management.SCHOOL OF BUSINESS – BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 193 The semester hours for these courses only pertain to the business administration major and do not reflect the total number of semester hours necessary for graduation. Topics include mathematical modeling. employment law. Prerequisites: ACC 201 and ACC 202. agency. bA 302 Applied quantitative Management Techniques (3) Exposure to and practice in the use of mathematical tools for aiding managerial decision-making in the corporate and public sectors. cost of capital and capital budgeting. bA 315 Investment Analysis (3) Characteristics of securities. texting). research proposals. Emphasis is placed on using communication skills and technology to communicate complex data and relationships to individuals and large groups. MTH 201. UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS . investment strategies. short-term and long-term financing. e-video and internet and intranet enabled communication systems and relevant application software. bA 303 Labor/Management Relations (3) A conceptual framework for the study of labor-management relations in the private and public sectors. MTH 201.and effective business speaking (interviews. simulation and other topics at the instructor’s discretion. memos. partnerships. markets and central banking. Students will utilize telecommunications. security markets. which is 128. Prerequisite: BA 300. structure and processes constituting the collective bargaining process in the United States today.S. property law. Prerequisites: none. Prerequisites: none bA 311 Money. critical listening skills and quantitative reasoning). LLCs and Corporations). management. banking and financial Institutions (3) An exploration of money. securities and portfolio selection. banking and financial markets in the contemporary U. Emphasis will be on the history and legal framework of U. Concentrates on development. bA 305 business Communications (3) BA 305 Business Communications: Fundamentals of effective business communication form and style. Prerequisites: MTH 161.

bA 335 Organizational Management (3) Study of the evolution of management. Marketing failures and successes are reviewed for decision guidelines. Emphasis on how management of human resources insures that people work together more productively. consumer demand and behavior. product. marketing functions of the firm. Organizational theory and interpersonal relationships. Prerequisites: MTH 161. BA 330 . 3 and 4]. bA 344 Integrated Marketing Communications (IMC) (3) Traditional media. bankruptcy. people. Prerequisites: BA 225 bA 330 Principles of Marketing (3) Analysis of marketing concepts. their jobs and the organization. 9]. Prerequisite: BA 330. MTH 201. Negotiable Instruments & Documents of Title [Uniform Commercial Code Art. meeting the needs of the individual and the goals of the organization. Such topics as layout. pricing ploys. inventory management and location analysis are covered. including differences between mechanistic and organic models. within an increasingly fragmented marketplace that maximizes consistent message Impact at minimal cost. government and special interest groups. Promotional success demands marketers focus on their core assettheir customers. debtor-creditor relations. Survey course highlights the interrelationships of the entrepreneurial venture. Prerequiste. such as mass advertising and sales promotion by themselves no longer work. institutions in the marketing channel. distribution. Prerequisite: Junior standing. bA 325 fundamentals of Entrepreneurship (3) Examination of fundamental business concepts of the independently owned venture. Marketing is shown as interrelated decision-making based on environmental assumptions that allocate organizational resources to product development. scheduling.194 SCHOOL OF BUSINESS – BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION bA 320 Operations Management (3) Relationship of factor inputs to the final output of the firm. sales law [Uniform Commercial Code Art. administration and internal working relationships of industrial and service firms. advertising and personal selling. Secured Transactions [Uniform Commercial Code Art. bA 341 Marketing Management (3) Case course integrating the student’s previous marketing study. bA 326 business Law II (3) Property law. Today’s marketers integrate and coordinate a diverse set of marketing tools (IMC) from media advertising to social marketing. professional and legal responsibilities. bA 340 Human Relations in Management (3) The study of workers’ relationships with their leaders. 2 and 2A]. price and promotion strategies. Organization. securities regulations.

A team approach to problem-solving is emphasized and practiced via a group-prepared report of findings and recommendations. BA 330. BA 311. uses of marketing research in making business decisions. bA 431 Market Research and Consumer behavior (3) Models of consumer behavior and techniques. Course will stress problem analysis and decisions based on all environmental factors affecting the orga- . Prerequisites: Junior standing and permission of advisor. UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS bA 395 Special Topics (1-3) Course covers topics announced by faculty. bA 425 Small business Institute (1-3) Provides students with hands-on experience in the context of serving as a consultant to local businesses. Emphasis on financing of resources needed to attain organizational goals and on effective management of those resources. Planning. instrument development. case studies and presentations will be reviewed. BA 315 or permission of instructor. design. and presentation of data. bA 435 Corporate finance (3) Develops analytical and decision-making skills in analyzing and solving complex financial problems facing organizations. energy. Prerequisites: BA 330. bA 355 Management of the Sales force (3) Course familiarizes students with management responsibilities unique to personal sales. discrimination. bA 499 business Policy (3) Emphasis on policy formulation at upper levels of management. Prerequisites: CSC 200. Text. bA 390/490 Internship (1-6) Opportunity for students to apply knowledge of management theory and practice in a work environment while under supervision and guidance of management faculty and an intern supervisor. motivation and evaluation are key areas covered. sampling. Course considers the business and social aspects of problems under consideration. bA 360 Systems Analysis and Design (3) Planning. Prerequisite: BA 300. cost analysis. Cases will deal with such current social issues as pollution. MTH 161. processing and interpretation.SCHOOL OF BUSINESS – BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 195 bA 350 business and Society (3) A case course covering interrelationship of business decisions and society’s goals. bA 397 Directed Study (3) A student/faculty-selected project that enables the student to research a specialized area of management. Prerequisites: MTH 201. implementation and evaluation of computerized systems. poverty and corporate social responsibility. BA 335. recruiting. data sources. deployment. Course covers preliminary research design.

Economics also looks at alternative strategies for allocating scarce resources. the ideas of the great economic thinkers and their logical connections to the world will be analyzed. with a focus on the state’s role in attempts to regulate the economy outside the market. New economic ideas.MTH 171 Calculus I • MTH 201 Introduction to Statistics • ECN 101 Principles of Economics • ECN 325 The Evolution of Economic Thought • BA 305 Business Communications Requirements (12 semester hours) • ECN 371 Econometrics • ECN 375 Cost-Benefit Analysis • ECN 410 Public Finance • ECN 420 International Business and Global Economics Economics Courses ECN 101 Principles of Economics (3) An integrated introduction to the analysis of individual firms and markets. economics underlies all business activity. ECONOMICS faculty Heather Grob Riley Moore As the social science that explains competitive behavior in the marketplace. Minor in Economics Foundation Courses (15 semester hours) • MTH 161 Mathematic Methods for Business and Social Sciences -or. as well as aggregate economic variables. . These include inflation. ECN 325 The Evolution of Economic Thought (3) A historical survey of economic thought from religion. science and philosophy and its impact on contemporary economic theory and practice. This is an integrating course designed to draw on student’s total University course experience. Prerequisites: Senior standing. The philosophies that drive the economic way of thinking. problems and values are used to reconsider basic disputes and major contributions of the past. evidence. completion of. unemployment and economic growth.196 SCHOOL OF BUSINESS – ECONOMICS nization. It provides the student with a broader understanding of the social role of business in a market economy. all courses in the common professional component. or concurrent enrollment in.

Conduct and critically evaluate cost-benefit studies. especially use of natural resources. UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS ECN 395 Special Topics in Economics (1-3) Courses offered periodically. uncertainty and acceptable levels of risk. with topics announced by faculty. MTH 201. including principles of social welfare. Prerequisites: ECN 101. ECN 410 Public finance (3) Theories. regression analysis and forecasting. regulation and democracy. deepen knowledge of economics. ECN 499 Senior Project (3) Prerequisite: Senior standing. but will focus on practical issues and theoretical problems of obtaining and using data to conduct economic analysis. Prerequisites: BA 300. ECN 420 International business and Global Economics (3) Classical and modern theories of trade. policies and practices relating to government revenues. Examine best practices in empirical and survey methods. Prerequisites: Junior standing and permission of advisor. Requires a strong grounding in mathematics. Debate topics in sustainable economics. economic interdependence among modern nations.SCHOOL OF BUSINESS – ECONOMICS 197 ECN 371 Econometrics (3) Foundation for economic analysis and forecasting that includes hypothesis testing. and BA300 or GE359. sources of protectionism. Prerequisites: ECN 101. Apply economic theories using statistical software. expenditures and debts. Analysis of risks and opportunities of international marketing and finance. with supervision by economics faculty and an intern supervisor. including proper discounting. valuation of life and human activities. ECN 375 Cost-benefit Analysis (3) Survey cost-benefit analysis topics. ECN 390/490 Internship (1-6) Application of economics theory and practice in an actual work environment. Budgeting procedure and public financial administration. Prerequisite: Senior standing. . MTH161 or 171. BA 311 and BA 315 or permission of instructor.

supporting and developing the unique strengths and capabilities of each individual. to educate” is the commitment of Saint Martin’s University to the student. Our guiding philosophy is to provide both a strong fundamental liberal education and a strong engineering education. including self-discovery. Dean The mission of the School of Engineering and its programs dovetails with the mission of the University and reinforces it. problem-solving skills and service to society and is administered in a supportive environment. with a similar number devoted to the humanities. The goal is to provide a living and learning environment that prepares students for active. recognizing. and design-oriented activities are integrated throughout the curriculum. the University accomplishes its mission by recognizing the spiritual and ethical dimensions of all human activity and by celebrating the uniqueness and worth of each human being. Undergraduate Curriculum The undergraduate curriculum has been designed to meet the challenging objectives stated above. and creativity can flourish. The Engineering Advisory Board is a voluntary group of practicing professionals who help guide Saint Martin’s School of Engineering. and productive lives in their professions and as members of the local and global community. social sciences and general education topics. In keeping with our Benedictine heritage. we provide an environment where spirituality. Laboratory work. The liberal arts portion of the program emphasizes ethical values. hospitality. These practicing engineers help us in setting program goals and in evaluating graduates. to care. critical thinking and analysis. . the community and the world. Roughly half of the curriculum addresses engineering topics. We nurture the student-engineer’s spirit of inquiry and discovery. “To know. Benedictine tradition as the guiding principle. With the Catholic. Additionally. responsible. The mission of the School of Engineering is to provide our graduates with an education that will prepare them for successful careers in engineering practice and serve as preparation for advanced graduate studies and for lifelong learning. the engineer’s role in the team. service.198 SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING SCHOOL Of ENGINEERING Zella Kahn-Jetter. and provide opportunities for them to develop their skills in varied forms of communication. to serve. The professional portion of the program is student-engineer centered. in the company and in society is a common thread that lends cohesion to the programs. Approximately one quarter of the total number of credits required to graduate are devoted to the basic sciences and mathematics. ethics. written and oral communications.

humanities and social studies. natural science and engineering mechanics. a voluntary group of practicing professionals. chemistry and physics. in addition to scientific and engineering subjects. there are some minor differences. seminars. students complete a total of 30 credit hours in the liberal arts. ethical and moral issues that accompany engineering professional practice.SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING 199 A common engineering core builds a foundation in fundamental mathematics and science. government and local industry. there is a listing of a “normal” four year program for CE and ME listed with the graduation requirements on the School of Engineering’s website. Our faculty strives to be sensitive to the needs of non-traditional students and students who seek an education in a more personalized. including calculus. These courses are not taken at random but with the specific intent of developing skills necessary for graduates to function effectively in a diverse work environment. The expected outcomes of the undergraduate curriculum are given on the school’s website: www. Continued involvement of practicing professional engineers in setting goals and evaluating program results is essential. They also seek to provide professional services. During the sophomore year. during the student’s first two years. In addition. religion and philosophy. art. . It is provided by the school’s Advisory Committee.edu/engineering. Hence. An important component of engineering education is the development of an appreciation of societal. short courses. For this reason. supportive small-college atmosphere. students build on their foundation in the sciences and mathematics. Courses are taken in advanced mathematics. review courses and a professional forum for members of business. UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS bachelor of Science While most of the classes taken in the first two years of the ME and CE programs are the same. Professional practice matters are included in courses introduced throughout the curriculum by participating practicing professional engineers. including English and literature. Introductions are provided to engineering problem-solving and design and computer competency.stmartin. the graduation requirements for the CE and ME program are listed under those programs.

students will need 136 semester hours of credit to complete an engineering degree at Saint Martin’s.200 SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING Transfer Credits A significant number of Saint Martin’s students elect to transfer some courses into the University from other accredited institutions. Use of drafting technology in engineering design and plans preparation. isometric. A course grade of a “C” or better is required for transfer of credits. General Engineering Courses GE 103 Graphics and Computer-aided Drafting (3) Basic graphics techniques and representations (orthographic. Course designed to build basic competency in interpreting and constructing technical drawings in AutoCAD for use in future design classes. contact the head of your major at Saint Martin’s or the dean of the School of Engineering. • Complete not less than 32 semester hours at Saint Martin’s University. Students who have completed a background or prerequisite class at another institution will not be required to repeat this class at Saint Martin’s. Courses taken in technical college programs generally are not acceptable for transfer. These classes are commonly the lower division (100 and 200 level) General Engineering Classes. The course is designed to ensure that students have the . Each request from a transfer student for advanced standing is considered individually. No previous computer experience required. All students must complete certain background or prerequisite classes either at Saint Martin’s or at another institution of higher learning in addition to all other requirements. While there are variations in their programs. • Fulfill Saint Martin’s University’s general requirements for graduation including the General Education requirements. including the senior design course. isometric. and a detailed program is designed to the applicant’s needs. Students transferring from a community college must complete no less than 64 credits at Saint Martin’s University. perspective) with traditional drawing and with computer-aided graphics for engineering applications. This name may vary. most students transferring from Washington State Community Colleges will find that their best option is to take the Associate of Science (Engineering Track) degree from their community college. GE 104 Mechanical Engineering Introduction to CAD (3) This course introduces the student to basic graphic techniques (orthographic. perspective) with traditional drawing and with CAD graphics for mechanical engineering applications. check with your school for the correct nomenclature. Commonly. Minimum Graduation Requirements All students must: • Complete not less than 128 semester hours of credit. If you have any questions regarding your program.

Topics include relationships between stress and strain. internal stresses and deformations in deformable bodies. students will be introduced to graphing calculators. In addition.SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING 201 required skills to create and interpret drawings in 3-D and solid models using SolidWorks or current software available in the field. torsion. Student teams create practical solutions to simple engineering design projects. The equilibrium of a particle when acted upon by a system of forces and the equilibrium of bodies in two and three dimensions are studied. bending and torsion in structural members. Prerequisite: GE 204. comparing potential solutions to project criteria and selecting the optimum solution to achieve objectives. economics. Prerequisites: MTH 171 and PHY 171. machine design. Emphasis is on practical application. mass and acceleration. Transfer students register for GE 305. GE 204 Statics (3) Course represents the transition from theoretical studies of forces and equilibrium. shear and combined loads. Students learn to solve problems requiring the application of combinations of dynamics principles and to relate “real world” conditions to theoretical dynamic models and their results. Topics covered include development and application of the conservation of energy. column stability. fluid mechanics. GE 206 Mechanics of Materials (3) A study of the fundamentals of mechanics that deal with the relationships between applied loads. legal issues. safety and reliability are included. ethics. effects of friction on equilibrium and calculations of centroids and center of gravity. Course is required for all freshman engineering students. impulse and momentum. Newton’s second law is applied to the dynamics of particles and rigid bodies. and the conservation of momentum forms of the second law. GE 207 Materials Laboratory (1) Experimental techniques for measuring the stresses. ultimate strength and safety factor. stress analysis for axial force. motions of particles and rigid bodies and kinetics. and impulse and momentum. Course is designed to supplement mechanics of materials classroom work with experimental verification and visualization. Prerequisites: MTH 171 and PHY 171. GE 105 Introduction to Engineering Design (1) Introduction to engineering problem-solving and the engineering design process. Discussions and guest lectures on professionalism. strains and deflections associated with tension. systematic process for generating alternatives. force. Course represents the transition from statics to upper-division courses in geotechnical engineering. Also covers equilibrium considerations for the design of trusses and machines. as studied in physics. and deflections in beams and shafts. advanced stress analysis and structural analysis and design. to applied science. laboratory tech- UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS . work and energy. flexure. compression. GE 205 Dynamics (3) Covers kinematics. Emphasis is on stimulating interest and creativity within the framework of an open-ended repetitive. It will also introduce the students to analysis techniques for geometry and meshing.

Professional competence is built on a foundation of mathematics. Many of our graduates attend the Master of Civil Engineering Program or the Master of Engineering Management at Saint Martin’s as part-time students while working regionally in the profession. either as individuals or as a team to schedule a guest speaker. engineering sciences. airports. Civil engineering is a creative. Prerequisite: Junior standing in civil or mechanical engineering. water supply systems. The majority of students seeking a civil engineering degree at Saint Martin’s come from community colleges in the South Puget Sound area. power plants. highways.202 SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING – CIVIL ENGINEERING nique. Discussion of relevant concepts in contract law. manage and construct buildings. pay-back period and rate-of-return methods. tunnels. safety. The basic scientific . As the first of the engineering laboratory classes. professional and product liability as they relate to engineering practice. ports. design and laboratory experience. Students have the ability to make valuable contacts and invite presenters from engineering specialties of interest. Students will be responsible. Law and Economics in Engineering Practice (2) Introduction to professional and socioeconomic concepts essential to successful engineering practice and in preparation for senior design courses. conduct an interview. dams. with application to economic feasibility studies of engineering projects. design. space structures and wastewater collection and treatment facilities. CIVIL ENGINEERING faculty Dintie Mahamah. Most civil engineers work in industry. Civil engineers plan. data-handling and report-writing. Freshmen register for GE 105. Introduction of economic analysis in decision-making. A professional engineering license is mandatory for career success as a civil engineer. GE 305 Engineering Seminar (1) Seminar students are given presentations from visiting speakers and professors providing them with a better understanding of what engineers do in industry. practical and satisfying profession in high demand worldwide. and submit a written biography on their chosen guest speaker. government or private consulting firms. offshore structures. GE 359 Ethics. this course provides an important introduction to hands-on engineering experimentation. including benefit/cost ratio. bridges. torts. Most of these students will enter professional practice in the South Sound area following their undergraduate studies. Transfer students register for GE 305. capital recovery. physical and natural sciences. Chair Pius Igharo Chun Kyung Seong John Sladek The Department of Civil Engineering provides its students with an outstanding educational opportunity to enter a challenging and fulfilling professional career. Prerequisites: GE 206 or concurrent registration. Ethical codes of conduct are presented and case studies discussed with an emphasis on safety and public welfare.

SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING – CIVIL ENGINEERING 203 principles learned in these areas are then applied to practical problems in structures, foundations, transportation systems and environmental problems. The role of the engineer as problem-solver and designer is the common thread throughout the engineer’s career, both during preparation and in practice. During their junior and senior years, students are required to take a core program that includes structural, transportation, environmental and geotechnical engineering. They also take a minimum of eight credits of electives to begin specializing in a selected discipline area. All upper-division courses incorporate design problems in the curriculum. The program culminates with a major, year-long teamwork-based capstone design experience in the senior year. Goals and expected outcomes of the Department of Civil Engineering can be found on the University website, www.stmartin.edu/engineering.

Department of Civil Engineering Goals
The goal of the Department of Civil Engineering is to provide graduates with an education that prepares them for entry into the civil engineering profession and for successful careers as registered (licensed) Professional Engineers. Because the first essential step toward a professional license is a degree from an ABET-accredited program, the school’s goal is to maintain the program’s ABET/EAC accreditation.

Civil Engineering Major
Listed below are the classes required for graduation. These classes fall into four general categories: General Education; Mathematics, Science and Computer Science; General Engineering; plus, Civil Engineering. The classes listed under General Education will not match the University’s general education requirements, as some of the mathematics, science and computer science requirements fulfill the University’s general requirements. The following lists the current requirements (136 total semester hours) for the BSCE degree: General Education Requirements (35 semester hours) Some General Education Requirements are included in the Engineering Graduation Requirements (below) and are shown there. • ART Approved Art Elective (3) • UNI 101 Freshman Seminar (3) • ENG 101 College Writing I (3) • ENG 102 College Writing II (3) • ENG • HIS • HIS • PE • PE Literature (3) American History (3) World, European, Asian, etc. (must not be U.S. History) (3) Physical Education (1) Physical Education (1)

UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS

204 SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING – CIVIL ENGINEERING • PHL • RLS • SOC • SOC Philosophy (3) Religious Studies (3) Social Sciences Elective I (3) Social Sciences Elective II (3)

Math and Science Requirements (32 Semester hours) • CHEM 141 General Chemistry with Laboratory (5) • CSC 180 • MTH 171 • MTH 172 • MTH 322 • MTH 357 • PHY 171 • PHY 172 Introduction to Programming (3) Calculus I (4) Calculus II (4) Differential Equations (3) Probability and Statistics (3) (or approved upper-level math class) Introduction to Physics I with Laboratory (5) Introduction to Physics II with Laboratory (5)

Science elective from a third area (3) (Geology, Biology, as approved)

General Engineering Requirements (16 semester hours) • GE 103 Graphics and Computer-Aided Drafting (3) • GE 105 or 305 Engineering Problem Solving and Design (1) Freshman take GE 105; transfers take GE 305. • GE 204 • GE 205 • GE 359 Statics (3) Dynamics (3) Ethics, Law and Economics in Engineering Practice (2)

• GE 206/207 Mechanics of Materials with Laboratory (4) Civil Engineering Requirements (50 semester hours) • CE 304 Surveying with Laboratory (3) • CE 308/309 Fluid Mechanics with Laboratory (4) • CE 310 Civil Engineering Materials, with Laboratory (3) • CE 321/322 Soil Mechanics with Laboratory (4) • CE 323/324 Transportation Engineering with Laboratory (4) • CE 330 • CE 350 • CE 360 • CE 370 • CE 385 • CE 498 • CE 499 Hydrology (3) Structural Analysis (4) Reinforced Concrete (4) Hydraulic Engineering (3) Environmental Engineering (3) Senior Design (3) Senior Design (3)

SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING – CIVIL ENGINEERING 205 • CE Elective (3) • CE Elective (3) • CE Elective (3)

Civil Engineering Courses
CE 220 Physical Geology (3) Introductory study of basic concepts of physical geology. Topics include geologic time, plate tectonics, rocks and minerals, weathering and erosion, soils, structural geology, earthquakes, geomorphology, mass wasting, fluvial processes, coastal processes, glacial processes and groundwater. A basic science elective is recommended for civil engineers prior to upper-division courses in soil mechanics and foundations. Laboratory included. CE 304 / CE 304L Surveying (3) Fundamentals of plane measurement survey, including field use of instruments for distance measurement, traverse, differential levels, horizontal curve layout and the use of electronic and computer adjustment of errors. Introduction to technology in surveying practice (GPS, GIS). Understanding of key applications of surveying in civil engineering and construction practices. Lab taken included. CE 308 fluid Mechanics (3) Course develops a fundamental understanding of fluid behavior essential to the study of technologically important situations encountered in courses to follow in hydraulics, hydrology and environmental engineering. Covers fluid properties, fluid statics, fluid flow, viscous effects, fluid resistance, dimensional analysis, dynamic similitude, frictionless compressible flow and two-dimensional ideal fluid flow. Applications to flow measurement and flow in closed conduits and open channels. Lab taken concurrently. Prerequisites: GE 205, GE 206, MTH 322. Corequisite: CE 309. CE 309 fluids Laboratory (1) Laboratory experiments designed to provide physical demonstration of the fundamental principles covered in CE 308, Fluid Mechanics (taken concurrently). Experimental measurement and laboratory exercises in fluid behavior, including dynamic forces, flow rates and velocity distribution in closed and open systems. Emphasis is placed on experimental procedures, observation and recording of data, class teamwork, reportwriting, and relating results to theory. Prerequisite: CE 308 or concurrent registration. CE 310 Civil Engineering Materials (3) Classroom and laboratory study of the principal materials used in civil engineering, emphasizing the physical characteristics and mechanical properties that impact their application to civil engineering projects. Included are soils, aggregates, asphalt, cement, concrete, wood, steel and plastic. Code-based laboratory testing procedures to determine material properties and quality are introduced. General mechanics of materials theory is related to the behavior of the specific materials used in upper-division design courses in foundations, pavements, steel, concrete and wood. Lab taken concurrently. Prerequisites: GE 206 and GE 207.
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS

206 SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING – CIVIL ENGINEERING CE 321 Soil Mechanics (3) Identification and classification of soils, determination and interpretation of mechanical properties for civil engineering purposes, and introductory applications in the mechanics of foundations and earth structures. Topics include site investigation, index properties, hydraulics of soils, soil stresses, compressibility, shear strength, slope stability, lateral earth pressures, bearing capacity and settlement. Course extends engineering mechanics to the use of soil as a structural material, introduces foundation design. Laboratory must be taken concurrently. Prerequisites: GE 206; CE 308, CE 309 taken concurrently. CE 322 Soil Mechanics Laboratory (1) Field and laboratory testing procedures used to classify soils and measure their mechanical properties are conducted. Importance of testing in geotechnical engineering is emphasized; appreciation fostered for the limitations, approximations and risks inherent in applying test results to foundation design. ASTM and AASHTO standards are introduced and followed. A subsurface soils investigation and formal geotechnical reconnaissance report of the proposed site for the senior design project is made. Take concurrently with CE 321. CE 323 Transportation Engineering (3) Planning and design of urban and intercity transportation, emphasizing a systems approach to problem definition and feasible solutions. Introduces volume analysis, geometric design, signalization, parking studies and development of models for establishing design criteria for transportation structures. A formal report of a traffic reconnaissance study of the selected site for the senior design project is made by student teams. Prerequisite: GE 103 and junior standing. CE 324 Transportation Engineering Laboratory (1) Field and laboratory techniques for observation and measurement of traffic data collected under operational conditions; analysis of data using software packages. Traffic studies include speed volume, travel time, delay, turning movements, peak-hour factor, gap, and parking. Prerequisite: CE 323 concurrently. CE 330 Hydrology (3) Development of models for hydrologic analysis and design, with application to systems such as canals, roadway drainage, sewers and dams. Analysis of rainfall intensity, runoff, unit hydrographs, storm water detention, river flow prediction, flood-routing and probability analysis. Course applies theoretical knowledge gained in fluid mechanics to the solution of practical design problems. Prerequisites: Junior standing, CE 308. CE 350 Structural Analysis (4) Methods of analysis of statically determinate coplanar and space structures; introduction to indeterminate structural analysis. Topics include loads, reactions, shear and moment diagrams, influence lines, trusses, frames, deflections by the conjugate beam and virtual work methods, the method of consistent distortions, slope-deflection, moment distribution, and the stiffness method, with an introduction to computer techniques. Course links basic knowledge gained in statics and mechanics of materials to upper-division structural design courses. Prerequisite: GE 206.

SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING – CIVIL ENGINEERING 207 CE 360 Reinforced Concrete Design (4) Analysis and design of reinforced concrete structures in accordance with the current ACI Building Code. Topics include basic concrete and reinforcing steel properties, introduction to fundamental reinforced concrete behavior and design philosophy, development of simple loads and load paths, load combinations, construction specifications and introduction to structural design/analysis software. Design/analysis elements include simple and continuous beams, one-way slabs, footings, retaining walls and introduction to columns. Students consider elements over full range of construction and behavior including ultimate strength, serviceability and basic detailing. Students learn to apply mechanics of materials and structural analysis principles to the design of reinforced concrete components. Prerequisite: CE 321 and CE 350. CE 370 Hydraulic Engineering (3) Application of hydraulic principles to the analysis and design of selected hydraulic facilities including reservoirs, dams, spillways, outlet works, open channels, closed conduit flow, water hammer, pipe networks analysis and hydraulic machinery. Course provides the practical extension of fluid mechanics theory to the design of hydraulic structures. Prerequisite: CE 308. CE 385 Environmental Engineering (3) Introduction to the effects of pollutants on the environment, and to the processes and design procedures for water and wastewater treatment plants. Topics include conceptual design of unit processes and operations, pretreatment, sedimentation, filtration, aeration, disinfection, sludge treatment and disposal, and advanced treatment. The basic knowledge gained in chemistry and fluid mechanics is combined and extended to the analysis of pollution effects and design of treatment facilities. Prerequisites: CHM 141, CE 308. CE 403 Engineering Construction Management (2) Covers engineering project management from concept through design, procurement, construction and closeout. Topics include project delivery, contractual arrangements, construction documents, project phases, cost-estimating, work-planning, scheduling, tracking and cost control, trend analysis and forecasting, administration of group process and leadership and economic feasibility analysis. Engineering economics reviewed, and use of the critical-path method included. Many topics are applicable to the concurrently offered senior design course. Prerequisite: GE 359. CE 405 Insitu Soil Testing (2) Introduction to site investigation procedures and insitu testing techniques to characterize field behavior of soils related to engineering properties. Field exercises in principles of mechanics of materials and structural analysis to the design of steel structures in conformance with current codes. Prerequisite: CE 350. CE 415 Earthquake Engineering (3) Structural design for earthquake forces in accordance with the 1997 Uniform Building Code and the 2000 International Building Code. Fundamentals of earthquake ground motion: tectonics, seismic waves, intensity, magnitude, seismic maps, soil effects,

UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS

208 SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING – CIVIL ENGINEERING structural dynamics and response spectra. A detailed study of the IBC-2000 static force provisions, including seismic use groups, spectral maps, site coefficients, base shear, force distribution, torsion and reliability factor; comparison to the UBC-97 provisions. Detailed analysis and design of diaphragm and shear wall systems in wood, masonry and concrete. Analysis of steel moment frames, braced frames and eccentrically braced frames. Overview of foundation design considerations, seismic isolation and seismic retrofit. Prerequisites: CE 321, CE 350, CE 450. CE 418 Seismic Evaluation (3) Fundamentals of seismology and geotechnical earthquake engineering, in accordance with the NEHRP and USGS procedures, with correlation to the UBC and IBC building codes. Topics include plate tectonics, earthquake faults, seismic magnitude and intensity, ground motion, seismic wave attenuation, development of response spectra, seismic hazard analysis, ground motion amplification, liquefaction analysis, dynamic slope stability, seismic design of retaining walls and mitigation of hazardous sites. Prerequisites: CE 321, CE 350, CE 450. CE 420 Engineering Geology (3) Introduction to engineering geology. Major topics include three-dimensional portrayal of subsurface conditions, endogenic and exogenic geological conditions applicable to civil engineering, land use planning, applied geomorphology and geophysics, hydrology and field methods for site-specific analysis of engineering geology problems. Prerequisite: CE 321. CE 425 Advanced Transportation Engineering (3) Selected topics in advanced transportation planning techniques, signalization design, airport planning and design and transportation economics. Course is designed to equip students with practical design-oriented knowledge of land use impacts on transportation, travel demand forecasting, models of trip distribution and traffic assignment on the road network. Prerequisites: CE 323, GE 359. CE 430 foundation Design (3) Geotechnical design of foundations and retaining structures. Structural requirements are combined with subsurface behavior to select and design the most suitable foundation type, focusing on safety, serviceability and economy of design. Topics include subsurface exploration methods, bearing capacity and settlement analysis for shallow and deep foundations, retaining walls and abutments, sheet piles, problem soils, ground improvement, slope stability and construction excavation and bracing. Basic soil mechanics theory is extended and applied to analytic and semi-empirical approaches in the geotechnical design of foundation systems for civil engineering structures. Prerequisites CE 321, CE 322, CE 350 and CE 360. CE 435 Pavement Design (2) Asphalt and concrete pavement design for highways and airfields. Covers wheel loads and design factors, stresses in flexible and rigid pavements, vehicle and traffic considerations, soil classification and characteristics, subgrade, design methods and bases and subbases. Combines soil mechanics theory and traffic requirements for an under-

CE 460 Structural Systems Design (3) Current professional practice in the design of structural systems for buildings. Prerequisites: CE 350. design of tension members. beams and frames. live. response to harmonic. forming member and structure stiffness matrices. Prerequisite: CE 360. CE 360. finite element method (FEM) and simple examples of FEM application will be introduced. linear UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS . Senior civil engineering students learn to apply the principles of mechanics of materials and structural analysis to the design of wood buildings in conformance with current codes. Topics covered include brief summary of matrix algebra. trusses. Topics include steel properties. columns. virtual work displacement calculation. The impacts of different professional disciplines’ responsibilities comprising a typical project team are examined. arbitrary or step excitations. beams. load combinations. CE 453 Matrix Structural Analysis (3) Senior civil engineering students who have completed CE350 Structural Analysis course will extend their classical structural analysis knowledge from CE350 to the advanced computer aided structural analysis theory and techniques currently used in professional practice. with design of material and thickness to satisfy strength and serviceability performance objectives. tension members. specifications. analytical and numerical methods of natural frequency of vibration. welds. Students will learn commercial software currently used by practicing structural engineers. Topics include wood properties and specifications. in accordance with the National Design Specification for Wood Construction. Economical arrangements of components to achieve material compatibility. bolted connections and structural systems to resist vertical and lateral loads. and plywood diaphragms and shear walls to resist lateral loads. serviceability and constructability are emphasized. basic concepts of the force and displacement methods of structural analysis. Prerequisite: CE 321. Prerequisite: CE 350. beam-columns. CE 445 Timber Design (3) Analysis and design of wood structures by the allowable stress method.SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING – CIVIL ENGINEERING 209 standing of the fundamental behavior of pavements under traffic loads. bolted and nailed connections. Multiple material types are used in creating structural systems designed to resist dead. connections and systems in accordance with current AISC Specification. beam-columns. design of solid and glued-laminated members. CE 440 Steel Design (3) Analysis and design of structural steel members. beams. CE 463 Dynamics of Structure (3) Introduction of free and forced vibration structures. the Gaussian elimination and Cholesky triangular inverse matrix algorithm. application of principle of minimum potential energy. strength. columns. wind and earthquake loads in accordance with Uniform Building Code criteria. Senior civil engineering students learn to apply the principles of mechanics of materials and structural analysis to the design of steel structures in conformance with current codes. and examples of solving indeterminate trusses. equations of motion for single and multi degree of freedom structural system. Prerequisite: CE350. In addition.

productive design team members. including report and construction document/plan preparation. Focus will be on the reinforced concrete deck and pre-stressed girder composite bridge structures. case studies illustrating design/construction failures. coliform counts. re-use and disposal of solid wastes. CE 470 Solid Waste Management (2) Engineering management and principles as applied to the collection. flexural analysis and design. dissolved oxygen. design project planning.CE 360 and CE 440 CE 480 Environmental Laboratory Processes (2) Laboratory analysis techniques for water and wastewater evaluation. CE 475 bridge Engineering and Design (3) Analysis and design of bridge structure based on Load Resistance Factor Design (LRFD) in accordance with the 2002 AASHTO and WADOT Bridge Design Specifications. students will design and prepare structural drawings of a bridge. Prerequisites: CE 350 and three of the following design classes: CE 321. CE 453. CE 385. importance of and preparation for professional registration. CE 323.210 SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING – CIVIL ENGINEERING and nonlinear system. Prerequisites: Junior standing and approval of department chair. fatigue and fracture problems in steel bridge and substructure design. transport. . and initial conceptual design/team organization for the design project. awareness of public policy and related legal issues. effective verbal. CE 495 Special Topics (1-3) Selected topics in engineering approved by the School of Engineering. CE 370. One design class may be taken as a corequisite. Students who are currently employed in civil engineering-related jobs are given the opportunity to discover relationships between academic topics and professional practice. Design of steel girder bridge also will be introduced. damped and resonant behavior of structures. case studies illustrating the integration of various civil engineering disciplines into successful projects. engineering ethics. CE 490 Internship (1-3) Coordinated through the University’s Career Center and the School of Engineering. the Department of Civil Engineering grants approval of credits for work. Prerequisite: CE 385. written and technical communication. Prerequisite: CE 385. These general concepts on the dynamic behavior of buildings and bridges are related to the structural response under earthquake induced motion. global and historic perspectives of civil engineering. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Prerequisites. Structural design and analysis against earthquake loading will be introduced. During the course. Prerequisites: CE 350. CE 360. new live load system and application. Topics include: Local. BOD and microbial examinations. an strut and tie analysis and design for disturbed region. Class integrates the various design/ analysis methods presented in previous courses and equips students to be successful. Emphasis on municipal wastes. Topics on new load resistant factors and parameters. modified compression field theory in shear and torsion design. coordination and quality control. including solids. un-damped. CE 498 Senior Design I (3) First of a two-semester capstone design sequence.

Multi-discipline student teams take the conceptual study done in Senior Design I through design development and contract documents. cost estimates. energy-related issues and fluid mechanics. including computations. Practicing engineers from the community are involved in reviewing the students’ work. humanities and social sciences is required. The principles learned in such disciplines are applied to mechanical design and systems. Students participate in five laboratory courses that emphasize the statistical nature of systems and their behavior. energy systems. Written. state government or business. Due to the versatility. Seniors may tailor their curricula by choosing nine to 12 semester hours of UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS . thermal. automated manufacturing and heating. it is necessary to develop the whole person. Practicing mechanical engineers are generally required to take a product from concept to prototype and beyond. detailed drawings. propulsion and transportation systems. Professional competence is built on a foundation of mathematics. ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC). In addition to professional competency. physical and natural sciences. In preparing for lifelong learning. Chair Isaac Jung Roy D. A major goal of the junior year is to develop the student’s analytical. a wide spectrum of career opportunities is open to them. They work in areas as diverse as aerospace. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING faculty Amanie Abdelmessih. thereby developing a degree of maturity in the student’s engineering capabilities. The main goal in the senior year is to integrate knowledge in science with engineering topics.SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 211 ACADEMIC CATALOG CE 499 Senior Design II (3) Second of a two-semester capstone design sequence. bioengineering. Some. and systems design activities are continued in three junior-year courses. however. continue their formal education in a graduate program. synthetical and evolutional skills through engineering topics equally divided between the department’s focuses in energy and in structures and motion. design and laboratory experience. James Witsmeer bachelor of Science Mechanical engineers design products and systems used by the public for a variety of applications. Prerequisite: CE 498. The role of the engineer as problem-solver and designer is the common thread throughout the curriculum. flexibility and ability of mechanical engineers to work in a team. Sandford Jr. a balanced program encompassing strong communication skills and an appreciation for the arts. CE 498 and CE 499 must be completed in two successive semesters. Most mechanical engineering graduates take positions in industry. engineering sciences. specifications and bidding material. Computers are used when appropriate to aid in reaching and interpreting solutions to engineering problems. graphic and oral presentations are made. Mechanical.

students. Educational Objectives Our graduates will: • Understand the fundamental scientific principles that govern the mechanical engineering profession. • Possess the necessary communication and interpersonal skills to enable them to be successful in mechanical engineering. These objectives were developed after extensive consultation and in collaboration with the constituents of the Department of Mechanical Engineering faculty.htm.edu/engineering/ mechanical/program_outcomes. program outcomes have been matched with objectives. The engineering faculty and staff are committed to excellence in engineering education. This experience should grow from initial introductory exposure during the freshman year and terminate in a capstone design course synthesizing all or most of their design knowledge. students may decide to develop depth in a certain area or to develop breadth in several areas. The final design course is a capstone that requires integration of knowledge gained in preceding analysis and design courses with generation of a concept-to-prototype schema. keeping in mind the requirements of the Engineering Accreditation Commission of the Accreditation Board of Engineering and Technology ABET/EAC. The first emphasizes design considerations and methods required to solve open-ended problems. as well as written and oral communication of the design solution. As such. • Know the importance and be capable of lifelong learning for enhancing their personal and professional growth. The senior year culminates in a two-semester sequence in engineering design. alumni and the Engineering Advisory Board. Each of these technical electives includes design as an important component. • Have the skills and abilities needed for successful employment in the mechanical engineering and related professions. • Be broadly educated consistent with the Benedictine tradition. Design Integration Objective: To insure insure that mechanical engineering students obtain knowledge of design and demonstrate skills to solve progressively more challenging design problems. The objectives of the program dovetail with the objectives of the School of Engineering and the mission of the University. Program outcomes were formulated using the same constituents and are available on the department’s website: www.stmartin. Accordingly. Some students choose to pursue an independent research project under faculty direction. We recognize the need for continuous improvement and change necessitated by advancement in technology and changes in the requirements of the profession.212 SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING technical electives. .

These courses fall into four general categories: General Education. European.or . (must not be U. Science. Mathematics. History) (3) Physical Education (1) Physical Education (1) Philosophy (3) Religious Studies (3) Social Sciences Elective I (3) Social Sciences Elective II (3) UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS • ENG Literature (3) Math and Science Requirements (32 semester hours) • CHEM 141 General Chemistry with Laboratory (5) • MTH 171 • MTH 172 • MTH 271 • MTH 322 • MTH 357 • PHY 171 • PHY 172 Calculus I (4) Calculus II (4) Vector Calculus (3) Differential Equations (3) Statistics (3) . General Engineering.MTH 353 Algebra (3) Introduction to Physics I with Laboratory (5) Introduction to Physics II with Laboratory (5) Graphics and Computer-Aided Drafting (3) General Engineering Requirements (16 semester hours) • GE or GE104 . science requirements fulfill the University’s general requirements. The courses listed under General Education will not match the University’s general education requirements. etc. Mechanical Engineering Major The following is a list of courses required for graduation. • ART Approved Art Elective (3) • UNI 101 Freshman Seminar (3) • ENG 101 College Writing I (3) • ENG 102 College Writing II (3) • HIS • HIS • PE • PE • PHL • RLS • SOC • SOC American History (3) World.SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 213 The following design sequence represents the integration of design into the program.S. as some of the mathematics. and Mechanical Engineering. Asian. The following lists the current requirements (136 total semester hours) for the BSME degree: General Education Requirements (35 semester hours) Some General Education Requirements are included in the Engineering Graduation Requirements (below) and are shown there.

along with the fundamentals of statistical quality control. quality control. Concurrent lab enrollment required. manufacturing materials and numerical control. ME 300L Manufacturing Processes Laboratory (1) Design of work-holding devices for measurement and manufacturing. welding and sheet metal working. Also covers material selection and the production process for an application. Law and Economics in Engineering Practice (2) Manufacturing Processes with Laboratory (4) Theory of Machines (3) Thermodynamics I (3) Thermodynamics II (3) Elements of Electrical Engineering with Laboratory (4) Heat Transfer with Laboratory (4) Material Science (2) Systems Analysis and Design (2) Machine Design (3) Instruments and Experimental Design (3) Senior Design I (3) Senior Design II (3) • GE 206/207 Mechanics of Materials with Laboratory (4) Mechanical Engineering Requirements (50 semester hours) • ME 308/309 Fluid Mechanics I with Laboratory (4) • Approved ME Elective (3) • Approved ME Elective (3) • Approved ME Elective (3) Mechanical Engineering Courses ME 300 Manufacturing Processes (3) Study of commonly used industrial processes. Reinforces theoretical knowledge obtained in ME 300. Introduction of various processes available for producing engineering artifacts from raw material. metal-cutting. .214 SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING • GE 105 or 305 Engineering Problem Solving and Design (1) Freshman take GE 105. Students will be required to plan the production process and to design tooling for work-holding and sheet metal work. transfers take GE 305. Prerequisite: GE 206. Design and manufacture of simple artifacts. • GE 204 • GE 205 • GE 359 • ME 300 /L • ME 301 • ME 340 • ME 341 • ME 345/L • ME 347 /L • ME 360 • ME 370 • ME 401 • ME 415 • ME 498 • ME 499 Statics (3) Dynamics (3) Ethics. Corequisite: ME 300.

Introduction of viscous. research methods and data analysis. as well as statistical analysis of experimental data. velocity distributions and tow-tank experiments. viscous effect. experimental techniques. observation and written reports that discuss the related theory and results. Experimentation on fluids (liquid and gas). Prerequisite: ME 308. Introduces numerical solutions. Prerequisites: MTH 172. measurement systems. ME 308. energy method. unstructured engineering design problems and improves students’ ability to communicate their understanding of the subject through professional quality technical reports and oral presentations. GE 206. two-dimensional ideal flow. dimensional analysis. and also the analysis of mechanisms in order to determine their rigid-body dynamic behavior. flow measurement for both liquid and gas and compressible flow of gases. incompressible and compressible fluid flows. jets. Application of thermodynamic laws to UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS . Course also acquaints student with current problems. ME 308 fluid Mechanics (3) First course in fluid mechanics covers fluid properties. will be covered. static and dynamic characteristics of physical signals and experimental methods. ME 312 fluid Mechanics II (3) Continued coverage of fluid mechanics with more advanced mathematical treatment and with emphasis on external incompressible flow and internal compressible flow. Prerequisites: MTH 322. Prerequisites GE 205. literature and patents on fluid mechanics of heterogeneous fluids in steadystate and transient flow. GE 206. ME 306 Intermediate Mechanics of Materials (3) Advanced course in strength of material and structural design. behavior of fluids. Corequisite: ME 308. This course introduces the design process as it applies to the solution of reallife.SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 215 ACADEMIC CATALOG ME 301 Theory of Machines (3) This course introduces fundamental topics of kinematics and dynamics of machinery in respect to the synthesis of mechanisms in order to accomplish desired motions of tasks. flow rates. Prime goal is cultivating student’s capability of modeling complex real-world problems into analytical models and solving them numerically or analytically. velocities. Developing a team approach to the experiments is a part of the learning exercise. including static and dynamic forces. GE 205. Emphasis on indeterminate structural analysis. Application of design problems to simple flows. nozzles and diffusers. beyond that introduced in elementary physics and chemistry courses. ME 309 fluid Mechanics Laboratory (1) Lab experiments are organized and scheduled to support the academic course. Emphasis is on conducting specific experiments. with emphasis on fundamental phenomena. Also covers viscous flow in pipes. MTH 322. These topics are fundamental to the broader subject of machine design. Structural design and analysis of the senior design project is conducted during course. GE 207. heterogeneous. buckling problems and computational structural mechanics. ME 340 Thermodynamics I (3) The first and second laws of thermodynamics. fluid statics and flows. automated data acquisition and recording. boundary layer theory.

machine design. chemical and phase equilibrium.216 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING practical engineering problems such as turbines. Primary emphasis is given to heat engines. steady and transient states with emphasis on classical solutions. refrigeration. Prerequisite: ME 340. ME 360 Material Science (2) Course provides the necessary background of material science and engineering that can be applies to manufacturing processes. including internal and external combustion engines. refrigerators and heat pumps. ME 347/347L Heat Transfer (4) Application of the principles of conduction. nozzles. characteristics of electrical elements including their transient’s properties and applied frequency responses. ME 341 Thermodynamics II (3) Emphasis is placed on the practical applications of the principles of thermodynamics developed in ME 340 and extended to cycle analysis. throttles. convection and radiation heat transfer to practical problems. controls and instrumentation. Radiation properties and exchange between surfaces also covered. compressors. one three-hour lab per week. Thevenin’s and Norton’s circuit reductions. ME 345 Elements of Electrical Engineering (3) Study of and applications of linear circuit theorems including maximum power transfer theorem. A student may choose to design and build a project of interest with the approval of the instructor. internal combustion engines and heat pumps. Forced and natural convection in external and internal flows. Example projects have included designing and building an electric amplifier for musicians. The lab manual includes problems to reinforce the experimenter’s ability to solve circuit problems. gas mixtures. Three hours lecture. Open-ended design projects provide an introduction to design in thermal sciences/engineering and foster teamwork. ME 308 and MTH 322 or instructor’s consent. Prerequisites: ME 340. house-hold wiring. electri- . Primary emphasis is given to steam power plants. strength of materials. and various control devices. circuit analyses are expressed in both the time and phasor domains. as well as boiling and condensation. Corequisite: ME 345 or instructor’s permission. and industrial applications. thermodynamics property relations. The course is calculus based. Study of conduction in one and two dimensions. A. CHEM 141. Prerequisites: PHY 172. Prerequisites: MTH 172 and PHY 172 ME 345L Elements of Electrical Engineering Laboratory (1) The laboratory work consists in verifying the electrical theorems and provides handson experience working with electrical components and electrical instruments. The application of psychometric principles. An electrical project may be pursued in place of some or all of the experiments depending on the scope of the project. delta and Y transformations. Topics include magnetic circuits related to transformers. Electrical circuits are studied along with their protective measures and their applications in automotive ignition circuits. the thermodynamics of high speed gas flows and combustion also are covered. Emphasis is on the concept and practical problems of power generation.C. Introduce basic calculations for heat exchangers. heat exchangers and mixing chambers. corequisite: MTH 322.

processing and properties of materials. synthesis and design of structures. placing special emphasis on the fundamental aspects of engineering measurements. vehicle suspension system design. feedback system and stability criteria will be introduced. Prerequisites: MTH 322. Students conduct a paper design of an instrument employing the principles of vibration theory or resolve an actual vibration problem in a machine or equipment. Modern engineering materials and their properties are considered in terms of microstructure. steady and variable loading. materials. Prerequisite: ME 370. experimen- UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS . steady state analysis and application to design of engineering systems. A major component is the design of engineering artifacts to assist in motion and/or replace limbs. protection of delicate and sensitive instruments from environmental vibrations. free and forced vibrations. GE 206. compatibility equations and continuity equations. mechanical. spectral analysis of forcing functions and system response. In addition. Prerequisites GE 205. thermal and fluid elements. bearings and gearing. GE 205. statistical considerations. torsional. Establishment of design criteria based on stress and fatigue analysis and on experimental results. vibration resonance and damping. Group design project will be conducted to reinforce theory. ME 415 Instrumentation and Experimental Design (3) Course introduces students to the subject of engineering measurements. corrosion and wear prevention techniques. ME 401 Machine Design (3) Course covers theoretical and practical design of machine parts and simple systems. wheel and rotor balancing. design concepts in seismometers and accelerometers. Course covers single and multiple degrees of freedom systems. Prerequisite: Junior standing. Also covers formulation of the dynamic system using constitutive equations. Students are introduced to the mechanics of the human body’s physical movements and are given an overview of physiology and anatomy as applicable to mechanics and kinematics of joints. springs.SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 217 ACADEMIC CATALOG cal and electronics engineering. A design project will be conducted. Introduction to modern composite materials. mechanics of load-bearing. Focus is on sensory organs. Phase diagrams and corrosion mechanics are introduced. Introduction to techniques in identifying basic system elements and analogy among electrical. ME 385 biomechanical Engineering (3) Course makes students aware of the various ways in which engineers can contribute in the field of medicine. including screws. Laplace transform method. Includes the integration of the basic engineering disciplines necessary for proper analysis. material properties and processes and understanding of the relationship between material structures. Prerequisites CHM 141. MTH 322. students design measurement techniques for assessing the performance of sensory organs. Analytical and numerical solution methods are emphasized. Emphasis on heat treatments. ME 370 Systems Analysis and Design I (2) Covers modeling of mechanical and electrical lumped parameter elements and systems. ME 410 Vibration Theory (3) Course deals with some limitations imposed on the design of dynamic systems due to vibrations. dynamics of human motion and the causes and effects of the failures of joints. simple machines or processes.

ME 435 Energy Systems (3) Focus is on energy systems associated with electric power-generation. design methods. momentum and energy in rectangular. Lagrangian interpolation and the Newton-Raphson method to solve systems of equations. fouling of heat exchangers. experimental testing. Introduce the theoretical basis for the design of air conditioning systems. Ventilating and Air Conditioning (3) Specific course goals are to demonstrate the basic application of the principles of thermodynamics and heat transfer to air conditioning systems. students will be able to evaluate the performance of turbo-machinery and design and optimize component and system performance. energy calculations and pumping. Students will develop an understanding of basic energy economics. nuclear. Study of various types of heat exchangers: double-pipe heat exchangers. Topics will change to reflect demands in undergraduate engineering courses. heat transfer. vibrations and acoustics. biomass and fuel cells. Examples include. ME 341. Laplace transforms. . computer-aided measurement systems. condensers and evaporators. Relate the principals of thermodynamics and heat transfer to the application of available energy resources and promote the concept of energy conservation through proper system design. Upon successful completion of course. components and component-matching. Behavior and design of compressors. ME 436 Thermal Design of Heat Exchangers (3) Classification of heat exchangers. Prerequisites: ME 341 and ME 347/347L or instructor’s permission. including cycles. volume-control analysis for flow continuity. spherical and cylindrical coordinates. ME 422 Numerical Methods in Engineering (3) Selected topics in numerical methods are developed to solve problems in fluid mechanics. for engineering graduate school preparation and for general professional development. Specific goals are to expose the student to the various sources of energy including renewable energy sources (solar and wind). single phase convection correlations and two-phase correlations. shell-andtube heat exchangers. uncertainty analysis and error propagation. plate heat exchangers. space heating and cooling loads. solar radiation. Prerequisite: MTH 322. Prerequisite: ME 345.218 SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING tal techniques. Prerequisites: ME 341. report-writing and final presentations. geothermal. data analysis. Topics include indoor air quality. ME 347/347L or instructor’s permission. compact heat exchangers. Taylor series. ME 425 Heating. pressure drop calculations. environmental impact and industrial risks. Prerequisites: ME 308. A design project will be performed. applications of Fourier series. Course includes open-ended design project of mechanical parameter measurement systems. heat transmission in buildings. research methods and design of experiments and measurement systems. sensors and measurement systems. turbines and pumps. Prerequisites: ME 347/347L or instructor’s consent. ME 420 Turbo Machinery (3) Course deals with fundamentals of the fluid mechanics and thermodynamics of turbo-machinery with emphasis on gas turbines.

ME 440 Internal Combustion Engines (3) Study of engine types including hybrid systems and operation. Course deals with tooling required for mass production. results and plots.and three-dimensional graphics and presentations. Failures in electronics due to thermal reasons. Prerequisite: ME 347. ME 450 Advanced CAD (3) Covers interactive computer programming and graphics and their applications in the mechanical design of engineering systems. ME 454 Robotics and Automation (3) Course focuses on the application of kinematics and dynamics in automated machinery. welding fixtures and tools will be developed. gas exchange processes. Design projects involving the application of CAD (computer-aided design) constitute a significant portion of the course. pollutant formation and control and engine operating characteristics. analysis set up. These include but are not limited to mathematical and computer modeling. as well UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS . fields. Prerequisites: ME 347/L. Applications to thermal engineering problems. Thermal engineering design projects assigned will be modeled thermally using commercial thermal software. students are required to design fixtures and gripping devices for automated manufacturing. Machining. Computations and characterization for designs of thermal systems using commercial thermal software. combustion in spark-ignition and compression-ignition engines. Emphasis on use of hard and programmable automation in the design of systems for manufacture. Learn to evaluate the models. Actuators and control systems in automation are introduced. groups. Prerequisite: ME 340. ME 452 Automated Manufacturing and Tool Design (3) Introduction to numerical and empirical calculations for the design of work-holding devices. display. ME 447 Heat Transfer in Electronic Packaging (3) Background on materials used in electronics manufacturing and their thermal properties. sheet-metal working. finite element analysis. Prerequisites: Senior standing in ME program. contact resistance. Design projects represent a primary portion of course. Presents various ways in which computers can help the designer solve problems and make decisions. engine design parameters. simulations. thermochemistry of fuel-air mixtures. analysis and optimization. materials and element properties. Prerequisite: Senior standing in ME program. ideal and actual engine cycles. animation and two. Design projects will be assigned. properties of working fluids. Sensitivity to the production aspects of tool design is emphasized. and miniature heat pipes will be covered. viewing. In addition.SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 219 ME 437 Computational Heat Transfer and Thermal Modeling (3) Application of finite difference numerical methods to heat transfer from steady two dimensional heat transfer to transient three dimensional (explicit and implicit methods). Course design project consists of an optimization study among selected engine design parameters and/or the design of an engine mechanical system or an engine system involving the solution of a gas dynamic and/or heat transfer problem. Learn to build finite element models: geometric modeling. thermal/fluid boundary conditions. elements and meshing.

Prerequisites: ME 308. ME 460 Gas Dynamics (3) Course extends student’s knowledge of compressible fluid flow beyond that introduced in elementary fluid mechanics courses. Students learn to apply principles of dynamics and fluid mechanics to traditional flight problems of aircraft. ME 340. Design projects constitute a significant portion of this course. isentropic. take-off. ME 464 flight Mechanics (3) Application of fluid mechanics and dynamics to flight. Nichols plot. Students will demonstrate their ability to use these methods through team design problems. Also provides background and tools sufficient for solution of engineering design problems involving gas flow. Students will be able to analyze their design in time domain. root locus method. Prerequisites: ME 312. if necessary. One-dimensional flow. shock waves. and oblique shock waves. The performance and control design portion of the senior design project will be conducted through this course. ME 470 Systems Analysis and Design II (3) Senior-level course in control system design and analysis. ME 340. plasma-working lasers and manufacturing systems. stability and control are studied. stability and controllability. Emphasis will be on developing methods for use in design. propulsion. Safety of the flight is emphasized. as are applications to design of mechanical systems. range. frequency domain. System designed for safety. Prandtl-Meyer expansion. analog simulation of hydraulic. Aircraft lift. s domain or z domain. supersonic airfoils. small perturbation theory. method of characteristics. Application to aircraft design. including a trade-off study involving system cost and maintenance and system reliability. landing. EDM. reliability and maintainability. Introduction to digital control systems. Students will design a control system using computer software. Introduction of control laws such as PI. endurance. rate of climb. . Gothert’s rule. Prerequisite: MTH 357. ME 490 Internship (1-3) Coordinated through the University’s Career Center and the School of Engineering. Extensive hands-on experience in the lab is a major course component. as well as compensation methods. Nyquist plot or root locus technique. pneumatic and electrical systems are covered. drag. Prerequisite: ME 370.220 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING as use of sensors and interrupts in small design tasks. ME 456 Design for Manufacturing (3) Examination of design considerations for the production of parts using traditional metal-cutting and forming. Prerequisite: ME 450. PID control. ME 458 Safety and Reliability in Systems Design (3) Introduction to the methods of failure mode and effects analysis and the application of Boolean algebra and probability theory to fault tree and event tree analyses and Markov modeling. analytical tools and graphic methods such as the Bode diagram. such as its range. Three studies are conducted. rate of climb. and regulatory agencies and product liability are covered. Prerequisite: Senior standing in ME program. Transfer functions. constant-area flow with friction and with heating or cooling are covered. sweepback. Also covered are two-dimensional flow.

In the first course. ME 495 Directed Study (1-3) A student/faculty-selected project allows the student to do research in a specialized area. Prerequisites: Junior standing and approval of department chair. Vice President. as well as technical content. financial and social considerations. ME 498 Senior Design I (3) First of a two-course sequence providing a culminating experience to seniors. The ESL curriculum is divided into two course subtypes: • English language skills • Culture-based content ESL classes are sectioned according to four levels of communicative competence: Level 1 (courses ESL 020 – ESL 039) . ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE (ESL) faculty Josephine Yung. A secondary purpose is to provide exchange students with an educational experience. Project is taken through final design. ME 498. Course will stress design methods. economics. graphic and oral communication. component and system development. with students working in design teams. ME 347. International Programs and Development Marco Tulluck. Students will design a significant engineering project requiring engineering practice and development of alternatives and evaluation based on technical. ESL Program Manager Ellin Beer Michael Shohan Blaine Snow Ryan Wachter Saint Martin’s English as a Second Language (ESL) courses are designed primarily for international and immigrant students to improve English language skills for the purpose of matriculating into Saint Martin’s University. Prerequisites: ME 401. synthesis. while enhancing the university community by bringing an international presence to campus through students that come to study ESL. open-ended design. ME 370. Students who are currently employed in civil engineering-related jobs are given the opportunity to discover relationships between academic topics and professional practice. Emphasis on written. Offered on approval by the chair of the department. creativity. team-building. with students working independently. UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS ME 499 Senior Design II (3) Continuation of ME 498. conceptualization. Prerequisites: ME 345. safety. Culmination of design experience and synthesis of all theoretical and practical knowledge into the production of an engineering artifact/system. projects normally will be conducted through preliminary design.ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE 221 ACADEMIC CATALOG the Department of Mechanical Engineering grants approval of credits for work. Corequisite: ME 401. construction and testing.

social and political context.222 GRADUATE PROGRAMSLANGUAGE ENGLISH AS A SECOND Level 2 (courses ESL 040 – ESL 059) Level 3 (courses ESL 060 – ESL 079) Level 4 (courses ESL 080 – ESL 099) The levels offered each semester are dependent on enrollment. Students with TOEFL scores of 525 on the institutional paperbased TOEFL and above are eligible for full-time undergraduate study at Saint Martin’s. ESL 028/048/068/088 American History Overview and survey of North American and U. is generally as follows for the institutional paper-based exam: Level 1 = 375 – 415 Level 2 = 415 – 445 Level 3 = 445 – 475 Level 4 = 475 – 524 Matriculating ESL students in Level 4 may take a combination of ESL and regular undergraduate courses. No required TOEFL score is necessary for entry into the program. values. ESL 021/041 Reading Skills Focuses on foundational reading skills such as reading for the main idea. 2 and 3 will generally be offered both fall and spring semesters. history for the purpose of understanding American attitudes. English as a Second Language (ESL) Program Courses ESL 020/030/040/050/060/070/080/090 Grammar/Writing Covers the full sequence of English grammar structures and parts of speech through specific writing assignments and interactive exercises. politics and people. The number of levels and courses offered each semester are necessarily based on enrollment numbers. Levels 1. Central and/or South American history for the purpose of understanding the United States in its geographical. skimming. ESL 025/035 Grammar Intensive practice in mastering basic grammar through grammar exercises and contextualized writing assignments. if it is available. ESL 038/058/078/098 History of the Americas Overview and survey of North. poems and biographies. economic. .S. essays. summarizing and anticipating the topic using level-appropriate stories. Level placement according to TOEFL score.

politics. economic. ESL 062/082 Conversation Skills Focuses on the practice of spoken English and conversational skills in a relaxed and open context. discussion and literary writing. business. intonation and paces of speech so that students can develop their ability to better understand spoken English.ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE 223 ACADEMIC CATALOG ESL 031/051/071/091 Understanding Literature Offers a general understanding of literature. including cultures based on nationality. families. race. focusing on a step-by-step approach to literary analysis. sexuality. science. music. The class will study the ways these cultures influence and affect U.S. film. ESL 032/052 Listening/Speaking Focuses on developing listening and speaking skills by exposing students to a variety of spoken English. marriage. ethnicity. Emphasis is on building speaking confidence/listening comprehension and on skills that fit various American conversational contexts. relationships. art. Explores the diversity of American values. ESL 022/042 Listening/Speaking through Drama Focuses on developing students’ comfort with using the spoken English language through scenes and plays designed to increase familiarity with American culture and common social contexts in the United States. beliefs. social and economic classes. ESL 072/092 Contemporary Issues Focuses on the practice of spoken English and conversational skills in the study of current domestic and international social. geography. ESL 024/044/064/084 American Culture General survey of the broad diversity of American mainstream and minority cultures through the study of American personalities. lifestyles and customs. Students will also learn and practice ways to improve their speech in English. sport. ESL 034/054/074/094 Cultures of America General survey of the diverse cultures present in the United States. society and the ways that these cultures have developed over time. including different accents. ESL 027/037 Pronunciation Focuses on listening and speech challenges that are particular to the students’ native languages through a variety of intensive speech exercises and pronunciation games. environmental and political issues. ESL 061/081 Literature and Poetry Focuses on skills to understand and analyze a variety of literature and poetry. intonation and their ability to orally present information and ideas to large and small groups. feelings and cultural assumptions. UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS . including work on pronunciation.

ESL 033/053/073/093 Writing Workshop A class where international students put their creative energy together into creating. short story exhibition or other related projects. Through readings. Focuses on writing reports. ESL 047/077 English in Music and film Explores the American vernacular and popular culture through the study of American music styles and lyrics and film. essays. gender. in-class discussions and written essays. ESL 036/056/076/096 World Cultures Covers intercultural communication in an international context by exploring differences not only between national cultures such as Korean. reading and writing. religion. ESL 023/043 Writing Skills Focuses on building foundational writing skills in English such as paragraph forms. poetry display. speaking. ESL 057/067 American Music History Explores American history as it relates to music and American music as it has both reflected and influenced history.224 GRADUATE PROGRAMSLANGUAGE ENGLISH AS A SECOND ESL 026/046/066/086 International Studies Introductory comparison of international cultures through a general survey of current global and international economic. speeches and research papers. designing and producing a writing project. ESL 069/089 Intercultural Communication This course is designed specifically for international students studying abroad in North America. social class. Japanese. writing. Students focus on the broad outlines of cultural differences to gain awareness of the many ways in which misunderstandings occur due to unconscious cultural assumptions. age and sexual orientation. profiling and exposition. social and environmental issues. but also between subcultures such as race. journals. guest speakers. group work. such as a newspaper. ESL 045/055/065/075/085/095 TOEfL Skills and Strategy Covers successful test-taking strategies and strengthens skills through intensive work in all four sections of the Next Generation TOEFL test: listening. spelling and grammar. class activities. description. they learn to work around or avoid such miscommunications to become more mindful and skillful c ommunicators in their globally interconnected world. political. observing and reporting. language. ESL 063/083 College Writing Designed for international students who are planning to matriculate or immigrant students needing writing improvement. punctuation. . as well as on using narration. French and Mexican.

The course will cover note-taking skills as well as strategies for being a successful. Courses are selected from the course offerings above. The SummerSession ESL Program provides an excellent opportunity for English language students to continue their English studies from spring semester or to prepare for the upcoming fall semester. university-level courses effectively by emphasizing the importance of class participation. The following ESL foreign language courses are offered to ESL students from Reitaku University: ESL 016a ESL 017a ESL Chinese I ESL Chinese II ESL 016b ESL Spanish I ESL 016c ESL French I ESL 016d ESL Korean I ESL 016e ESL German I ESL 017b ESL Spanish II ESL 017c ESL French II ESL 017d ESL Korean II ESL 017e ESL German II UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS Three four-week summer sessions are available for students to enroll in. discussion and critical thinking. balanced student.ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE 225 ACADEMIC CATALOG ESL 079/099 University Preparation This course focuses on preparing advanced English language students to enter U.S. .

226 GRADUATE PROGRAMS .

ACADEMIC CATALOG 227 GRADUATE PROGRAMS 227 GRADUATE PROGRAMS GRADUATE PROGRAMS .

Each department/degree has specific requirements and procedures unique to it. education. three decisions can be made about the candidate’s application: • The student may be admitted unequivocally -or• The student may be admitted provisionally. Highly experienced professors include students in a tightly knit community of scholars that both challenges and supports personal and professional growth. The department acts as an agent of Saint Martin’s University.edu. Saint Martin’s University offers the following programs leading to a graduate degree in the following fields of study: • Master of Arts in Counseling Psychology (MAC) • Master of Business Administration (MBA) • Master of Education (MED) • Master in Teaching (MIT) • Master of Civil Engineering (MCE) • Master of Engineering Management (MEM) APPLICATION Specific requirements and procedures are set forth under the respective master’s degree programs. www.228 GRADUATE PROGRAMS GRADUATE PROGRAMS Saint Martin’s six graduate programs span business. Admissions procedures for each program are listed on the University website. take standardized tests. For instance.stmartin. The decision to admit a student rests with criteria established by the respective department or program. COMMON POLICIES AND PROCEDURES Students Students apply to and are admitted to the graduate department or program of their choice. The number of semester hours required to complete a master’s degree varies among programs. the student may be required to complete a programspecific application and secure letters of recommendation. write an essay specific to the field of interest and/or be interviewed. Regardless of the department. . with additional requirements specified -or• The student may be denied admission. counseling and engineering and are designed to help students explore the academic field that inspires their passion.

stmartin. . In general. the student will be awarded the appropriate master’s degree. • flexible. Teacher certification/ endorsement programs also are available at the Joint Base Lewis-McChord extensions. The University’s graduate programs provide excellent opportunities to build and expand a professional network. regardless of the graduate program in which they are enrolled. GRADUATE PROGRAMS • Connected. Students may transfer no more than nine semester hours of credit from another institution into the respective graduate program. Classes are offered at the University’s main campus in Lacey. They must maintain a “B” average in graduate coursework. The major department in which the student intends to become a candidate for a master’s degree must be satisfied as to the student’s sound basic training and the ability to pursue studies at the graduate level. On completion of all specific program and degree requirements as established by the University and graduate program. The University’s graduate degree programs are designed to be: • Accessible. Most or all classes are offered evenings. Each program is described in more detail on the academics portion of the University’s website. Students have a maximum of seven calendar years from formal program admission to complete their degree. • Professional. Please click on the “Graduate Studies” link to learn more about the program of interest in or to contact the program director. Faculty in the University’s graduate programs have excellent academic credentials and real-world experience in the subjects they teach. bringing valuable insights into their subject areas.GRADUATE PROGRAMS 229 The admission of a student to graduate study does not imply admission to candidacy for an advanced degree. Each program determines the particular format for the admission to candidacy and/or the particular time frame in which it is to occur. weekends and summers to meet the needs of the working professional.edu. www. Washington. Graduate faculty advisors work with students to develop a program that will enable them to complete their graduate degree in a reasonable time frame. students complete a minimum of 12 to 18 semester hours of coursework before review or application for admission to candidacy. Students seeking their master’s degree in either business administration (MBA) or engineering management (MEM) also can complete their degrees in evening/weekend study through Saint Martin’s Joint Base Lewis-McChord extension campuses.

To meet the priority funding deadline. (Visa is not accepted). Payment Plans: Contact Saint Martin’s Office of Student Accounts. Discover and American Express. 360-438-4389. graduate students at Saint Martin’s are eligible to apply for student loans by completing and submitting a Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). Payments Saint Martin’s University accepts the following methods of payment in person or by mail: Cash. Please check with the director of each program for specific and current information. length and requirements. 360-438-4389. located in the Student Financial Service Center. by mail. located in the Student Financial Service Center. Applications received after that date will be processed but may not be eligible for all funding for which they would otherwise be eligible. Credit card payments cannot be accepted in the Student Accounts Office in person. Students may be charged a technology fee or be required to purchase student health insurance. by phone. financial Aid for Graduate Students: While most financial aid is limited to undergraduate study. or traveler’s check. for information on the University’s annual and semester payment plans. The . The following methods of payment are accepted online only: MasterCard. A convenience fee of 2.230 GRADUATE PROGRAMS ExPENSES Tuition Tuition rates vary by program length and location.5% will be assessed for this service. contact the Office of Student Accounts. the federal processor must receive a signed FAFSA by March 1. For further information regarding payment options or wire transfer information. or by fax. by email. Regular Payment: All fees are due and payable in full on or before registration day. check. fees • Application fee: $35 (non-refundable) • Other fees: Each graduate program differs in administration. Please contact the director of the program of interest. Free Electronic check (e-Check) is also available on line. money order.

marketing and management may have to complete prerequisite work. Director Denis DuBois Michael Gideon Riley Moore Paul Patterson Don Stout Hal Wilson Saint Martin’s Master of Business Administration program provides students with decision-making tools and an understanding of the total administrative system. for MBA/Accounting: 85F-Q1-19. GRADUATE PROGRAMS Admission Admission Admission to the program is open to all college graduates with a bachelor’s degree from a regionally accredited institution who have completed the Graduate Management Aptitude Test (GMAT).fafsa. . Graduate Management Aptitude Test (GMAT) Information for the Graduate Management Aptitude Test is available from the Saint Martin’s University Office of Career Services. rather than a minimum requirement on either criterion. Lacey. Students lacking specific coursework in accounting. telephone: 360-438-4363. While the program can be completed in a single calendar year.gov. The program develops a capacity for understanding managerial relationships and provides specialized training and personal research in a functional field of management. please contact: Office of Financial Aid. finance. Saint Martin’s test codes are: for MBA/Full Time: 85F-Q1-26.MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 231 GRADUATE PROGRAMS FAFSA can be most quickly processed by completing it online at www. You may apply for the GMAT at www. All classes are offered at night and some on Saturdays to accommodate working professionals. Acceptance is based on a combined grade point average/GMAT score.mba.ed. MASTER’S PROGRAM IN bUSINESS MASTER Of bUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (MbA) faculty Heather Grob. economics. most students are encouraged to progress at a more measured pace.com. WA 98503-7500. the administrative office of the School of Business. Saint Martin’s University. The program operates year-round. or either of the University’s extension campus offices at Joint Base LewisMcChord. 5300 Pacific Avenue SE. The school code for Saint Martin’s University is 003794. For further information about financial aid.

Applications can be obtained from the Office of International Programs and Development. S. Saint Martin’s University. However. enabling students to complete the required coursework (minus the research component and assuming no prerequisites are required) in one year if they are taking two classes per term. A letter of full guarantee or support submitted by any sponsoring private party or institution will satisfy the need for a financial responsibility statement. Calendar The MBA program is offered in five eight-week terms per year. . official score on the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). Lacey. Application Application for admission to the program can be made at any time prior to the beginning of a new term.232 MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION GRADUATE PROGRAMS Test of English as foreign Language (TOEfL) The Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) is required for all students whose native language is not English. colleges and universities attended. This statement must attest to the student’s ability to finance his or her education at Saint Martin’s for the two years needed to complete the degree. college or university. International students also must submit a declaration of finances statement indicating their financial status. The TOEFL is not required for foreign students who received their bachelor’s degree from a regionally accredited U. MBA Program. Class Locations Classes are offered on the main campus in Lacey and at the extension campuses at Joint Base Lewis-McChord. 5300 Pacific Avenue SE. • Official Graduate Management Admission Test (GMAT) score. WA 98503-7500. • If required. Students enrolled in the program may enroll in courses at any location and can expect to take courses at all three locations. Applicants must submit the following materials to be considered to admission: • Saint Martin’s University graduate application form and $35 application fee (check made out to Saint Martin’s University). • Copies of official transcripts from all schools. The application materials and fee should be sent directly to: Director. most students complete the degree in 18 to 24 months. A minimum score of 525 is required for acceptance to the program (computer-based [CBT] score of 197 or Internet-based [IBT] score of 71 are considered equivalent to the paper-based score of 525).

MBA Program. GRADUATE PROGRAMS . Telephone: 360438-4512/4511. No more than seven years may elapse between time of registration for the earliest core course listed on the program plan and completion of all requirements for the degree. Lacey. A student who receives a grade lower than “C” or two grades of “C” will be required to withdraw from the program. the candidate’s concluding course. All MBA students must complete the program within seven years. Additional information For further information and applications. Limited transfer of graduate work from other institutions is permitted. the candidate’s concluding course. Comprehensive examinations are not required. Candidates may elect to complete either of the two options below: • 21 semester hours (seven courses) of core work. but will be counted when calculating grade point average. contact: Director. . • MBA 611 Research Project (three credit hours). Degree Requirements Candidates must complete 33 semester hours to be awarded an MBA degree. A student receiving a grade of “C” will be placed on academic probation. Foreign students must complete nine credit hours during 16 weeks (two eight-week terms) to be considered full-time. • Nine semester hours (three courses) of elective work. WA 98503-7500. Grades of “C” or below are not considered acceptable graduate-level work. A grade point average of 3. Email: mba@stmartin.MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 233 GRADUATE PROGRAMS The terms are as follows: Fall I Fall II Spring I Spring II Summer August–October October–December January–March March–May May–July Registration Registration must be completed by the second class meeting of the term. 5300 Pacific Avenue SE.0 (“B”) is required in all work taken after admission to the University.or • Six semester hours (two courses) of elective work • MBA 612 Master’s Thesis (six credit hours).edu. Saint Martin’s University. Students enrolled for three credit hours per eight-week term are classified as full-time students. • 21 hours (seven courses) of core work Candidates may choose any member of the graduate faculty as their research project or thesis advisor/evaluator.

234 MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION GRADUATE PROGRAMS MBA 500 courses listed below are provided for applicants without an undergraduate background in these areas. (See the core course descriptions for prerequisite requirements. prospective MBA students must have completed either these courses or their equivalent undergraduate courses prior to taking the core courses for which these courses are prerequisites. However. They do not count toward the MBA degree.) Prerequisite Courses • MBA 500 Survey of Economics • MBA 501 Survey of Accounting Systems • MBA 502 Survey of Finance • MBA 503 Survey of Management and Marketing • MBA 504 Quantitative Methods for Management Core Courses (21 semester hours) • MBA 601 Organization Theory and Behavior • MBA 602 Financial Planning and Control • MBA 603 Accounting for Managerial Decision-making • MBA 605 Advanced Quantitative Methods for Management • MBA 606 Marketing Concepts and Theory • MBA 610 Seminar in Research Methods • MBA 650 Strategy and Policy Analysis Elective Courses (Choice of two courses — six semester hours — with thesis option. choice of three courses — nine semester hours — with research project option) • MBA 620 Financial Institutions and Markets • MBA 621 Microcomputer Applications for Management • MBA 622 Marketing Management • MBA 623 Management Information and Control Systems • MBA 624 Human Resource Management • MBA 625 International Management • MBA 626 Consumer Behavior • MBA 627 Managerial Communications • MBA 628 Investment Analysis and Portfolio Management • MBA 630 Entrepreneurship • MBA 631 Operations Management Research Project / Thesis • MBA 611 Research Project (three semester hours) plus three electives -orMBA 612 Graduate Thesis (six semester hours) plus two electives. .

GRADUATE PROGRAMS MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 235 Master of business Administration / Accounting This program enables accounting students with an undergraduate accounting degree to receive an MBA with an accounting focus. Candidates may elect to complete either: • 24 semester hours (eight courses) of core work • Six semester hours (two courses) of elective work • MBA 611 Research or MBA 613 Accounting Internship — three credit hours . GRADUATE PROGRAMS . including inflation and unemployment. Course content duplicates ECN 101 or its equivalent. management or related majors. individual firms and their market interaction. Credit not applicable toward graduation requirement in fields of economics. The accounting strand is composed of 33 semester hours.or • 24 semester hours (eight courses) of core work • Three semester hours (one course) of elective work • MBA 612 Master’s Thesis — six credit hours Core Courses (24 semester hours) • MBA 601 Organizational Theory and Behavior • MBA 602 Financial Planning and Control • MBA 605 Advanced Quantitative Methods for Management • MBA 610 Seminar in Research Methods • MBA 661 Commercial Law • MBA 662 Tax Research • MBA 663 Accounting Measurement and Disclosure • MBA 664 Financial Statement Analysis for Decision Making and Valuation Elective Courses (number of electives required based on selection of thesis or internship option) • MBA 620 Financial Institutions and Markets • MBA 621 Micro-computer Applications for Management • MBA 627 Managerial Communications • MBA 631 Operations Management Thesis/Internship Master of business Administration Courses MbA 500 Survey of Economics (3) Introduction Introduction to the economic analysis of consumers. as well as analysis of key aggregate variables. Applicants must meet the existing MBA entry requirements and must have an undergraduate accounting degree. so that they have sufficient academic credit to sit for the Certified Public Account (CPA) examination.

planning and control. MBA 501. monetary system. production and control. Course duplicates MTH 201. economics. Credit not applicable toward any graduation requirement in accounting. forecasting. management or related majors. Prerequisite: MBA 504 or equivalent. MbA 503 Survey of Management and Marketing (3) Analysis of the organizational activities of planning. Prerequisites: MBA 500. MbA 602 financial Planning and Control (3) Analysis of operational financial policies. critical investigation of evaluation process and resulting impact on firm investment. principles and techniques that form the basis for contemporary accounting practices. statistics and linear programming used in management and related fields. Credit not applicable toward any graduation requirement in management or related fields. MbA 601 Organization Theory and behavior (3) An analysis of historical and contemporary organizations and an examination of models for understanding human behavior within a complex social environment. sets. Contemporary theory and controversies of financial policy and structure.S. MBA 502 and MBA 504 or equivalents. Course content duplicates BA 335 and BA 330 or equivalent. Intensive. linear programming and other stochastic and deterministic models applied to managerial problems. Prerequisite: MBA 503 or equivalent. Course content duplicates ACC 201 and ACC 202 or equivalent. Course content duplicates BA 300 and BA 311 or equivalent. MbA 504 quantitative Methods for Management (3) Introduction to applied topics in algebraic functions. BA 302 or equivalent. MbA 605 Advanced quantitative Methods for Management (3) Concepts of statistical decision theory. Credit not applicable toward any graduation requirement in fields of economics. MbA 502 Survey of finance (3) Development and use of basic financial information for management analysis. as well as of mutual interaction of people and organizations. Organizational marketing activities also are covered. Prerequisites: MBA 500. along with exploration of contemporary financial institutions and U. Credit not applicable toward graduation requirement in management. management or related majors. financing and dividend policies. MBA 502 and MBA 504 or equivalents. MbA 603 Accounting for Managerial Decision Making (3) Study and application of accounting concepts and techniques used by management for planning and controlling organizational activities. Equivalent to MEM 603.236 MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION GRADUATE PROGRAMS MbA 501 Survey of Accounting Systems (3) Introduction to the basic assumptions. sampling. decision-making. mathematics or related fields. .

Seminar will culminate in the design of a research proposal. The student will begin with an idea. Employer performance evaluations are required. observation methods. finance and financial institutions in capitalistic economic systems. create a survey instrument if necessary. modeling. MbA 612 Graduate Thesis (6) Student will develop a proposition to be maintained against argument. create a research design. but instead as a survey of literature with respect to the topic selected. The result will be a monograph embodying original research. MbA 621 Microcomputer Applications for Management (3) Analysis of microcomputer use in business. Candidate may select MBA 612 upon completion of MBA 610 during any term. design of experimental procedures. managerial and strategic underpinning of marketing theory and practice. presentation graphics and telecommunications. carry out research design. Prerequisite: MBA 602. analysis of data and reporting of findings. faculty and employer. state a conclusion and document the process and conclusions. GRADUATE PROGRAMS MbA 613 Accounting Internship (3) The internship is designed to be a cooperative learning experience between student. The relationship between financial institutions and economic growth and instability are covered through study of the development of the banking industry. develop a hypothesis. but not required.GRADUATE PROGRAMS MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 237 MbA 606 Marketing Concepts and Theory (3) Provides an understanding of societal. Advanced work with higher-level business software packages is included. Prerequisite: MBA 605. including information systems. MbA 620 financial Institutions and Markets (3) Analysis of central role of money. A study of the basic concepts and tools necessary in analysis of markets and marketing opportunities. . MbA 611 Research Project (3) Student will research a topic of interest approved by his or her faculty sponsor. Approval of the proposal leads to initiation of a research project or thesis that will be completed in MBA 611 or MBA 612. analyze data. text editing. decision-support systems. central banking and financial sophistication. MbA 610 Seminar in Research Methods (3) Selection of research projects. as well as designing tactical marketing strategies. Prerequisite: MBA 503 or equivalent. The student is required to give oral presentations and written reports on the internship and have prior approval from faculty and the internship director. Candidate may select MBA 611 upon completion of MBA 610 during any term. Quantitative analysis will be encouraged. A student selecting the research project alternative will be required to take one additional elective course. The project is designed not as original research.

MBA 605. Market research. examines various models of purchasing behavior while exploring motivations. MbA 626 Consumer behavior (3) Course studies purchase decisions for individual consumers and industrial buyers.238 MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION GRADUATE PROGRAMS MbA 622 Marketing Management (3) Examination of the marketing system. MbA 624 Human Resources Management (3) Analysis and discussion of problems/opportunities administering personnel systems and policies. MbA 625 International Management (3) Discussion and analysis of the scope of international business within a framework that identifies the specific role of the multinational corporation and provides an orientation into every aspect of the functional intricacies of these firms. Investment Analysis and Portfolio Management (3) Comprehensive coverage of descriptive and quantitative areas of portfolio analysis design / management. MbA 627 Managerial Communications (3) An examination of current theories of interpersonal and organizational communications. Special emphasis is placed on identifying barriers to effective communication and developing a prescription to solve those problems. appraisal. training and compensation. MBA 603. Prerequisite: MBA 606. Coverage includes retention. roles played and situational factors influencing the purchase of products and services. its operations and mechanism for coordinating these operations. Prerequisites: MBA 601 and MBA 602. control and overall management of the information function. MbA 628 . Prerequisites: MBA 602. Prerequisite: MBA 601. Prerequisite: MBA 601. Equivalent to MEM 624. recruitment. specification and installation of appropriate computer technology and the subsequent need for direction. MbA 623 Management Information and Control Systems (3) Evaluation of organizational information needs and the ability of computer technology to meet those needs in an economical way. employment. influences. Emphasis is on identification. Emphasis on development of integrated marketing program. advertising and consumer psychology to assist marketing managers in major marketing decisions will be explored.

Case studies and projects related to actual company financial statements will be used. GRADUATE PROGRAMS . customer order fulfillment. Undergraduate accounting degree required. production scheduling. Emphasis on management decisionmaking and business valuation techniques. Since operations management spans almost all the real value-added activities of an organization. cash flow statement. scheduling. Undergraduate accounting degree required. developing objectives and plans for achievement. inventory and quality management. measuring and controlling organizational activities. income statement. Major topics covered include managing creativity. Undergraduate accounting degree required. MbA 650 Strategy and Policy Analysis (3) Integrative course in business policy and strategy analysis. Quantitative decision-modeling techniques also are explored for planning. Topic areas include: primary sources of federal tax law. this course looks at a breadth of topics including product and process design. facility layout. MbA 663 Accounting Measurement and Disclosure (3) Comprehensive accounting and auditing research course. and note disclosures for foreign and domestic companies. MbA 661 Commercial Law (3) Advanced law course including topics in contracts.MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 239 GRADUATE PROGRAMS MbA 630 Entrepreneurship (3) Course provides framework for understanding human and organizational issues underlying creative and entrepreneurial success. MbA 695 Special Topics (3) Course covers topics announced by faculty. managing the evolving organization and entrepreneurship and creativity in the established firm. uniform commercial code. bankruptcy. control and analysis of operations. Prerequisite: Completion of undergraduate business law course. including recent pronouncements concerning generally accepted accounting principles and generally accepted auditing standards. using secondary sources as research tools and independently researching and communicating tax Issues within the business environment. Course will utilize current electronic research techniques. property. and complex tax problems. Prerequisite: Undergraduate accounting and auditing. business organizations and government regulations. MbA 664 financial Statement Analysis for Decision Making and Valuation (3) Course includes analysis of the balance sheet. MbA 662 Tax Research (3) Course provides students with working knowledge of tax research methods to derive solutions to routine. MbA 631 Operations Management (3) This course is an intensive study of strategies employed in the design and operation of all processes required for the production of goods and delivery of services. material requirements planning and supply chain. Emphases on electronic research techniques and the theoretical structure of accounting and auditing. the entrepreneur. job design.

240 MASTER OF ARTS IN COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY GRADUATE PROGRAMS MASTER’S PROGRAMS IN EDUCATION AND PROfESSIONAL PSYCHOLOGY Saint Martin’s University offers a graduate degree in counseling psychology. assessment. All options are offered at the Lacey campus. intellect. the Master of Education (MED) degree and the Master in Teaching (MIT) degree. At the same time that the program provides students with opportunities to acquire and increase excellence in the areas of diagnosis. in-depth opportunity to work in a variety of community-based counseling programs. and wisdom. and a focus on the person of the therapist. Teaching methods include lecture and discussion formats as well as supervised roleplaying. Director Leticia Nieto Peggy Zorn Mission Statement The Master of Arts in Counseling Psychology program trains students in the theoretical foundations and clinical skills necessary for advanced positions in the counseling profession. fundamental respect. it strives to be personally and professionally transformative. This is accomplished through completion of a common core of courses. Ellis. Internship classes are on Saturdays. Built on a philosophy of therapeutic service. A minor in psychology is usually expected as minimum academic background. Most required courses are offered at least once a year during evenings. The MIT and the MED Special Education Strand are offered at the University’s Joint Base Lewis-McChord extension campuses Master of Arts in Counseling Psychology (MAC) MASTER Of ARTS IN COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY faculty Godfrey J. . assessment and therapy. A required 600-hour internship complements coursework by providing students with a supervised. In addition. a series of electives provides students with an opportunity to study specialized modalities and/or the psychological issues and therapy needs of special populations. psychodrama and introspective exercises. The 48-credit MAC program provides students with opportunities to acquire or increase competence in the areas of diagnosis. All courses are offered once a week in the afternoons or evenings. An undergraduate major in psychology is highly desirable but not essential. intellectual hunger. Admission A baccalaureate degree from an accredited college or university is required of all candidates seeking admission to the MAC program. the MAC program strives to embody spirit. the Master of Arts in Counseling Psychology (MAC). and therapy. and two graduate degrees in the field of education. liberating and enriching.

or faculty. 5 NOTE: The financial aid application deadlines are different. enthusiastic and nurturing. Application Procedure To receive priority consideration for financial aid.MASTER OF ARTS IN COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY 241 GRADUATE PROGRAMS Some clinical experience in a reputable counseling facility. Those interested in financial aid should consult the appropriate section of the handbook.stmartin. Semester Desired Summer or Fall Fall.” • A tendency toward.” • Clarity of purpose and ability to be self-directed and self-motivated.edu/social_science/mac. A final expectation is what might be called the “person of the therapist. generally is expected as a requirement for admission into the program.” including the student’s suitability for the field of counseling and such characteristics as: • Ability to work with abstractions and applications of theory. late application date Spring Application deadline April 5 June 15 Nov. These could include: 1) an undergraduate internship. • Capacity for compassion and ability to be warm. www. Other experiences may be considered. application to the Master of Arts in Counseling Psychology program should be made by the deadline of the desired semester. • Psychological self-awareness and emotional “groundedness. either voluntary or in a paid position. personal growth and enrichment. GRADUATE PROGRAMS . Note that exceptions to the following deadline dates may be made at the discretion of the program director. • Non-discriminatory and non-ethnocentric attitudes and behavior. and desire for. • Ability (or potential) to move fluidly between theory and practice. More information is available in the MAC Admission Handbook on the University’s MAC program webpage. students. • Acceptance of others. Students are expected to have professional goals that match the orientation of the program and to have adequate professional preparation for graduate study in counseling psychology. • Emotional maturity and readiness (this is not the same as “age”). appropriate social skills and excellent “people skills. 2) counseling experience connected to commercial services or products and/ or 3) personal therapy. Prospective students should carefully review the information posted there. • Ability to resolve personal issues rather than projecting those issues onto clients.

and career objectives. provisional admission. Grades lower than “B” cannot be considered for transfer credit. Degree candidate status is necessary to begin an internship. students may apply for degree candidate status. Lacey. Admission to the graduate program does not guarantee admission to degree candidate status. Requests for transfer credit normally must be made no later than the end of the second semester in the program. • Completion of an essay of 200-300 words. 512. WA 98503-7500. a maximum of nine semester hours of graduate work may be considered for transfer credit. Admission to candidacy will be based on: • Grade point average in graduate courses. . Possible outcomes include unequivocal admission. 514. 5300 Pacific Avenue SE. or non-acceptance. reasons for desiring entrance into the program. Candidacy Status On completion of initial coursework. Students whose backgrounds closely match program objectives will be called for a prospective student interview. the applicant’s file will be reviewed. After all materials are received. Initial Coursework All students must successfully complete a minimum of 18 semester hours of graduate coursework consisting of MAC 502. 521 and 522 before applying for degree candidate status. Program format Transfer Credit Generally. Saint Martin’s University. 503. Degree candidacy status is not automatic.242 MASTER OF ARTS IN COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY GRADUATE PROGRAMS Applicants must submit: • Completed graduate application form • Completed supplemental application questions • $35 application fee (non-refundable) • Two or three letters of recommendation. The courses must be taken in the last six years and prior to admission to the program. MAC Program. preferably one from a previous teacher and another from a clinical supervisor • Copies of official transcripts from all colleges/universities attended • A written statement of four-to-six pages (typed/double spaced) in which the applicant describes his or her preparation for the program. Courses considered for transfer credit must be graduate-level courses consistent with the educational goals of the MAC Program and must have been completed at another accredited college or university. All application materials should be sent directly to: Administrative Assistant.

The candidate’s course of study is planned in consultation with program advisors. Degree Requirements Degree candidates must complete the approved course of graduate study listed in the program requirements. A total of 48 credits is required for completion of the MAC program. Program Requirements Core Requirements (27 semester hours) • MAC 502 Group Therapy • MAC 503 Individual Therapy • MAC 512 Family Systems Therapy • MAC 514 Developmental Theory and Psychotherapy • MAC 521 Gender and Ethnicity • MAC 522 Treatment of Abusive Relationships • MAC 601 Psychopathology .stmartin. normally will be withdrawn from the MAC program and from Saint Martin’s University.0 by the end of the next semester. 2) receives two grades of “C.” or 3) receives any grade lower than “C” in any class.GRADUATE PROGRAMS MASTER OF ARTS IN COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY 243 • A letter of recommendation from a current student or alumnus/a who has been in the MAC program at least as long as the applicant. Students whose cumulative grade point average falls below 3. who evaluate academic preparation and personal suitability of the student for a career in counseling. or who receive a grade of “C” in any single class. Students who fail to take courses for more than three consecutive semesters may be asked to reapply to the program and re-enter under requirements current at the time the new application is submitted. MAC students are expected to maintain a grade point average of 3. 5300 Pacific Avenue SE. telephone: 360-438-4560. MAC Program. Lacey. A student who: 1) fails to return the GPA to a 3. WA 98503-7500.edu. www. Information on the MAC program also is available under the graduate academic programs section of the University website. Saint Martin’s University. Additional Information Further information and application forms may be obtained by contacting: Administrative Assistant.0. • Recommendation of graduate instructors. will be placed on immediate academic probation and their candidacy reviewed by the core MAC faculty.0 (“B” or better) in their coursework and to receive a grade of at least a “C+” in any MAC course. GRADUATE PROGRAMS The statute of limitations for completing degree requirements is seven years.

Therapy must be conducted by a licensed mental health counselor. This therapy is expected to take place during the first two semesters of the program. The therapist must be approved prior to beginning therapy. In addition. Personal Therapy Requirement All MAC students are required to complete a minimum of 10 sessions of individual. group or family therapy while in the program.244 MASTER OF ARTS IN COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY GRADUATE PROGRAMS • MAC 602 Assessment and Treatment Planning • MAC 620 Ethical Practice in Mental Health Counseling and Marriage and Family Therapy Electives (15 semester hours from the courses listed below) • MAC 560 Therapy with Children • MAC 570 Counseling for Career Development • MAC 595/695 Special Topics • MAC 651 Treatment of Substance Abuse • MAC 661 Marriage and Family Therapy Practicum • MAC 670 Statistics and Research for Counselors • MAC 671 Expressive Therapies in Family Therapy • MAC 681 Sex Therapy • MAC 675 Advanced Clinical Skills Internship* (6 semester hours) • MAC 691 Counseling Internship I • MAC 692 Counseling Internship II * Only degree candidates are eligible for internships. a licensed clinical psychologist. Master of Arts in Counseling Psychology Courses MAC 502 Group Therapy (3) Experiential course that provides both group membership and co-leadership roles. It must definitely take place before application for degree candidate status (see the University’s MAC web page.D. Forms are available in the “current students” portion of the University’s MAC web page. This is true even for those students who have received some kind of therapy before entering Saint Martin’s University or those who intend to seek counseling after they have finished the MAC program. . students are required to have completed MAC 601 and MAC 602 (for a total of 24 hours of coursework) prior to beginning an internship. an M. psychiatrist. or a mental health therapist of equivalent status. a licensed clinical social worker. a licensed marriage and family therapist. stages of group development and change factors in group therapy. Focus on group theory and practice. for more detailed information).

MAC 522 Treatment of Abusive Relationships (3) Psychosocial explanations for physical and sexual abuse. solution-oriented. career counseling theories and tools. Covers clinical techniques such as play therapy. Includes mythopoetic approaches. MAC 512 family Systems Therapy (3) Introduction to systemic perspective and major schools of family therapy (structural. Includes practice in the diagnosis and differentiation of various psychopathologies using case examples. Includes treatment considerations. and the impact of ethnocultural roots on both therapist and client. exam preparation and intensive career self-exploration. Prerequisite: MAC 601. Prerequisite: Psychopathology.GRADUATE PROGRAMS MASTER OF ARTS IN COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY 245 MAC 503 Individual Therapy (3) Study of major techniques and theories of individual counseling. with emphasis on how developmental issues impact the counseling of clients. art therapy and sandtray therapy. MAC 602 Assessment and Treatment Planning (3) Conducting mental status exams. MAC 560 Therapy with Children (3) Discusses developmental stages of childhood and adolescence. MAC 620 Ethical Practice in Mental Health Counseling and Marriage and family Therapy (3) Presents the knowledge necessary to provide counseling in an ethical and responsible manner and to operate within the ethical standards that guide practitioners in GRADUATE PROGRAMS . MAC 601 Psychopathology (3) Overview of the range of mental and personality disorders. and marital). Prerequisite: MAC 514. Familiarization with current diagnostic conventions and constructs (DSM). strategic. paradoxical. Includes student’s family of origin work. experiential. MAC 570 Counseling for Career Development (3) Provides in-depth inquiry into the process of career development. contracting for treatment and treatment planning. MAC 521 Gender and Ethnicity in Psychotherapy (3) Exploration of the mental health issues of men and women. Emphasis on developing counseling skills through role-playing. multigenerational. narrative. Personality and relationship issues in individual and family treatment. test interpretation. Prerequisite: MAC 503. MAC 514 Developmental Theory and Psychotherapy (3) Review of selected theories and models of human development. MAC 595/695 Special Topics (3) Course devoted to selected topics relevant to counseling psychology.

Emphasis placed on counseling ethics and facilitating transition from structured classroom to the unsupervised world of the professional workplace. MAC 675 Advanced Clinical Skills (3) Course offers techniques in advanced clinical skills. MAC 671 Expressive Therapies in family Therapy (3) Considers various innovative theories and expressive arts techniques. Prerequisite: MAC 503. Prerequisites: MAC 503. MAC 681 Sex Therapy (3) Major theoretical perspectives on sexual dynamics and dysfunctions. . MAC 670 Statistics and Research for Counselors (3) Reviews both qualitative and quantitative methods. Includes psychopharmacology of alcohol and drugs. MAC 512 and MAC 522. Emphasis also placed on values and ethical issues of counseling. MAC 692 Counseling Internship II (3) Continues the academic and clinical structure and supervision of an off-campus internship experience. MAC 651 Treatment of Substance Abuse (3) Advanced treatment planning and counseling methods in working with substance abuse clients. Emphasizes the consumption of research and an overview of statistics for counselors and clinicians. Prerequisite: MAC 512. Prerequisite: MAC 512. MAC 691 Counseling Internship I (3) Provides academic and clinical structure and supervision of an off-campus internship experience. Prerequisite: MAC 503. Therapist Interventions and the therapist as a person are considered. eating disorders and transference.246 MASTER OF ARTS IN COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY GRADUATE PROGRAMS the fields of mental health counseling and marriage and family therapy. 512. MAC 661 Marriage and family Therapy Practicum (3) In-depth coverage of advanced systems theories and supervised practice with clinical marriage and family therapy techniques. as well as standard clinical approaches to the treatment of sexual disorders. MAC 512. Explores common therapeutic issues such as bereavement.

On satisfactory completion of residency certification. The number of semester hours varies with the strand a student chooses to follow (please see description below). strands and electives.” In addition to the core requirement. GRADUATE PROGRAMS . the latter requiring 1-2 additional graduate-level courses (3-6 credits) beyond the requirements for the thesis option. Post-baccalaureate Certification-only candidates may choose to register for graduate credit for several select courses rather than enroll in the courses’ undergraduate equivalents. and on subsequent application and successful admission to the Master of Education program. The program has three components: core. and technology in education. Director Kathleen Allen Huabin Chen Ann Gentle Mark Haddock Belinda Hill Cynthia Petersen Eileen Reilich Mina Ringenbach Maureen Siera Steve Siera Lou Therrell Dan Windisch The Master of Education degree provides teachers and future school counselors or administrators the opportunity to gain advanced professional skills in the areas of advanced teaching and learning. evenings and weekends. candidates will not be permitted to change registration. English as a second language.GRADUATE PROGRAMS MASTER OF EDUCATION 247 MASTER Of EDUCATION (MED) faculty Fumie Hashimoto. See the Professional Certification section for more information. The MED is a 32-41 semester-hour degree offered during summers. The Master in Teaching (MIT) degree is a post-baccalaureate option for individuals seeking residency teacher certification leading to a master’s degree. it is possible to combine a professional certification program with an MED. the graduate-level credits apply toward the MED degree. students choose from either a thesis option or a non-thesis option. special education. Once these courses start. For students wishing to earn professional certification. principal or program administrator. reading literacy. All MED and MIT degree candidates are required to take 11 semester hours of general courses called a “core. This option does not result in a master’s degree. guidance and counseling. The College of Education and Professional Psychology also offers the Post-baccalaureate Certification-only option for those who already have a baccalaureate degree. although an individual can apply some coursework to either the MED or MIT degree.

Those not meeting these criteria may be admitted provisionally. All applicants for admission must meet the following requirements: • A baccalaureate degree from an accredited institution. and/or certification). However. applicants must have at least a 3. For regular admission. policies and procedures determined by state and national policymakers may take precedence over the contents of this catalog for certification/ endorsements. NOTE: The ESA school counseling certificate does not require teacher certification in the State of Washington. Strand Areas The Master of Education degree has seven strand options (areas of emphasis. usually under contract in a state-accredited school. they may include undergraduate (with prior approval only) or graduate courses from other departments.248 MASTER OF EDUCATION GRADUATE PROGRAMS Elective courses are selected to complete required credit hours. Other work experience involving students is considered on an individual basis. • A completed teacher certification program acceptable to the State of Washington. partial endorsements. normally have had at least one year of relevant work experience in the field of education. A strand requires between four and nine courses (16 to 29 semester hours). regulations. These courses must be acceptable for graduate credit and typically are taken from courses offered in education.0 GPA on undergraduate work and either a score of 850 on the verbal plus quantitative sections of the GRE or 386 on the MAT (35 if taken prior to October 2004). NOTE: Rules. • Advanced Teaching and Learning • English as a Second Language (includes partial endorsement) • Guidance and Counseling (includes Educational Staff Associate – ESA – certification) • Principal/Program Administrator (includes Administration-Principal or Program Administrator certification) • Reading Literacy (includes partial endorsement) • Special Education (includes partial endorsement) • Technology in Education Admission Applicants. . or an intention to complete the school counselor ESA certificate. except for those applying to the guidance and counseling strand.

taken within the last five years • An on-site essay of approximately 400 words describing how your master’s program will contribute to your professional development and aid in achieving your professional goals • A professional or work experience vitae Submission dates for priority consideration are June 1 for fall semester.GRADUATE PROGRAMS MASTER OF EDUCATION 249 Application Applicants must submit the following materials to be considered for admission: • Saint Martin’s University graduate application form • College of Education and Professional Psychology application packet and $35 processing fee • Forms contained within the application packet • A color photograph • Three letters of recommendation from professionals who have knowledge of your potential to do graduate-level work. colleges and universities attended • Score on either the Graduate Record Examination or the Miller Analogies Test. • Have earned a cumulative grade point average of 3. Infant and Child) • Two copies of official transcripts from all schools. GRADUATE PROGRAMS All application forms. To be a degree candidate. • Formed a Supervisory Committee. Degree candidates must complete an approved course of 32-41 semester hours to secure their degree. Lacey. • Be in good standing. • Have completed MED 601 (or be enrolled in MED 601 during the semester in which the application is submitted). WA 98503-7500. Saint Martin’s University. 5300 Pacific Avenue SE. . Master of Education Degree Requirements A candidate working toward a Master of Education degree must be accepted as a degree candidate. test scores and the fees should be mailed to: College of Education and Professional Psychology. 1 for spring and March 1 for summer. the student must: • Have completed 15 semester hours of graduate study.0. including a recommendation from an immediate supervisor • Current fingerprints (within the last two years) • Valid first aid and CPR card (Adult. Nov. letters of recommendation.

Courses of study are planned in consultation with a program advisor and may not be changed without prior approval. is approved by the director of master’s programs in education. The student may apply for reinstatement. Candidates having an initial or residency certificate may coordinate the MED degree with requirements for continuing certification. Students already enrolled in the masters program must receive the appropriate approvals for transfer credit prior to enrolling in the courses to be transferred. in addition to selected master’s degree courses.250 MASTER OF EDUCATION GRADUATE PROGRAMS A student working toward a Master of Education degree leading to additional certification must complete all certification and endorsement requirements. Degree candidates are expected to receive a grade of at least a “B” in all courses. Graduate students pursuing the professional teacher certificate should discuss their program with their advisor. MED Requirements Core Requirements (11 hours required) • MED 601 Educational Research Methods I (3) • MED 607 Foundations for Educational Practice (3) • MED 605 Diversity and Social Context (3) • MED 559 Introduction to Exceptionality (2) -or• MED 561 Instructional Strategies for the Exceptional Learner (2) Exit Options • Thesis Option: • MED 699 Final Project/Thesis (3) -or• Non-Thesis Option: • MED 690 Integrating Seminar (1) • One or two additional graduate-level elective courses in education (3-6) • Satisfactory completion of Comprehensive Examinations . The time limit for completion of degree requirements is seven years. and carries a grade of “B” or better. Candidates who receive a grade of “C” will be placed on academic probation and their candidacy reviewed by the Graduate Program Advisory Committee. provided the work fits the program plan. Nine semester hours of graduate work may be taken at another institution and transferred. Students applying for program admission must request to have prior graduate study considered for transfer into the program prior to admission. is recommended by the program advisor. A candidate who receives a grade lower than “C” or two grades of “C” will be withdrawn from the program.

including 26 semester hours in the strand) • MED 642 Group Processes (3) • MAC 503 Individual Counseling (3) -or- • MED 641 Individual Counseling (3) • MED 640 Guidance and Counseling (3) • MED 644 High School and Career Counseling (3) • MED 545 School Drug Prevention and Counseling (3) • MED 646 Assessment and Current Issues in School Counseling (3) • MED 648 Elementary and Middle School Counseling (3) • MED 649 Internship in School Counseling (5) D. including 18 hours in the strand) • MED 506 Curriculum and Instruction (2) -or • MED 635 Inquiry Development (2) • MED 630 Creative Thinking and Problem-solving (3) • MED 631 Curriculum Theory and Development (3) • MED 633 Models of Teaching (3) • MED 538 Literature for Children and Young Adults (2) • Approved Electives (5) b. Advanced Teaching and Learning Strand (32-36 total semester hours. including 22 hours in the strand) • MED 631 Curriculum Development (3) GRADUATE PROGRAMS • MAC 502 Group Counseling (3) -or- . including 18 hours in the strand) • MED 525 Issues & Trends in ELL & BE (3) • MED 526 Language Acquisition Methods (3) • MED 527 Social Linguistics and People: Theory and Practice (3) • MED 528 Reading Instruction for English Language Learners (3) • MED 566 Assessment in Special Education (3) • MED 597 Directed Practicum: ESL/BE Internship (3) C.MASTER OF EDUCATION 251 GRADUATE PROGRAMS Specialization Strands (one strand required) A. Principal/Program Administrator Strand (36-39 total semester hours. English as a Second Language/ English Language Learner Strand (32-36 total semester hours. Guidance and Counseling Strand (40-41 total semester hours.

Spelling. including 12 semester hours in strand and six hours of electives approved by the director of special education • MED 563 Management Strategies for Exceptional Learners (3) • MED 565 Transitions to Adulthood for Special Populations (3) • MED 566 Assessment in Special Education (3) • MED 567 Legal Issues and the IEP (3) • Approved electives noted below (6) G. Reading Literacy Strand (32-36 total semester hours. • • • • • MED 569 Practicum in Special Education (3) MED 577 Reading Diagnosis (4) MED 526 Lang Acquisition Methods (3) MED 524 Early Childhood Education (3) (for Elementary) MED 545 School Drug Prevention and Counseling (3) (for Secondary) Technology in Education Strand (32-36 total semester hours.252 MASTER OF EDUCATION GRADUATE PROGRAMS • MED 650 Professional Development Evaluation and Supervision (3) • MED 653 Principles of Leadership (3) • MED 654 Principal as Leader of Learning Community (3) • MED 655 School and Community Relations (2) • MED 656 Educational Finance (2) • MED 657 School Law for Educational Administrators (2) • MED 659 Principal/Administrative Leadership Internship (2. 2) E. including 12 semester hours in the strand and seven semester hours of electives) • MED 512 Technology for the Classroom (2) • MED 513 Multimedia and Production for Educators (3) . and Phonics Instruction: From Theory to Practice (3) • MED 673 Strategies for Reading Improvement K-12 (3) • MED 674 Literature Across the Curriculum (3) • MED 675 Literacy Assessment and Evaluation (3) • MED 678 Literacy Leadership (2) • Elective (2) f. Special Education Strand (36 total semester hours. 18 semester hours in the strand) • MED 671 Philosophy of Reading (2) • MED 672 Writing.

or M • ED 511 Methods of Teaching Math (may not duplicate ED 411) M • ED 515 Methods of Teaching Science (may not duplicate ED 415) M • ED 518 Methods of Teaching Social Studies (may not duplicate ED 418 M • ED 519 Methods of Teaching Language Arts (may not duplicate ED 419 M • ED 571 Educational Law (may not duplicate ED 371) M • ED 580 Readings in Education M • ED 584 Secondary Methods (may not duplicate ED 484) M • ED 586 Living and Learning – Middle School (may not duplicate ED 486) M • ED 595 Directed Study M • ED 597 Directed Practicum M • ED 623 The Gifted Child M • ED 643 Assessment and Appraisal M The MED and MIT thesis options require a thesis or field project as part of the degree.g. as well as a more general contribution to the field. • The thesis/project cannot be approved on an ex-post-facto basis.MASTER OF EDUCATION 253 GRADUATE PROGRAMS • MED 514 Network Systems for Educators (3) • MED 590 Internship in K-12 Schools (3) • Approved electives (7) Electives (Select from choices below. A 400 hour internship and comprehensive examination are required for the guidance and counseling strand/ESA certificate. • The thesis/project should make a significant contribution to the candidate and/or his or her immediate professional position. well-researched product (e. • The thesis/project will result in a usable. • The development of the thesis/project will show significant effort above and beyond normal employment expectations of an employer.. with permission of advisor and instructor) • ED courses listed in any strand. A 540 hour internship over 2 semesters is required for the principal and program administrator strand/certificate. a curriculum guide. a written document. a case study) and will be accompanied by a quality research study and thesis. It will be characterized in the following way: • The nature of the thesis/project will demonstrate advanced competency related to the area of specialization. GRADUATE PROGRAMS Thesis Option: MED and MIT Programs . The thesis/field project must be developed in consultation with the candidate’s advisor. a movie.

Professional Certification Washington has a two-tier certification system. materials and/or procedures having potential usefulness to the educational community as well as to answer questions related to the thesis. they may include undergraduate (with prior approval only) or graduate courses from other departments. Saint Martin’s provides some support for master’s degree students pursuing ProTeach assessment as an option. These elective courses may be from any strand area but may not include MED 580. Individuals desiring additional information about the Professional Certification program should contact the College of Education and Professional Psychology office. However. the candidate will present the thesis/project at a public seminar. MASTER IN TEACHING (MIT) faculty Steve Siera. The courses must be acceptable for graduate credit and typically are taken from courses offered in education. MED 595. In Washington. The non-thesis option also requires six hours of written comprehensive exams (three hours for the core and three hours for the specialty area) and two hours of an oral comprehensive exam. MED 590. The professional certificate is a second level of teaching certificate earned after the residency (first level) certificate. This oral defense is a sharing of information. MED 597.254 MASTER IN TEACHING GRADUATE PROGRAMS Once the final thesis/project is completed and approved. The comprehensive exam required for the guidance and counseling/ ESA certification substitutes for three specialty hours of the non-thesis written exam. Non-Thesis Option: MED and MIT The MED and MIT non-thesis options require 1-2 additional graduate-level courses (3-6 credits) beyond the requirements for the thesis option. teachers are required to earn a professional certificate within five years of gaining continuing employment as a teacher with a residency certificate. Director Kathleen Allen Huabin Chen Ann Gentle Mark Haddock Fumie Hashimoto Belinda Hill Cynthia Petersen Eileen Reilich Mina Ringenbach Maureen Siera Lou Therrell Dan Windisch .

GRADUATE PROGRAMS 255 MASTER IN TEACHING The Master in Teaching (MIT) degree is approved by the Washington State Professional Educator Standards Board. The residency teacher education program (including the MIT), which is designed to prepare teacher candidates to become outstanding P-12 professionals, was granted initial accreditation by the Teacher Education Accreditation Council (TEAC) for a period of five years from June 2008 to June 2013. This accreditation certifies that the forenamed professional education program has provided evidence that the program adheres to TEAC’s quality principles. Students completing the elementary, secondary or special education programs are eligible for state certification. To ensure eligibility, it is sometimes necessary to make program revisions if the Washington State Board of Education makes changes in certificate requirements. Any changed state requirements take precedence over requirements outlined in this catalog. The Master in Teaching degree provides the opportunity for simultaneously earning residency teacher certification and a master’s degree. Residency certification can be obtained in the areas of:
• Elementary Education • Secondary Education -and/or• Special Education

During the professional sequence, students gain knowledge and skills essential to effective teaching and participate in varied field experiences in school classrooms. University faculty and local school district teachers and administrators participate in the program and contribute to its quality and relevance. The Master in Teaching option is a 45-73 semester hour degree offered during days, evenings, summers and weekends. The number of semester hours varies with the specific endorsement: elementary education is 63-65 semester hours in length; secondary education is 45-51 semester hours; and special education, 67-73 semester hours. In addition to these total required hours, the student may need to complete pre-requirements and/ or endorsement courses.

Competency-based Endorsements
All candidates are required to complete two competency-based endorsements of 30 or more semester hours each. Course requirements may be satisfied by coursework completed at a regionally accredited, state-approved college or university with a grade of “C” or better; approved waiver documentation for previous life and/or work experience; and/or successfully passing the appropriate WEST-E exams. Candidates for a secondary endorsement (grades 5-12) are required to have an academic major or equivalent (30 semester-hour minimum) in the area in which they intend to be endorsed. Students seeking MIT certification can be recommended only in the field of their major and in fields for which they meet state requirements for added endorsements.

GRADUATE PROGRAMS

256 MASTER IN TEACHING GRADUATE PROGRAMS

Authorized Endorsements
Saint Martin’s has been authorized by the Washington State Board of Education to offer teacher certificate competency-based endorsements in the following fields: biology, bilingual education, chemistry, drama, early childhood education, early childhood special education, elementary education, English language arts, English Language Learner, French, health/fitness, history, Japanese, mathematics, middle-level humanities, middle-level math, middle-level science, choral music, instrumental music, general music, reading, science, social studies, Spanish and special education. Contact an education advisor for assistance in developing an approved endorsement program.

Endorsement Requirements
For Washington State teacher education endorsements, please refer to the requirements as outlined in the undergraduate College of Education and Professional Psychology section of this catalog.

Admission
All applicants for admission to the MIT degree must meet the following requirements: • Possession of a baccalaureate degree from an accredited institution. • Submission of the following materials: • Saint Martin’s graduate application form • College of Education and Professional Psychology application packet and $35 application fee • Forms contained within the application packet • Current fingerprints (within last two years) • A color photograph • Three letters of recommendation from professionals, including a recommendation from an immediate supervisor, who have knowledge of your potential to do graduate level work • Two copies of official transcripts from all schools, colleges and universities attended • Score on either the Graduate Record Examination or the Miller Analogies Test, taken within the last five years • An on-site essay of approximately 400 words describing how your master’s program will contribute to your professional development and aid in achieving your professional goals • A professional or work experience vitae • Valid first aid and CPR card • West-B Tests (passing scores on all three tests) All application forms, letters of recommendation, test scores and fees should be delivered to: College of Education and Professional Psychology, Saint Martin’s University, 5300 Pacific Avenue SE, Lacey, WA 98503-7500.

GRADUATE PROGRAMS 257 MASTER IN TEACHING For regular admission, applicants must have at least a 3.0 GPA on undergraduate work and a score of 850 on the verbal plus quantitative sections of the GRE or 386 on the MAT (or 35 if taken prior to October 2004). Applicants who do not meet these criteria may be admitted provisionally.

Application Procedures
Candidates must apply for formal admission to the MIT before or during the semester in which they complete the pre-professional sequence of courses required for admission. Submission dates for priority consideration are June 1 for fall semester, November 1 for spring and March 1 for summer. Admission requires a grade of at least “C” (2.00) in each of the required pre-professional courses, an overall grade point average of 3.0 (“B”), demonstrated competency in basic skill areas (oral and written expression, mathematics) and scores that meet state requirements on standardized tests. Students should contact the College of Education and Professional Psychology office to obtain application packets. Students should review prerequisites of all courses required for admission to the MIT. Students who pre-register will be processed on the assumption that they will satisfactorily complete all coursework currently being taken.

Master in Teaching Degree Requirements
A student working toward a master in teaching degree must be accepted as a degree candidate. To be a degree candidate, the student must have:
• Completed 15 semester hours of graduate study. • Be in good standing. • Earned a cumulative GPA of 3.0. • Completed MED 601 (or be enrolled in MED 601 during the semester in which the application is submitted). • Formed a supervisory committee.

Degree Degree candidates must complete an approved course of 45-73 graduate-level semester hours to secure their degree. Courses of study are planned in consultation with a program advisor and may not be changed without prior approval. Degree candidates are expected to receive a grade of at least a “B” in all courses. Candidates who receive a grade of “C” will be placed on academic probation and their candidacy reviewed by the graduate program advisory committee. A student who receives a grade lower than “C” or two grades of “C” or whose overall grade point average falls below 3.0 will be automatically withdrawn from the MIT degree option. The student may apply for reinstatement. The time limit for completion of degree requirements is seven years. Nine semester hours of graduate work may be taken at another institution and transferred, provided the work fits the program plan; is recommended by the program advisor; is approved by the director of master’s programs in education; and carries a grade of “B” or better. Students applying for program admission must request to have

GRADUATE PROGRAMS

258 MASTER IN TEACHING GRADUATE PROGRAMS prior graduate study considered for transfer into the program prior to admission. Students already enrolled in the masters program must receive the appropriate approvals for transfer credit prior to enrolling in the courses to be transferred. Ordinarily, courses in professional education completed more than seven years before admission or readmission do not meet professional requirements. Students may need to repeat all or part of these courses or document current knowledge/skills before student teaching.

MIT Requirements
Pre-Professional Courses (required before formal admission) • ENG 101 College Writing I
• ENG 102 College Writing II • SPH 106 Public Address -or- THR 211 Acting I • PSY 101 Introduction to Psychology • Mathematics course above MTH 101 • CSC 160 Computer Applications and Issue • Natural science, with laboratory (elementary) • U.S. History (elementary) • World History (elementary)

Core Courses for Elementary, Secondary or Special Education Options (11 semester hours; must be taken at the graduate level) • MED 601 Educational Research Methods I (3)
• MED 607 Foundations for Educational Practice (3) • MED 605 Diversity and Social Context (3) • MED 559 Introduction to Exceptionality (2) -or• MED 561 Instructional Strategies for the Exceptional Learner (2)

Exit Options • Thesis Option: • MED 699 Final Project/Thesis (3) -or• Non-Thesis Option: • MED 690 Integrating Seminar (1) • One or two graduate-level elective courses in education* (3-6) • Satisfactory completion of Comprehensive Examinations

basic Certification Core Courses for Elementary, Secondary or Special Education Options (35 semester hours; must be taken at the graduate level) • MED 506 Curriculum and Instruction (2)

GRADUATE PROGRAMS 259 MASTER IN TEACHING
• MED 512 Technology for the Classroom (2) • MED 560 Classroom Management (2) • MED 561 Instructional Strategies for the Exceptional Learner (2) (if not taken as part of graduate core) • MED 570 Classroom Assessment (2) • MED 571 Educational Law (1) • MED 583 Issues of Abuse/Teacher as Counselor (1) • MED 593 and/or 594 and/or 596 Internship (12) • MED 598 Internship Seminar (1)

Elementary Methods Courses (18 semester hours — required in addition to the basic and core courses listed above; courses previously taken at the undergraduate level may apply) • MED 511 Methods of Teaching Math (3)
• MED 515 Methods of Teaching Science (3) • MED 518 Methods of Teaching Social Studies (2) • MED 519 Methods of Teaching Language Arts (2) • MED 529 Arts and Movement (4) • MED 538 Child and Adolescent Literature (2) • MED 574 Primary Reading/Writing (1) • MED 576 Reading Content Area for Elementary Teachers (1)

• MED 584 General Secondary Methods with Practicum (4) • MED 585 Content Area Reading for Secondary Teachers (1) • MED XXX Content-specific Methods Courses

Special Education Methods Courses (25 semester hours — required in addition to the basic and core courses listed above; courses previously taken at the undergraduate level may apply)
• MED 563 Management Strategies for Exceptional Learners (3) • MED 565 Transitions to Adulthood for Special Populations (3) • MED 566 Assessment in Special Education (3) • MED 567 Legal Issues and the IEP (3) • MED 524 Issues and Trends in ECE (3) -or- MED 526 Methods of Language Acquisition (ESL) (3) • MED 577 Reading Diagnosis (4)

GRADUATE PROGRAMS

Secondary Methods Courses (6 semester hours — required in addition to the basic and core courses listed above; courses previously taken at the undergraduate level may apply; additional methods may be required for individual endorsements) • MED 582 Reading Assessment and Intervention for Secondary Teachers (1)

260 MASTER IN TEACHING GRADUATE PROGRAMS
• MED 545 School Drug Prevention and Counseling (3) • MED 569 Practicum in Special Education (3)

Special Education Endorsement (Grades Preschool-12)
The University’s Special Education endorsement prepares teachers to work with mildly or moderately handicapped students in an inclusionary classroom, a resource room or a self-contained special education class. Completion of the required courses for the endorsement will lead to an institutional recommendation that the student be endorsed in special education. NOTE: Completion of the special education MIT and/or endorsement leads to a special education endorsement. That endorsement does not allow the certificate holder to teach in a regular elementary or secondary classroom. Therefore, students also must complete the required elementary or secondary sequence, including at least eight weeks of internship in a regular classroom. The section concerning endorsements applies to the special education program as well as the elementary program. To ensure proper sequencing of courses, students planning to enter the Master in Teaching program must consult an advisor from the College of Education and Professional Psychology prior to taking courses at the University.

Thesis Option: MED and MIT
The MED and MIT thesis option requires a thesis or field project as part of the degree. A practicum and comprehensive examination is required for the guidance and counseling strand/educational staff associate (ESA) certificate (thesis and non-thesis options). The thesis/field project must be developed in consultation with the student’s advisor. It will be characterized in the following way:
• The nature of the thesis/project will demonstrate advanced competency related to the area of specialization. • The development of the thesis/project will show significant effort above and beyond the normal workload of the candidate • The thesis/project will result in a usable, well-researched product (such as a written document, a curriculum guide, a movie, a case study) and be accompanied by a quality research study and thesis. • The thesis/project should make a significant contribution to the candidate and/or his or her immediate professional position, and a more general contribution to the field. • The thesis/project cannot be approved on an ex-post-facto basis.

Once the final thesis/project is completed and approved, the student will present the thesis/project at a public seminar. This oral defense is a sharing of information, materials and/or procedures having potential usefulness to the educational community as well as to answer questions related to the thesis.

To do so may jeopardize placement at that school and/or district and may result in termination of any/all field experience placements in that district for the student. However. The non-thesis option also requires six hours of written comprehensive exams (three hours for the core and three hours for the specialty area) and two hours of an oral comprehensive exam. Students may be withdrawn from intern teaching at the discretion of the College of Education and Professional Psychology faculty or of the administrators of the P-12 school. To facilitate placement. Students may not be placed in the same school in which a spouse or family member is employed. they may include undergraduate (with prior approval only) or graduate courses from other departments. 597. The course must be acceptable for graduate credit and typically are taken from courses offered in education. GRADUATE PROGRAMS Completion of an application for intern teaching and assignment to a school or classroom are tentative and are based on successful completion of coursework in progress. . or during a particular semester. All internship assignments are considered full-time work. Education programs staff will work diligently to obtain a placement for student teaching. Candidates are asked to convey special placement requests at that time. Students may not make special arrangements on their own. 595. but the University ultimately makes the internship assignments in cooperation with school district personnel. A student is expected to complete all required professional courses and be accepted into candidacy before applying for the internship. University supervisors will discuss individual placement problems with students. These elective courses can be from any strand area but may not include MED 580. 590. normally requiring seven hours a day in the school plus additional time for class preparation and seminars. Internship All teacher certification programs require supervised student teaching/internship. but final acceptance of a student teacher is the prerogative of the school district. with a particular cooperating teacher or University supervisor. application for supervised internship must be made by the deadline for the internship (contact the College of Education and Professional Psychology office for specific deadline dates).GRADUATE PROGRAMS 261 MASTER IN TEACHING Non-Thesis Option: MED and MIT The MED and MIT non-thesis option requires 1-2 additional graduate-level courses (three to six credits) beyond the requirements for the thesis option. Saint Martin’s College of Education and Professional Psychology placement offices make no guarantees for student teaching placement in a particular school district or school building.

Master’s Degrees in Education Courses Split-Level Course Requirements Many courses offered in the master of education and master in teaching programs have an undergraduate level offered concurrently with the graduate level course. Students in this option can register for graduate credit for several select courses rather than for their undergraduate equivalents. the graduate-level credits will apply toward the MED degree. Once these courses start. evenings. In split-level courses for which undergraduate and graduate students earn the same credit. The option is a 48-67 semester-hour non-degree sequence offered during days. Graduate students will also be required to analyze or perform research or accept greater leadership in the course content. summers and weekends. On satisfactory completion of the certification sequence and subsequent application and successful admission to the Master of Education program.g.262 MASTER’S-LEVEL EDUCATION COURSES GRADUATE PROGRAMS POST-bACCALAUREATE CERTIfICATIONONLY OPTION For those who already have a baccalaureate degree. The total number of semester hours varies with the endorsement: Elementary Education • 58-59 semester hours (includes certification and an elementary endorsement Secondary Education • 48-49 semester hours (includes certification and a secondary content area endorsement) Special Education • 65-66 semester hours (includes certification and a SED endorsement) NOTE: Pre-requirements and/or endorsement courses may be in addition to these totals. Graduate core split level courses (e. Those interested in the program should consult the catalog’s undergraduate section for application and certification requirements. Courses at the 600 level are designed to be offered for graduate credit only. graduate students will be expected to complete additional requirements. ED 306/MED 506) are typically one credit less than the undergraduate section. The “equal work but less credit” split-level courses therefore adjust for graduate credit earned. Split-level courses are numbered at the 500 level. . the Post-baccalaureate certification-only option at Saint Martin’s University provides the opportunity to earn Washington State residency teacher certification without earning a master’s degree.. students are not permitted to change registration between the undergraduate and graduate course levels.

Includes a 10-hour observation and instruction practicum in primarygrade 8 science. Students will create home pages for themselves and participate in the creation of pages for the Saint Martin’s website. laserdiscs. rather than computer skills themselves. materials. MED 511 Methods of Teaching Math (3) Objectives. Prerequisite: Acceptance as a teacher certification candidate. Ways to incorporate these techniques into the classroom will be explored. Prerequisite: MED 512. MED 512 Technology for the Classroom (2) Emphasis on how to integrate computers and other technologies into classroom teaching. Prerequisite: MED 506. are used to creatively express a view of the world. evaluating instruction. scanner. and network systems as they pertain to the preschool-grade 12 school environment. concept development and inquiry learning. models. Washington State Essential Academic Learning Requirements. techniques and administrative procedures. Prerequisite: MED 506. teaching strategies and integrated knowledge and skills of science for elementary teachers. internet and selected software. Emphasis on theory. Exploration of teaching methods such as cooperative learning. MED 514 Network Systems for Educators (3) Exploration of management information systems development. MED 513 Multimedia Production for Educators (3) Classroom applications of multimedia hardware and peripherals such as CD-ROMs. delivering. Includes a 10-hour observation and instruction practicum in primary-grade 8 mathematics. Washington State Essential Academic Learning Requirements and Grade Level Expectations. Emphasis on development of electronic portfolio.GRADUATE PROGRAMS MASTER’S-LEVEL EDUCATION COURSES 263 MED 506 Curriculum and Instruction (2) Multiple approaches to curriculum and instruction emphasizing becoming a reflective teacher. issues and trends in an information age. Students will develop curriculum and classroom materials using e-mail. Prerequisite: MED 512 or equivalent. photography and posters. Class discussions will focus on teaching philosophies. Emphasis on theory. cartoons. animation. space use. sequencing. methods and curriculum for teaching preschool-grade 8 science. MED 515 Methods of Teaching Science (3) Objectives. along with other multimedia models/techniques. Principles of organizing. including budget preparation. teaching strategies and integrated knowledge and skills of mathematics for elementary teachers. selection and organization of materials and equipment. digital cameras and video cameras. GRADUATE PROGRAMS . Course content will incorporate the objectives and functions of a school’s technology center. methods and curriculum for teaching preschool-grade 8 mathematics. Students will create an advanced integrated multimedia project. materials. Book production. Emphasis on development of a thematic unit with lesson design based on state and national standards.

exploring various methodologies. MED 559 or concurrent enrollment. assessment. Prerequisite: MED 506. Prerequisite: MED 506. social/cultural. writing and reading in grades kindergarten-8. Prerequisites: MED 506. map-globe interpretation and content specified in the Washington State Essential Academic Learning Requirements for grades primary-12. methods and curriculum for teaching listening. MED 519 Methods of Teaching Language Arts (2) Objectives. Students will be able to apply language acquisition theories and develop personal teaching styles. bilingual education and foreign language strategies. Course requires a 10-hour observation and instruction practicum in primary-grade 12 social studies. Includes a 10-hour instructional practicum in primary-grade 8 language arts. mainstream teachers and others who do not have ESOL or bilingual training in educating English Language Learners will be included. as will the relationship of family and community to the student. and politics involving ELL and Bilingual Education. Emphasis on integrated thematic unit planning. Washington State Essential Academic Learning Requirements and Grade Level Expectations. Methods. MED 525 Issues and Trends in English Language Learners and bilingual Education (3) Examination of the educational theories. English language learner. and linguistic issues involved in meeting the needs of students who are speakers of languages other than English. Uses English-as-a-Second-Language. The scope of the course is interdisciplinary and the topics explored reach . curriculum and assessment specific to early childhood education will be reviewed. discussions will include evaluating the historical. practice and research related to the education of English Language Learners (ELL) and Bilingual Education. Prerequisite: MED 506. Resources for continuing professional development in the fields of second language instruction and bilingual education will be provided.264 MASTER’S-LEVEL EDUCATION COURSES GRADUATE PROGRAMS MED 518 Methods of Teaching Social Studies (2) Introduces specific methods used in preschool-grade 8 to teach social studies. MED 527 Social Linguistics and People: Theory and Practice (3) The course concerns the nature of human language. MED 524 Early Childhood Education (3) Important issues related to teaching preschool-3 will be emphasized. including program models. MED 526. political. Additionally. teaching strategies and integrated knowledge and skills of language arts for elementary teachers. Involvement of parents. Emphasis on theory. This course presents issues pertaining to educating English Language Learners. Prerequisite: MED 506. materials. MED 526 Language Acquisition Methods (3) Course focuses on developing student’s proficiency-oriented teaching style. what the study of language tells us about the human mind and the relation of language to its cultural and educational context. school community. speaking. theories and history of language acquisition. classroom environment and promotion of social competence.

MED 538 Literature for Children and Young Adults (2) Nature. reading. A 10-hour practicum is required. delivering and evaluating instruction for exceptional learners. legal and social implications of the exceptional student from an integrated. knowledge bases. special education. Prerequisites: MED 506. counseling approaches and school programs related to the school counselors’ role in prevention. Prerequisite: MED 506. practice and research related to the education of diverse populations. Prerequisite: MED 506. Students develop multicultural curriculum to support language learning. strategy-based pedagogical perspective. Required for elementary certification. MED 528 Reading Instruction of English Language Learners (3) The course provides knowledge of various methods of instruction for ELL/bilingual education students with emphasis on techniques for effective instruction and assessment of oral language development. but is not limited to. principles and pedagogy of visual art. students begin to create personal philosophy of management. history and sources of children’s books. strategies for individual and group behavior and instruction developed through systematic application of specific models. reading and writing. Prerequisite: MED 506 or concurrent enrollment. philosophy of language and the mind.GRADUATE PROGRAMS MASTER’S-LEVEL EDUCATION COURSES 265 beyond the boundaries of linguistics to other scientific disciplines that constitute the field of cognitive science: psycholinguistics. Includes. English and English/language arts endorsements. MED 529 Arts and Movement (4) This course explores the elements. drama. historical. counseling and referral of students with drug and alcohol problems. music and creative movement for the elementary classroom. GRADUATE PROGRAMS . The impact of social context factors such as race. using ELL/bilingual education strategies. anthropology and artificial intelligence. MED 526. gender and economic status on social linguistics. Prerequisite: MED 506. sequencing. culture. Effective methods for teaching content-area material such as reading. learning styles. Examination of the educational theories. MED 559 Introduction to Exceptionality (2) Introduction to philosophical. MED 560 Classroom Management (2) Through an understanding of current theories and practices in classroom management. socialization patterns and educational opportunity will be studied. Students will create and participate in arts experiences for the class and others. MED 545 School Drug Prevention and Counseling (3) Examines pharmacology. MED 561 Instructional Methods of Exceptional Learners (2) Principles of organizing. ethnicity. Development of appropriate and diverse classrooms and curriculum will be emphasized. Ten hours of classroom experience are required as a part of the course.

266 MASTER’S-LEVEL EDUCATION COURSES GRADUATE PROGRAMS math or science. or concurrent enrollment. MED 565 Transitions to Adulthood for Special Populations (3) Examines the educational transition from school-based special education programs to independent living or agency-supported living for differently abled people through presentation and discussion of current literature. MED 567 Legal Issues and the IEP (3) Comprehensive study of federal and state regulations on populations. Prerequisite: MED 506. Observation of school-based assessment techniques and practical application of learned techniques is required. Prerequisites: MED 506. grading. small group instruction and assessment of exceptional learners in public and private sectors. MED 559. MED 559. Strategies for organization. Also covered are state and national trends in assessment and testing. norm-and criterion-referenced testing. school personnel and outside agencies are emphasized. alternative assessments. MED 569 Practicum in Special Education (3) Observation. MED 563 Management Strategies for Exceptional Learners (3) Strategies for individual and group behavior/ instructional management. and alternative assessment strategies.and criterion-referenced tests. administration and participation with families and other significant parties are included. Prerequisite: MED 566 and MED 559. including ecological. Prerequisites: MED 506. Selecting and adapting curriculum. Communicative ethics and collaborative strategies joining families. assessment management technology and conferencing skills. standardized tests. field-based participatory research.33 grade point average in three prior Special Education courses. on-site visits and other appropriate formats. Various competencies developed in systematic application of specific models for exceptional learners. educational statistics. diagnostic instruments and procedures. norm. classroom and curriculum-based assessment. MED 566 Assessment in Special Education (3) Study of professional practice in special education assessment. Prerequisite: MED 559. . Prerequisite: MED 570. MED 570 Classroom Assessment (2) Students learn how to construct and evaluate classroom assessments to assess student learning. Prerequisite: Minimum of 3. MED 559.

MED 576 Content-area Reading for Elementary Teachers (1) This course is planned to facilitate the application of specific reading and writing strategies to assist comprehension of printed materials in all subject areas by students at all levels of reading. MED 574 and MED 576. vocabulary and comprehension) are used in planning strategy lessons for use with students. MED 579 Reading Practicum (3) The purpose of this course is to apply theoretical knowledge learned in the reading program.GRADUATE PROGRAMS MASTER’S-LEVEL EDUCATION COURSES 267 MED 571 Educational Law (1) Fulfills new Washington State requirements for understanding educational law and its relationship to contemporary school issues and problems. MED 577 Reading Diagnosis (4) Explores the area of reading disabilities. MED 580 Readings in Education (1-2) An independent readings course for students with special needs. Prerequisites: MED 519. Students learn when and how to use various assessments and instructional strategies to help struggling readers. planning and implementing instruction. MED 576. This practicum serves as an opportunity to observe and practice instructional activities in reading in an extended field experience. and comprehension) are applied to the teaching of beginning reading. MED 575 Reader-Writer Workshop (3) The purpose of this course is to develop an understanding of the reader-writer workshop approach to teaching reading and writing as an integrated process for K-8 students. The five components of reading (phonemic awareness. MED 574. GRADUATE PROGRAMS . Prerequisite: Graduate status. State agencies and local school boards. MED 572 Integrated Approach to Phonics and Spelling (2) An in-depth exploration of the theoretical rationale and research base for the learning and teaching of the reading skills. Prerequisites: MED 519. Reading behavior is analyzed using informal reading inventories. MED 574 and MED 576. MED 574 and MED 576. content and strategies of phonemic awareness. teachers’ employment. Prerequisites: MED 519. phonics. Major components of reading (fluency. Prerequisite: MED 519. MED 574 Primary Reading/Writing Instruction (1) This course explores the reading and writing process as it pertains to the teaching of beginning reading. academic freedom and student issues of compulsory education. Prerequisite: MED 519. diagnosing children. Reading list to be developed by student and advisor. fluency. miscue analysis and other assessment tools. Students participate in a weekly tutoring experience. phonics and spelling as they are integrated into the reading program in elementary school. Prerequisites: MED 519 or permission of instructor. Restricted enrollment. tenure. vocabulary. university issues and law.

268 MASTER’S-LEVEL EDUCATION COURSES GRADUATE PROGRAMS MED 581 Issues and Trends in Literacy Instruction (3) This course is designed as a student-centered forum in which students take a leadership role in the study and discussion of current reading topics and current research in literacy education. Includes 45 hours structured observation and teaching experience in a high school and concurrent seminar. Major components of reading (fluency. This course facilitates the application of specific reading and writing strategies to assist comprehension of expository materials in all subject areas by students at all levels of reading. Also includes the role of the classroom teacher as a counselor. Prerequisite: MED 506. Students will explore the reading process and examine their own reading behaviors. and MED 576. Prerequisites: MED 506. organization and specific middle school teaching methods. Also covered are advanced instructional planning and forming more effective relationships with students. MED 583 Issues of Abuse/Teacher as Counselor (1) Course addresses the teacher’s role in identifying. and MED 585 or concurrent enrollment. Prerequisite: MED 506. Field experiences and assignments will relate to the student’s added endorsement area. MED 585 Content-area Reading for Secondary Teachers (1) This course explores the reading process as it is applied to content areas taught in the secondary school. either working in a reading program and/or tutoring a struggling student. vocabulary and comprehension) are used in planning strategy lessons for use with students. Includes a 30-hour practicum designed to integrate observation and teaching at the middle-school level. teaching preparation. Students are required to participate in a secondary school. Prerequisites: MED 519. Students will acquire the necessary knowledge and skills to support secondary students in reading complex materials. Prerequisites: MED 506. teaching experience. MED 584 Secondary Methods/Practica (4) Students learn varied instructional methods via performance and observation of peer teaching. Prerequisite: Acceptance to Added Endorsement Program. and reflection in a P-12 setting in the added endorsement field. Assessment strategies are studied and applied to the content areas taught in secondary schools. MED 591 Added Endorsement Practicum (2-3) Includes 60-90 hours of structured observation. permission of instructor. reporting and working with children who have been victims of child abuse. MED 582 Reading Assessment and Intervention for Secondary Teachers (1) This course focuses on the reading behaviors of secondary students. . MED 574. Prerequisites: MED 502 and MED 506. Includes a minimum of two observations by a University supervisor using the Washington State Performancebased Pedagogy Assessment. MED 586 Living and Learning in the Middle School (3) Intertwines specific needs of preadolescents (ages 10-14 years old) with middle school philosophy.

Secondary Education (6-12) Sixteen-week internship in secondary education (7-12) in a kindergarten-12 school setting. MED 598 Internship Teaching Seminar (1) Weekly seminar for student or intern teachers. This course is a prerequisite for the research course. Prerequisite: Application approval. field research. and the thesis course. Prerequisite: Concurrent enrollment in MED 590. MED 605 Diversity and Social Context in the Classroom: Theory and Practice (3) Examination of the educational theories. gender and economic status on knowledge bases. including library research. Development of appropriate and diverse classrooms and curriculums will be emphasized. Focus will be on those basic concepts central to the certification requirements as well as refinement and extension of those concepts. MED 699. Graduate students will be asked to think critically and creatively about concepts involved with the control of education. learning styles. Prerequisites: Admission to the graduate program. relevant professional experience. Prerequisites: Admission to graduate program. metaphoric and personal reflection will be studied. Prerequisite: Application approval. ethnicity. The impact of social context factors such as race. MED 609. socialization patterns and educational opportunity will be studied. Prerequisite: Application approval. A variety of techniques related to understanding and writing. Special Education (6-12) Sixteen-week internship in special education in a kindergarten-12 school setting. narrative. MED 596 Internship. culture. and how best practice affects these theories. MED 601 Educational Research Methods I (3) An introduction to traditional and alternative forms of understanding and communicating about the teaching profession. To be taken prior to admission to candidacy. Restricted enrollment. MED 595 Directed Study (1-3) Independent study on topics of special interest. Prerequisite: Graduate status. GRADUATE PROGRAMS . MED 607 foundations for Educational Practice (3) This is a course designed to provide a graduate student the basic knowledge and skills in educational philosophy and educational psychology. Must be taken concurrently with internship. practice and research related to the education of diverse populations. MED 597 Directed Practicum (1-3) Independent practicum related to strand/endorsement/area of interest.MASTER’S-LEVEL EDUCATION COURSES 269 GRADUATE PROGRAMS MED 593 Internship. MED 594 Internship. Elementary Education (6-12) Sixteen-week internship in elementary education in a kindergarten-12 school setting. educational philosophy and psychology. Restricted enrollment. The course will include how these philosophies or theories affect best practice.

MED 640 Guidance and Counseling (3) Consideration of major principles and practices of guidance and counseling. Either MED 641 or MAC 501 can be taken to meet the Individual Counseling Requirement for the Guidance and Counseling Strand. MED 633 Models of Teaching (3) Comprehensive review of various instructional strategies frequently used in classroom settings. Emphasis on strategies amenable to analytical review and evaluation. MED 637 The Gifted Child (2) Investigation of the gifted student. attributes. as well as development of new programs. development and evaluation of instructional material. Prerequisite: MED 506. Prerequisite: MED 506. Development of ideas and design of activities aimed at enhancing the capabilities of others. MED 642 Group Processes (3) Consideration of major principles and practices of group counseling for school counselors. teaching procedures and assessment are discussed. identification and implications for the educator. sequencing. Attention to development of creative thinking and problem-solving abilities. and 2) career counseling topics and skills needed for K-12 school counselors. MED 636 Individualized Instruction (2) Rationale and principles of individualized instruction. Roles of the teacher and school counselor in the guidance and counseling process. psychological and social domains. with special attention to programs. MED 643 Assessment and Appraisal (3) Introduction to major techniques of assessing strengths and weaknesses of individuals in academic. methods and materials now available. productive learners. MED 644 High School and Career Counseling (3) The course combines two topics: 1) topics and skills needed for high school counselors. Either MED 642 or MAC 502 can be taken to meet the Group Counseling Requirement for the Guidance and Counseling Strand.270 MASTER’S-LEVEL EDUCATION COURSES GRADUATE PROGRAMS MED 630 Creative Thinking and Problem-solving (3) Examination of basic theoretical concepts involved with creativity and problem-solving. emphasizing definition. MED 631 Curriculum Theory and Development (3) Design. Emphasis on construction of educational sequences for various types of learning tasks. MED 635 Inquiry Development (2) Development of questioning techniques that enable teachers to increase the verbal skills of students and make students more autonomous. Selection. MED 641 Individual Counseling (3) Consideration of major principles and practices of individual counseling for school counselors. .

and effective learning environment. Special attention will be given to how principals lead. and models will be applied to the realities of successful. and testing and assessment competencies needed by school counselors. design of relevant didactic and practicum staff development experiences. Emphasis on pragmatic. Topics include community resources. who are advocating. implementation and stewardship of a vision of learning that is shared and supported by the school community. supervision and development. human growth development. operations and resources for a safe. theory from education and the social sciences. MED 650 Professional Development Evaluation and Supervision (3) The study and development of knowledge/skills and techniques/strategies essential to personnel evaluation. efficient. visitations to kindergarten-8 schools. nurturing and sustaining a school culture and instructional program conducive to student learning and staff professional growth. prevention programs and the role of school counselor as staff trainer and consultant. concepts. testing and measurement. Focus will be on three related areas: assessment of person’s competency and performance. MED 647 Education foundations for ESA Certification (1) Focuses on problems of school and society. Each student must take a total of five credits. fairness and in an ethical manner. learning and American school law for ESA school counseling candidates without prior coursework in the above topics. consulting and training design roles of school counselors. and the value of leading school change and improvement. MED 649 Internship in School Counseling (1-5) An accumulation of 400 hours of supervised and school based internship in a P-grade 12 school setting and a one-hour weekly seminar. the varying roles of kindergarten-8 school counselors. MED 648 Elementary and Middle School Counseling (3) Covers topics and skills needed for elementary and middle school counselors. who are capable of ensuring management of the organization.” GRADUATE PROGRAMS MED 653 Principles of Leadership (3) This course examines the basic principles of school leadership. Theories. MED 654 Principal as Leader of Learning Community (3) An introduction to the information and competencies necessary to prepare administrators capable of facilitating the development. . working with parents. counseling skills for working with kindergarten-grade 8 students. developmentally appropriate. and who will act with integrity. articulation. the characteristics of effective schools. productive leadership.MASTER’S-LEVEL EDUCATION COURSES 271 GRADUATE PROGRAMS MED 646 Assessment and Current Issues in School Counseling (3) Covers research on current issues of interest to school counselors. students will examine various aspects of the daily work of principals. Must be repeated each semester that a student is working on the internship. and knowledge based on effective practices. and education as a “profession. Using research. manage programs and shape school culture.

and building level financial management. MED 656 Educational finance (2) An overview of financial support for schools including legal and historical basis of school funding.) Repeated each semester that a student is working on the internship. MED 672 Writing. Spelling. including student rights and protections under special education and privacy requirements. internship in a kindergartengrade 12 school setting and a weekly one hour seminar. Prerequisites: Admission to the MED graduate program. (A minimum of 360 of the hours must be accumulated during the regular school day. and Phonics Instruction: from Theory to Practice (3) This course is designed for the serious student of literacy education to study and evaluate the trends and issues in the field of education that have lead to the professionally accepted best practices in the areas of writing. MED 657 School Law for Educational Administrators (2) Provides an overview of federal and state law that principals and school administrators are responsible to know and administer. will complete a well-planned sequence of courses and/or experiences in an approved preparation program which shall include: (B) Information Collection… (C) Problem analysis… (D) Judgment… (P) Oral expression… (Q) Written expression… (R) Philosophical and cultural values… (S) Legal and regulatory applications. MED 574 and MED 576. basics of funding mechanisms. including the role of communications in school-community relations. in order to support student achievement of the state learning goals and essential academic learning requirements. Prerequisite: Admission to the school administration program or permission of instructor. This course satisfies the following requirements of WAC 181-27-(2): Principal and program administrator candidates. Also offers an overview of the body of knowledge associated with the field of reading instruction. MED 671 Philosophy of Reading Instruction (2) Explores theoretical and historical base of teaching of reading and writing in grades kindergarten-8. spelling. Emphasis will be placed on legal foundations and requirements for practice. Internal and external communities and the relationship between and among these entities and the school will be examined. budgeting procedures. Each student must take a total of 4 units. Students assess the effectiveness . and phonics instruction in America’s schools. This course focuses on those cognitive strategies needed for the instruction of reading comprehension and effective study methods. supervised. sources of funding for schools. MED 659 Principal/Program Administrator Internship (1-4) An accumulation of 720 hours of school-based. Prerequisites: MED 519. MED 673 Strategies for Reading Improvement K-12 (3) Students learn how to create a learning environment that fosters reading improvement at the K-12 level. The overall goal is to produce leaders who can take action to promote organizational growth and productivity.272 MASTER’S-LEVEL EDUCATION COURSES GRADUATE PROGRAMS MED 655 School and Community Relations (2) A course designed to provide a thorough examination of the school and its interaction with the community.

Students will share. and implement effective instruction. This work will be documented via electronic portfolio. Informal Reading Inventories and Miscue Analysis. development of the individualized growth plan based on a pre-assessment of the candidate’s ability to demonstrate successfully the professional growth standards and criteria with the coordination of the professional growth team that is required by Washington Administrative Code (WAC). Prerequisite: Acceptance to Professional Certification program. Prerequisites: Admission to the MED graduate program. and enhance student learning. students will build their knowledge of quality children’s and young adult literature and develop practical teaching methods using literature. Students work with children individually and in small groups to diagnose. MED 688 Professional Growth Plan — Culminating Seminar (2) Final component of the Professional Growth Plan. GRADUATE PROGRAMS . Using a literacy curriculum framework. Prerequisites: Admission to the MED graduate program. MED 678 Literacy Leadership (2) This course is designed to aid the master teacher in the development of leadership skills in preparation for filling the role of reading specialist in schools. Prerequisite: Successful completion of development of the Growth Plan from MED 680 and written permission of the candidate’s professional growth team. where appropriate. It is further planned to facilitate the preparation of teachers to be effective reading coaches in their schools. examine. MED 674 Literature Across the Curriculum (3) Literature is part of a balanced-literacy program. The residency teacher/counselor will produce assignments that include multiple forms of data collected over time. students will explore ways to effectively use literature to supplement. in which the residency teacher’s/counselor’s ability to demonstrate the standards and criteria will be evaluated. Prerequisite: previously earned ESA School Counselor Certificate. including Running Records. MED 675 Literacy Assessment and Evaluation (3) The study of reading development and the analysis of reading behavior using a variety of assessment tools. MED 685 School Counselor Peer Review (1) This is a Washington state required OSPI course for continued School Counselor Certification (WAC 181-79A-221). extend.MASTER’S-LEVEL EDUCATION COURSES 273 GRADUATE PROGRAMS of the school/class reading curriculum and learn how to supplement that curriculum for diverse learners. including evidence of positive impact on student learning. and receive and provide peerreview on their approaches for having a positive impact on their student’s academic learning and lives. plan. Prerequisites: Admission to the MED graduate program. In this course. Prerequisites: Must be taken in the last 12 hours of the graduate program. MED 680 Professional Growth Plan — Pre-assessment Seminar (2) An overview of the Professional Certification program including the legal frameworks for the program.

Designed to be taken during the last semester of the candidate’s program. Classes are generally scheduled to allow a student to complete the program in a two to three year period by taking two classes per semester. geotechnical engineering and construction management.80 for all undergraduate work .274 MASTER’S-LEVEL EDUCATION COURSES GRADUATE PROGRAMS MED 690 Integrating Seminar (1) Required for non-thesis option students. The student will emerge with enhanced engineering analysis and design skills tailored to his or her professional objectives. transportation engineering. MASTER’S PROGRAMS IN ENGINEERING Saint Martin’s University School of Engineering offers graduate studies leading to Master of Civil Engineering and Master of Engineering Management degrees. Director Pius Igharo Bijan Khaleghi Dintie Mahamah John Sladek Don Stout The Master of Civil Engineering program is designed to provide engineering and science graduates with specialized technical knowledge oriented toward professional engineering practice in their field of interest within civil engineering. MASTER Of CIVIL ENGINEERING (MCE) faculty Chun Kyung Seong. environmental engineering. MED 699 final Project/Thesis Research Component (3) Designed for the student to complete the thesis/final project (thesis option). Admission The MCE program is open to students who meet one of the following lists of criteria: 1. The curriculum is adaptable to both recent graduates and engineers with professional experience. Prerequisites: All Graduate Core courses completed and Graduate Committee formed. The program includes advanced courses in structural engineering. A Bachelor of Science degree in civil engineering with: • A cumulative grade point average of at least 2. Provides practice in integrative writing similar to that required for comprehensive examinations and practice in questions comparable to oral examinations. All courses are offered in the late afternoon or evening to accommodate working students who are professionals.

3. Applicants must submit: • Graduate application form • $35 application fee (non-refundable) • Three letters of recommendation. preferably from professors. plus current registration as a Professional Engineer (PE). Application Process Application to the program can be made at any time prior to the beginning of a new semester.00 for all upper-division engineering courses -or. statics. mechanics of materials and dynamics. registered engineers or supervisors GRADUATE PROGRAMS .MASTERGRADUATE PROGRAMS 275 OF CIVIL ENGINEERING -or. A Bachelor of Science degree in any field. differential equations. A Bachelor of Science degree in another engineering field or the sciences and: • A cumulative grade point average of at least 2. physics (one year). • Completion of calculus (one year). chemistry (one-half year). 2.a 3.a passing score on the nationally conducted Fundamentals of Engineering (FE) Examination.80 for all undergraduate work.

5300 Pacific Avenue SE. Students must meet the prerequisites listed for all program courses taken. Degree Requirements Candidates for the Master of Civil Engineering degree must satisfactorily complete 30 semester hours of approved coursework. Saint Martin’s University. including three semester hours of Advanced Design Project (MCE 502) or six semester hours of Thesis (MCE 503). prepare a program of study and research to present to the program director for approval. Lacey. If accepted. Washington All application materials should be sent directly to: Director. Master of Civil Engineering Program. A minimum of 18 semester hours must be in courses numbered 500 or 600 and taken after completion of BSCE degree.00 (“B”) or better for all graduate work undertaken and must complete all work within seven years of starting the program. A cumulative grade point average of at least 3. A maximum of four hours of independent study (MCE 501) is allowed. this may require the student to take additional preparatory undergraduate courses that may not count toward the MCE degree. in consultation with his/her advisor. In some cases. the student shall. Program Preparation and Continuation Within the first semester following admission. A maximum of nine semester hours of equivalent coursework from other institutions may be transferred into the program if approved by the program director. up to six hours of approved MCE .00 must be maintained in graduate work. Students must maintain a cumulative grade point average of 3. WA 98503-7500. The maximum course load per semester is 12 semester hours unless approval for a larger course load is obtained from the MCE program director. All courses must be from the approved MCE courses list or must be preapproved by the program director.276 MASTER OF CIVIL ENGINEERING GRADUATE PROGRAMS • Official copies of college/university transcripts • International students also must submit a declaration of finance and TOEFL (Test of English as a Foreign Language) scores International students original transcript should be validated by the World Education Services in Seattle. School of Engineering. bachelor of Science in Civil Engineering / Master of Civil Engineering Combined Degree Program Application Process A student enters the Bachelor of Science in Civil Engineering (BSCE)/Master of Civil Engineering (MCE) combined degree program by applying for admission during his or her senior year at Saint Martin’s.

Additional MCE program coursework may be taken as an undergraduate and reserved for application to the master’s degree. A minimum of 18 semester hours must be taken from the following: • MCE 501 Independent Study (1-4) • MCE 502 Advanced Design Project (3) • MCE 503 Thesis (1-3) • MCE 505 Insitu Soil Testing (3) • MCE 518 Seismic Evaluation (3) • MCE 525 Advanced Transportation Engineering (4) • MCE 531 Advanced Steel Design (3) • MCE 533 Prestressed Concrete Design (3) • MCE 535 Pavement Design (3) • MCE 552 Masonry Design (3) • MCE 553 Matrix Structural Analysis (3) • MCE 555 Advanced Foundation Design (3) • MCE 563 Dynamics of Structures (3) • MCE 565 Traffic Capacity Analysis (3) • MCE 570 Solid Waste Management (3) • MCE 571 Transportation Planning Applications (3) • MCE 573 Earthquake Engineering (3) • MCE 575 Bridge Engineering and Design (3) • MCE 580 Environmental Laboratory Processes (3) • MCE 583 Water Resources Design (3) • MCE 585 Wastewater Systems Design (3) • MCE 595 Special Topics (2-3) • MCE 596 Industrial Waste Pollution and Management (3) • MCE/MEM 612 Project Management (3) • MCE/MEM 660 Construction Estimating (3) • MCE 560 Structural Systems Design (3) GRADUATE PROGRAMS . provided the student enrolls in the MCE program the year following graduation. Thus. Approved MCE Courses All courses applied toward the MCE degree must be taken from the following list unless specifically pre-approved by the program director. The number of semester hours earned by the student for each course is listed after the course name.GRADUATE PROGRAMS MASTER OF CIVIL ENGINEERING 277 courses may be applied toward both the bachelor’s and master’s degrees. both the undergraduate and graduate degrees in civil engineering could be earned in five academic years.

Students are free to take any of the approved courses for which they meet the prerequisites. such as term paper(s) and/or term project(s) which are related to the course subject matter in addition to the course description of this catalog. The following are three examples of non-thesis programs with disciplinary emphases. Structures and foundations Emphasis • CE 403 Engineering Construction Management (2) • CE 430 Foundation Design (2) • CE 440 Steel Design (3) • CE 445 Wood Design (2) • MCE 502 Advanced Design Project (3) • MCE 505 Insitu Soil Testing (3) • MCE 518 Seismic Evaluation (3) • MCE 531 Advanced Steel Design (3) • MCE 533 Prestressed Concrete Design (3) • MCE 552 Masonry Design (3) .278 MASTER OF CIVIL ENGINEERING GRADUATE PROGRAMS • MCE/MEM 680 Environmental Management (3) A maximum of 12 semester hours may be taken from the following: • CE 403 Engineering Construction Management (2) • CE 405 Insitu Soil Testing (2) • CE 425 Advanced Transportation Engineering (3) • CE 430 Foundation Design (3) • CE 435 Pavement Design (2) • CE 440 Steel Design (3) • CE 445 Wood Design (3) • CE 453 Matrix Structural Analysis (2) • CE 460 Structural Systems Design (3) • CE 470 Solid Waste Management (2) • CE 473 Earthquake Engineering (3) • CE 480 Environmental Laboratory Processes (2) • CE 495 Special Topics (2-3) Suggested Programs of Study Many program arrangements meeting the requirements for the Master of Civil Engineering degree are possible. Note: The courses cross-listed in both CE and MCE programs will require MCE students to complete advanced level study.

GRADUATE PROGRAMS MASTER OF CIVIL ENGINEERING 279 • MCE 553 Matrix Structural Analysis (3) • MCE 555 Advanced Foundation Design (3) • MCE 560 Structural Systems Design (3) • MCE 563 Dynamics of Structures (3) • MCE 565 Traffic Capacity Analysis (3) • MCE 573 Earthquake Engineering (3) • MCE 575 Bridge Engineering and Design (3) • MCE 660 Construction Estimating (3) Transportation and Project Management Emphasis • CE 403 Engineering Construction Management (2) • CE 405 Insitu Soil Testing (2) • CE 430 Foundation Design (2) • CE 470 Solid Waste Management (2) • MCE 502 Advanced Design Project (3) • MCE 525 Advanced Transportation Engineering (4) • MCE 535 Pavement Design (3) • MCE 565 Traffic Capacity Analysis (3) • MCE 571 Transportation Planning Applications (3) • MCE/MEM 612 Project Management (3) • MCE/MEM 660 Construction Estimating (3) • MCE/MEM 680 Environmental Management (3) • CE 403 Engineering Construction Management (2) • CE 425 Advanced Transportation Engineering (3) • CE 435 Pavement Design (2) • CE 480 Environmental Laboratory Processes (2) • MCE 501 Independent Study (3) • MCE 502 Advanced Design Project (3) • MCE 570 Solid Waste Management (3) • MCE 580 Environmental Laboratory Processes (3) • MCE 583 Water Resources Design (3) • MCE 585 Wastewater Systems Design (3) • MCE/MEM 612 Project Management (3) • MCE/MEM 660 Construction Estimating (3) • MCE/MEM 680 Environmental Management (3) GRADUATE PROGRAMS Environmental Engineering Emphasis .

Successful completion of a final oral examination and successful defense of the thesis before a faculty panel is required. ground motion amplification. Prerequisites: CE 321. MCE 505 Insitu Soil Testing (3) Introduction to site investigation procedures and institute testing techniques to characterize field behavior of soils related to engineering properties. MCE 501 Independent Study (1-4) Prerequisites: Consent of instructor and approval of program director. dynamic slope stability. liquefaction analysis. Students may register for a maximum of three hours per semester. models of trip distribution and traffic assignment on the road network. earthquake faults. Course is designed to equip students with practical design-oriented knowledge of land-use impacts on transportation. MCE 525 Advanced Transportation Engineering (4) Selected topics in advanced transportation planning techniques. CE 322. Prerequisites: Completion of 18 semester hours in the MCE program and consent of instructor. seismic wave attenuation. Independent research report or design project re- . MCE 503 Thesis (1-3) Independent research in the student’s area of interest.280 MASTER OF CIVIL ENGINEERING GRADUATE PROGRAMS Master of Civil Engineering Courses Courses in the MCE program are scheduled in accord with enrollment numbers and demand. A formal written. Course provides a connection between introductory soil mechanics and foundation design and introduces both current practice as well as state-of-art site investigation techniques. under supervision of faculty. Independent research report or design project required for graduate credit. CE 360. signalization design. An independent or small teambased comprehensive graduate-level design project in the student’s discipline interest area. CE 480 and MCE 580 may not both be taken for credit. MCE 518 Seismic Evaluation (3) Fundamentals of seismology and geotechnical earthquake engineering. airport planning and design and transportation economics. development of response spectra. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. cone penetration test and pressure meter test. MCE 502 Advanced Design Project (3) Course is required of all students not writing a thesis. For example. Prerequisites: CE 321. seismic magnitude and intensity. Exercises in reducing field data and deriving soil properties for application to foundation design problems. CE 350. Topics covered include plate tectonics. seismic hazard analysis. graphical and oral presentation of the completed project is required. Field exercises in the use and interpretation of the standard penetration test. ground motion. Credit not allowed for students who have taken CE 405. Students may not take both the undergraduate and graduate versions of a class for credit. in accordance with the NEHRP and USGS procedures. in consultation with faculty. travel demand forecasting. seismic design of retaining walls and mitigation of hazardous sites. with correlation to the Uniform Building Code and International Building Code.

Prerequisite: CE 360. development of simple loads and load paths. stresses in flexible and rigid pavements. Course credit cannot be given to students who have taken CE 435. Combines soil mechanics theory and traffic requirements for an understanding of the fundamental behavior of pavements under traffic loads. diaphragm action. Students learn to extend classical structural analysis to the advanced analytical GRADUATE PROGRAMS . composite steel-concrete members. MCE 553 Matrix Structural Analysis (3) Development and application of matrix methods as the basis for modern computerbased structural analysis. Independent research report or design project required for graduate credit. Prerequisites: CE 440. in accordance with applicable national and international building code requirements. structural analysis principles and methods first developed in reinforced concrete to the design of masonry components. architectural features and rehabilitation of older masonry buildings. construction specifications and basic building applications. Coursework based on load and resistance factor design methods. including ultimate strength. MCE 552 Masonry Design (3) Analysis and design of masonry structures per current building code requirements with focus on reinforced masonry. soil classification and characteristics. subgrade. bases and subbases. the gaussian elimination algorithm. integration of masonry components into simple building systems. basic concepts of the force and flexibility methods. lintel and beam sections over a full range of behavior. CE 359. Covers wheel loads and design factors.MASTER OF CIVIL ENGINEERING 281 GRADUATE PROGRAMS quired for graduate credit. with design of material and thickness to satisfy strength and serviceability performance objectives. beams and frames. Topics include general types and applications of masonry construction systems. Prerequisite: CE 321. member and structure stiffness matrices. Design/analysis elements include wall. load combinations. vehicle and traffic considerations. serviceability and basic detailing. Course credit cannot be given to students who have taken CE 425. MCE 533 Prestressed Concrete Design (3) Analysis and design of components of prestressed concrete structures. fire safety. structural systems and bracing for lateral load resistance. in accordance with applicable national and international building code requirements. and design methods. MCE 531 Advanced Steel Design (3) Analysis and design of steel structures. introduction to fundamental unreinforced and reinforced masonry behavior and design philosophy. CE 360. basic masonry and reinforcing steel properties. Prerequisites: CE 323. Students apply mechanics of materials. Prerequisites CE 350. including special connections. Introduces basic concepts of lateral bracing. and exercises in solving indeterminate trusses. MCE 535 Pavement Design (3) Asphalt and concrete pavement design for highways and airfields. Topics covered include matrix algebra. plate girders.

live. Independent research report or design project required for graduate credit. Prerequisite: CE 350. Covers operational. equations of motion for single and multi degree-of-freedom structural system. un-damped. design and planning applications. MCE 571 Transportation Planning Applications (3) Techniques of transportation planning applied in urban areas and for resource transportation. strength. Prerequisite: CE 435. MCE 563 Dynamics of Structures (3) Introduction of free and forced vibration of structures. Specific focus on the application of the HCM methodology to two-lane rural highways. testing and application of traffic estimation models. Course credit cannot be given to students who have taken CE 453. response to harmonic. Multiple material types are used in creating structural systems designed to resist dead. arbitrary or step excitations. MCE 565 Traffic Capacity Analysis (3) Analyzes and evaluates capacity and level of service of highway facilities using methodology of the Highway Capacity Manual (HCM). Introduction of commercial software currently used by structural engineers. damped and resonant behavior of structures.282 MASTER OF CIVIL ENGINEERING GRADUATE PROGRAMS techniques used in professional practice. transport. reuse and disposal of solid waste. wind and earthquake loads in accordance with Uniform Building Code criteria. linear and nonlinear system. Course credit cannot be given to students who have taken CE 470. The impacts of different professional disciplines’ responsibilities comprising a typical project team are examined. evaluation of alternate plans. freeways and multilane highways. calibration. urban streets and signalized intersections. analytical and numerical methods of natural frequency of vibration. ramps and weaving segments. Emphasis is on municipal wastes. MCE 560 Structural Systems Design (3) Current professional practice in the design of structural systems for buildings. These general concepts on the dynamic behavior of buildings and bridges are related to the structural response under earthquake-induced motion. Use of HCS software emphasized. MCE 570 Solid Waste Management (3) Engineering management and principles as applied to the collection. . Structural design and analysis against earthquake-loading will be introduced. serviceability and constructability are emphasized. Prerequisite: CE 385. MCE 555 Advanced foundation Design (3) Advanced topics in settlement and bearing capacity analysis of shallow and deep foundations. Independent research report or design project required for graduate credit. Economical arrangements of components to achieve material compatibility. including application of insitu testing and numerical schemes to foundation design. Prerequisite: CE 430.

chemical. Prerequisites: CE 321. site coefficients. MCE 580 Environmental Laboratory Processes (3) Laboratory analysis for water and wastewater evaluation. CE 440. MCE 585 Wastewater Systems Design (3) Advanced wastewater systems design. A detailed study of the IBC-2000 static force provisions. fatigue and fracture problems in steel bridge and substructure design. petroleum. including solids. beverage. CE 385. MCE 596 Industrial Waste Pollution and Management (3) Problems of waste pollution from industries such as pulp and paper. seismic maps. new live-load system and application. coliform counts. Independent research report or design project required for graduate credit. water quality and economic considerations. Prerequisites CE 360. Overview of foundation design considerations. Graduate credit not allowed for students who have taken CE 480. waste minimization. Students will design and prepare structural drawings of a bridge. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. base shear. Topics on new load-resistant factors and parameters. modified compression field theory in shear and torsion design. Detailed analysis and design of diaphragm and shear-wall systems in wood. seismic isolation and seismic retrofit. pump stations. dissolved oxygen. flexural analysis and design. Fundamentals of earthquake ground motion: tectonics. reduction. Prerequisite: CE 385. GRADUATE PROGRAMS MCE 583 Water Resources Design (3) Application of principles of hydrology and hydraulic engineering to water supply systems design. Collection and distribution. including treatment plant design. comparison to the UBC-97 provisions. pump station and collection system design. Design of steel girder bridge also introduced. masonry and concrete. Offered on demand. and strut and tie analysis and design for disturbed region. spectral maps. recovery. CE 360. including seismic use groups. etc. Modern methods of management including treatment. magnitude. biosolids management. BOD and microbial examinations. force distribution. metal plating. tannery. Prerequisites: CE 370. braced frames and eccentrically braced frames.GRADUATE PROGRAMS MASTER OF CIVIL ENGINEERING 283 MCE 573 Earthquake Engineering (3) Structural design for earthquake forces in accordance with the 1997 UBC and the 2000 IBC. structural dynamics and response spectra. MCE 595 Special Topics (2-3) Selected topics in civil engineering. intensity. MCE 575 bridge Engineering and Design (3) Analysis and design of bridge structure based on load resistance factor design in accordance with 2002 AASHTO and WADOT bridge design specifications. CE 350. recycling and reuse are . CE 370. storage sizing. cannery. Prerequisites: CE 330. treatment plant design. torsion and reliability factor. Focus on reinforced concrete deck and pre-stressed girder composite bridge structures. soil effects. seismic waves. Analysis of steel moment frames.

Course credit cannot be given to students who have taken MEM 680. Prerequisite: CE 385. The program emphasizes the continuity of management and engineering-related efforts from planning through design to execution. scheduling. controlling. with emphasis on materials. The program stresses the interrelationship of these phases and focuses on the role of the project manager in managing and controlling all aspects of the project. The students will emerge with management and business skills to allow effective performance in directing engineering organizations and in assessing client needs from a business and engineering standpoint. economic analysis. financing. MCE/MEM 680 Environmental Management (3) Engineering and administrative function in the control of environmental factors affecting human health and survival. planning. design and construction.284 MASTER OF ENGINEERING MANAGEMENT GRADUATE PROGRAMS covered. Focuses on the challenges of managing engineering approaches. labor. MCE/MEM 612 Project Management — A Holistic Approach (3) Intensive coverage of management in industrial applications from concept through operations. Director Stephen Bao Bob Berquist David Jensen Robert Raymond Don Stout The Master of Engineering Management (MEM) program prepares engineering and science graduates for management careers in the field of engineering and engineering project management. Independent research report or design project required for graduate credit. Planning. . such as meeting environmental assessment. Course credit cannot be given to students who have taken MEM 660. MCE 660 Construction and Consultant Estimating (3) Cost estimation for construction projects. MASTER Of ENGINEERING MANAGEMENT (MEM) faculty Bill Phillips. environmental impact statements and other legal requirements. administration and associated costs. Course credit cannot be given to students who have taken MEM 612. Estimation techniques to evaluate professional technological costs of research and development. quality control and customer satisfaction are stressed. Graduate credit not allowed for students who have taken CE 496.

Application Process Application to the program can be made at any time prior to the beginning of a new semester or term.80 and/or acceptance by the program director. S. or • In special cases. if the student’s native language is not English. who have a background in engineering. or • Successful completion of the engineering license examination and acceptance by the program director. Applications can be obtained from the University’s Office of International Programs and Development. with final acceptance into the program by the admissions committee • The Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). preferably from professors. Applicants must submit: • A completed University graduate application for admission form • $35 application fee (nonrefundable) • Three letters of recommendation. registered engineers and supervisors • Copies of official transcripts from all colleges/universities attended GRADUATE PROGRAMS . mathematics or related field and: • A cumulative grade point average of at least 2. initial acceptance by the program director. The TOEFL is not required for foreign students who received their bachelor’s degree from a regionally accredited U. with a minimum score of 525.MASTER OF ENGINEERING MANAGEMENT 285 GRADUATE PROGRAMS Admission The MEM program is open to graduates who have at least a bachelor’s degree in science or engineering from an accredited college program. college or university.

Additional Information The graduate application form. Program Requirements Core Requirements (18 semester hours) • MBA 502 Survey of Finance • MEM 603 Accounting for Managerial Decision-making • MEM 610 Systems Engineering Management — Planning • MEM 611 Systems Engineering Management — Design • MEM 612 Project Management • MEM 620 Engineering Law Electives Students must take 15 semester hours of approved electives in the MEM. www. letters of recommendation and application fee should be sent directly to: Director. 5300 Pacific Avenue SE.edu. or 24 semester hours of designated coursework plus a six semester-hour thesis. WA 98503-7500.edu. Saint Martin’s University. Once the student starts a thesis.286 MASTER OF ENGINEERING MANAGEMENT GRADUATE PROGRAMS All international applicants. Thesis * (6 semester hours) • MEM 690 Thesis . on being accepted to the MEM program. continuous enrollment is required.stmartin. Elective classes must be numbered at the 500 level and above. Each student’s performance record is reviewed upon completion of 12 semester hours to ensure that satisfactory progress is being made.00 must be maintained in graduate work. Master of Engineering Management Program. by telephoning 360-438-4320 or 360-438-4587 or by e-mailing smcmemprogram@ stmartin. All work must be completed by the candidate within seven years of starting the program. MCE or MBA program. A cumulative grade point average of 3. must submit a declaration of finance. Degree Requirements Degree candidates must satisfactorily complete 33 semester hours of designated coursework and a comprehensive examination. Further information about the program can be obtained at the above address. official transcripts. The department has set a maximum course load of 12 semester hours per semester unless approval for a larger course load is obtained from the program director. Further information also is available in the academic section of the University website. Lacey.

applied biomechanics. Topics include criteria development. concept analysis. MEM 581. MEM 610 Systems Engineering Management — Planning (3) Covers approaches to planning. Also covered are human behavior approaches to problem-solving and scheduling. Topics include hazards and their control. MEM 615 Managerial and Engineering Economy (3) Economic evaluation of engineering alternatives geared to maximize investment potentials. conversion of client needs to engineering specifications. MEM 582 and 583 MEM. regulations and standards are covered. GRADUATE PROGRAMS . MEM 585 Applied Ergonomics (3) Following the Engineering Design Method students undertake a major design challenge focusing on a product’s or system’s ergonomics parameters such as safety. managing feasibility studies. city planning. Offered alternate fall semesters. efficiency. Planning. MEM/MCE 612 Project Management — A Holistic Approach (3) Intensive coverage of management in a wide range of project applications from concept through operations. controlling. usability. incident investigation. Emphasizes techniques useful in scope planning. value engineering. personal protection equipment. Prerequisite: Acceptance into MEM program or instructor’s permission. Equivalent to MBA 603. scheduling. trades integration and computer software applications for design management. including strategies. MEM 582 Industrial Engineering (3) Topics in the field of safety engineering and their associated laws. zoning ordinances. Students’ design projects will vary from year to year and the course involves mainly outside-the-classroom applied work. economic analysis. MEM 603 Accounting for Managerial Decision-making (3) Study and application of accounting concepts and techniques used by management for planning and controlling organizational activities. EA/EIS. quality control and customer satisfaction are stressed in this course. Prerequisites: MEM 580. The Ergonomics and Biomechanics lab may be used for various projects including bicycle design and associated components.MASTER OF ENGINEERING MANAGEMENT 287 GRADUATE PROGRAMS Master of Engineering Management Courses Courses in the MEM program are scheduled in accord with enrollment numbers and demand. quality control and assurance. MEM 611 Systems Engineering Management — Design (3) Stresses development of management skills to be applied in scope definition. etc. Includes study of various methods of decision analysis. management of industrial safety and health. forecasting and modeling. costestimating and design of engineering projects. industrial hygiene and hazard detection instrumentation. public meetings and workshops.

patents. use of visual aids. job analysis/evaluation and compensation. forecasts.) . property rights and a focus on contract administration. general and special considerations. administration and associated costs. customer relations. formal presentations. copyrights. labor relations and training. MEM 690 Thesis (1-3) Independent research project in the student’s area of interest involving investigation and analysis of an engineering management related problem or study.288 MASTER OF ENGINEERING MANAGEMENT GRADUATE PROGRAMS MEM 620 Engineering Law (3) Practical legal considerations. Equivalent to MBA 624. qualitative and quantitative analysis and trends. methodology portrayal. Focuses on challenges of managing engineering approaches such as meeting environmental assessments. organizational design and structure. MEM 650 quality Control (3) Use of various methods and recent developments of quality control (such as QA/ QC. design and construction. MEM 640 Marketing for Engineers (3) Market information. contract law and practice. performance evaluation. MEM 623 Seminar in Management Information and Control Systems (3) Evaluation of organizational information needs and the ability of computer technology to meet those needs in an economical fashion. environmental impact statements and other legal requirements. control and overall management of the information function. human resource planning and recruitment. management development. liabilities. Estimation techniques to evaluate professional technological costs of research and development. job cost determinations. Quality in design and planning is stressed as equally important to quality in the completed project and quality in production of goods and services. Marketing methods. phase selection and marketing cost factors. with emphasis on materials. labor. MEM/MCE 680 Environmental Management (3) Engineering and administrative functions in the control of environmental factors affecting human health and survival. Course uses case studies. financing. planning. specifications. labor law. Emphasis on identification. ISO 9000 and TQM) are covered in detail. MEM/MCE 660 Construction and Consultant Estimating (3) Cost estimation for construction projects. scope of work. including engineering ethics. joint venture strategy. six sigma. proposal preparation. Equivalent to MBA 623. MEM 624 Human Resource Management (3) The management of human resources informal organizations. (A total of six semester hours are required. specification and installation of appropriate computer technology and subsequent need for direction.

MASTER OF ENGINEERING MANAGEMENT 289 GRADUATE PROGRAMS MEM 695 Special Topics (3) Course devoted to selected topics relevant to engineering management studies. MEM 695A Construction Management GRADUATE PROGRAMS .

.

DIRECTORY .

Massachusetts Institute of Technology. . (1979). English.B. Jeff birkenstein (2003) Associate professor. University of Minnesota. University of California. The Cooper Union.D. Montana State University fACULTY Year following name indicates when faculty member joined Saint Martin’s University Amanie Abdelmessih (1997) Professor.D. University of Oregon Olivia Archibald (2000) Professor. M. bonnie Amende (2007) Associate professor. School of Engineering. B. (1983). Technical University of Berlin. University of Washington. (2008). mathematics. University of California.S. (1976). B. (2001). University of Kentucky. Alexandria University. B. (1994). M. Ed. Teaching English as a Second Language (2002).S. University of Utah.A. Santa Barbara. M. (2003). B. M.D.M. M. B. M. (2000).A. Ph.D.A. Santa Barbara. (1973). (1987). M. Ph. School of Business. (1981).A. Richard beer (2010) Dean. Polytechnic University.S. history. (1985). English (1996). Ed. (1973).D. (1983).A.A. B. education.E. Alexandria University. (2004). mechanical engineering. University of Kentucky. Oklahoma State University. Montana State University. Egypt.D. Joyce V. Oregon State University. (1967). English. M. Linfield College. (2003). (1971).M. Indiana State University. B. College of Arts and Sciences. Technische Fachhochschule Berlin. B. Marshall University. Dr. Apfelstadt (2010) Dean. brian barnes (2008) Assistant professor. M.S. Oregon State University. (1980). University of California. B.S. Ph.A.D. Marshall University. Princeton University. (1997). University of Iowa. (1987) Princeton University. (1973). Portland State University.A. M. (1981). College of Education and Professional Psychology. Egypt.D.F.S. Ph. English. Wake Forest University. (1993).S.A. Westgard (1988) Dean. M.-Eng. (1996).S. chemistry.D. (2005). Zella Kahn-Jetter (2011) Dean. S. Ph.D.S. Ph. M. Ph. Los Angeles.A.A.E. (1987). (1972).. University of Washington. (1998). B. Montana State University. (1972). (1988). (1988). Axtell (1988) Associate professor.S.Ed. Ph.S. George Fox University.292 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY 292 DEANS / FACULTY DEANS Eric C. Darrell D. M. (1979). Kathleen Allen (2004) Associate professor. California State University Long Beach. University of Wyoming.

B.B. (1959). Western Washington University. M.S. Indiana University.A. Indiana University. M.A.D. (1981). O. Ellis (1988) Professor.S.B. religious studies. Oregon Health Sciences University School of Medicine. Aaron J. (1968). (1979). (2000). Columbia Pacific University. (1989).P. finance. (2001). Denis Dubois (2009) Assistant professor.A. (1977). Godfrey J. accounting. B. University of Utah.D. Whitworth College.D. DePauw University. (1972). Ph.A.A. University of Wisconsin-Madison. Heather Grob (2005) Associate professor. Ph. Julia McCord Chavez (2011) Associate professor.D. M.Ed. (1974).S. M. M. (1995). (1977). (1999). M. Wichita State University.S.A.b. J. B. M.A. Indiana University. University of Washington. (1998). Fordham University.M.A. counseling psychology. B. English. Michael Gideon (1990) Associate professor. Fordham University. history. University of Southern California. Shanghai Teachers’ University. M. M.S.A. (1981). Naval Post Graduate School. Weston Jesuit School of Theology. Indiana University. Huabin Chen (1994) Professor. (2008) Instructor. Brigham Young University. American University. education.FACULTY 293 Darrell born (2003) Associate professor. B. M. Western Washington University. (1979). University of Notre Dame. Pacific Lutheran University. Saint Martin’s University. M. (1987) Associate professor. DIRECTORY / INDEX . Certificate in Museum Studies (2004).S. (1973). (1967). music. Ph. (1995).A. M. M.A. Casillas (1987) Associate professor.S.D. Pacific Lutheran University. (2000). (1995).A. brother Luke Devine. B. (2001). Ph.D. B. M.A. M. Mark Haddock (1979-1986. University of Washington. Long Beach.D. (2005). business. B. Stephen M. University of Wisconsin-Madison.A. California State University.P. Irina Gendelman (2007) Assistant professor. Ph. education. (2008). Biological Science. Indiana University School of LawBloomington. library. University of Washington.S. Idaho State University. Western Washington University. (1976). (1975). (2008). fulton. (1994). (1975).Ed. Biola University. B. (1991). (1974). B. (1990).A.D. 2008) Associate professor.D.M. M. Saint Xavier University. Rex J. (1983).E. biology.E. M. C.E.Ed. education. butler (2008) Assistant professor.S.D.S. (1996). Ph. Ph. University of Denver. Brigham Young University. B. B. (1992). University of Washington. (1981). (2006). Ph. (2008). biology. B. Coby (2007) Assistant professor. (1961). (2002).S. vocal performance (1999). B. (1997). University of Washington. Ph.A.D. Ann Gentle (2002) Associate professor. Washington State University. University of Michigan.A. M. University of Illinois– Champaign Urbana.D. (1989). Michael P. Stanford University.D. B. psychology. Massachusetts Institute of Technology. Ph.T.A.

M. M. Washington State University. University of Virginia.A. B. B. sociology. criminal justice.. (1994).A. Ph. (1984). Ph.D. Columbia University. M. (1978).A. biology. (1965). University of Texas at Austin.Ed. (1985). Richard L. Saint Martin’s College. (1976). University of Washington. education.S.D. (1992). Long Beach.D.S. M. California State University.S. (1992). Lazzari.A. . Kazakh State University. Nathalie Kuroiwa-Lewis (2007) Assistant professor. Saint Martin’s College.F. Pius Igharo (1996) Associate professor. J. B. Swarthmore College.D. (1971).A. University of Baltimore School of Law. Scholastica. (1991). University of Arizona. (1967). Kazakh State University. College of St.L. M. (1986). civil engineering. Smith College. Princeton University. (1995). Washington University. (1959). B.A.A. Robert Hauhart (2006) Associate professor. B. (1991). (1965). (1981). University of Florida. history. (1999).I. University of Pittsburgh. State University of New York at Albany. (1966) Associate professor. B. University of Florida.294 FACULTY SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY Scot Harrison (2001) Associate professor. theatre arts. (1960). M. (2003). Ph. (1993). University of Massachusetts at Amherst. Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico. M.A. journalism. A.D. (1974).S. B. Ph. M. Long Beach. (1982). B. Mary Jo Hartman (2005) Associate professor. (1982). M. political science.b. (2001). Ph. FACULTY Karen Jaskar (2007) Assistant professor. (2007). Ph. The American University. S.A. B. M. (1986).A. University of Iowa.S. father Gerard Kirsch.A. M. fumie Hashimoto (2000) Professor. (1970).A. (1984). Western Washington University. Spanish.A. library.S. (1965). Universidad Pontificia Comillas. M. religious studies. (1973). Ph. Eastern Oregon State College. M.M. O.L. Langill (1986) Professor.S. (1986). Washington State University. B.D. (1963). criminal justice.D.T.A. M. University of Washington. Hlavsa (1989) Professor. brother boniface V. O. University of Washington.S.S. Clemson University. David A. (1973). Washington State University. Cloud State University.D.A. physical education. Ph. (1992). mechanical engineering.B. St. (1963). Heritage College. (1997).S. education.D. B. belinda Hill (1996) Associate professor. English.A.A. M.I.S. B. B. (1970) Assistant professor. (2007). California State University. (1987).b. Han Soo Jung (1991) Associate professor.D. University of Illinois.A. library. Saint Martin’s College. Tim Healy (1996) Assistant professor. Kogan (1990) Professor.A. Victor M. B.S. (1966-70). Mount Angel Seminary. (1998). M. education. (1972). University of South Carolina.Ed. M. University of Washington. Institute of State and Law of the USSR Academy of Sciences. Ph. Southern Illinois University. Seoul National University.

Ph. Ph. (1981). Boston Theological Institute. Carol Overdeep (2005) Associate professor. (1961) Professor. Ph.b. Edinboro State College. Ph. Lawrence University. B.T.D. Madison. Ph.D.D. (1982). (2001). (1983). S.U. M. Ph. (1983).B. biology.S.A. physics. Riley Moore (2001) Associate professor. Purchase.S. religious studies. (1987). (2010). M.D. Indiana University.A. Mississippi State University. (1964). (1987). Western Washington University. (1983). Purdue University. (1981). (1960).D. University of Wisconsin. M.A. (1980).ACADEMIC CATALOG 295 FACULTY Kyu Lee (2003) Professor. University of Washington. Margaret A. Mississippi State University. M. Central Michigan University. Davis. George Fox College.A. (1990). Joseph M. M.D. (1986).A.A. civil engineering. (1970). English. Gloria Martin (1991) Professor. mathematics. (2002). M. Gregory Milligan (2002) Associate professor. B. (2000).S.D. M. Kathleen McKain (1993) Associate professor. M. (2003). Stephen Parker (2009) Assistant professor.S. B. Ph. University of Oregon. M. O. Washington State University. Olney (2005) Associate professor. Saint Martin’s College. (1978). (1993).S.A. (1991). M. father Kilian J.S. (1985). Psy. (1977).A. (1984).A. Malvey. University of Washington. B. Mahamah (1984) Professor. counseling psychology. B. B. (1984). The College of Saint Scholastica. Indiana University.S. Mead (1986) Professor. Marquette University. University of Rhode Island. D.S. Mailhot (1986) Associate professor. B. (1992).N. (1989). M. computer science.S.A. B.S.D. B. (1988).A. M. English. University of Georgia. Indiana University. University of Puget Sound.A.A. Azuza Pacific University. mathematics. B. Indiana University. Stephen x.S. (1978). Newton (2011) Assistant professor. University of Washington. B. (1981).Min.A.D. B. Leticia Nieto (1992) Professor.S. (1984). B. Stanford University.D.D. Ph. B. Swarthmore College. (2008). Point Loma College. (1980). Western Washington University.D. University of California.Y. California State UniversityFullerton. (1966). B. (1986). Ryokan College.A. (1999). DIRECTORY / INDEX .A. Middlebury College. psychology. English. (1999). Ph. University of Washington. Ph. (1970). (1984). University of Rhode Island. (1989). Ph. M. (1987). Jeremy W. University of Science and Technology. psychology..D. University of Michigan. Washington State University.B. University of California. Berkeley. Jamie Olson (2008) Assistant professor.A.A.A. M. (197174) Heythrop College.S. Dintie S. Pacific Lutheran University. English. (1964). University of London. University of Michigan. economics. Seoul National University. Washington State University. (2004). B. (1993). Ph. French. M. chemistry. Jeanette Munn (1994) Associate professor.

M. B. Lehigh University. M. (1974). (1959).S.D.S. education.S. (1995). Knoxville. Maryville College. University of Washington.Div. education./STD (candidate). M. (2004).S.A. (1960). Mina Ringenbach (2004) Assistant professor. Montana College of Mineral Science and Technology. University of Tennessee. (1961) Professor. B. community services/sociology. Ph. O.D.A. (1990). (2001). (1979). B. Pontificium Athenaeum Anselmianum (1955-58). Saint Martin’s College. (1984).B. M. Columbia University. marketing. Ed.L. M.A. M. Pacific Lutheran University. Oberlin College. B. Washington State University.S. M. Pratt (2008) Assistant professor.S. STL (2002).S. Ph. Certification (1991). B. (1963). (1989). University of San Francisco. M. University of Chicago. Jesuit School of Theology. (1985). M. St. New Jersey Institute of Technology.Ed.S. (1970). Seidel.S. Alita Pierson (2007) Assistant professor. Associate dean. Ph. Dominican School of Philosophy and Theology. Ph. M.S. M. Seoul National University. civil engineering. (1999). education.D. Eileen Reilich (1997) Associate professor. College of Arts and Sciences. (1972). Oklahoma State University. B.S. B. (1970). M. sociology and cultural anthropology. Jr. (1983). Pacific Lutheran University.A. (1986).D. University of Toronto. (1983). Saint Martin’s College. (1998). father David E. Phil. Ed. David Price (1994) Professor. Dominican School of Philosophy and Theology. University of Delaware.D. (1993). (1999). education.D. philosophy. University of Alabama in Huntsville. M. (1971).I.A. (1975). B. The Evergreen State College. Sandford.A.296 FACULTY SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY Paul Patterson (2000) Associate professor. Chun Kyung Seong (1995) Professor. (1965). philosophy.A. father George J. University of Toronto. Rutgers – The State University (1973-78). The University of Tennessee. Associate dean. University of Florida. B. (1987). Maureen Siera (2000) Associate professor.A.A. (1983). (1980).D. (1983). University of California. Knoxville. New Jersey Institute of Technology. M. mechanical engineering. Steve Siera (2003) Associate professor. Seoul National University.A. education.D. Roy D. Washington State University.A. M. . mathematics.W.S. Katholieke Universiteit Leuven.b. B. (1955). Ph. (2005). (1974).A. College of Education and Professional Psychology. Vladimir’s Orthodox Seminary. California Coast University. The Evergreen State College. E.S. Ph. Stillwater.D. University of Washington. Katherine Porter (2000) Associate professor. Maryville College. Rome. (1989). (1990). University of Alabama in Huntsville. B. University of Washington. (1984). Belgium. Cynthia Petersen (1993) Professor.A. New Mexico State University.S.D. B.A. Ph. B.A.A. Ph. (1977). (1977). B.S. (1992) Associate professor. library. M. Ekaterina “Katya” Shkurkin (1999) Associate professor. University of Idaho. (1987). (1962).

Steiner (2008) Professor. history. (1996). University of St. (1992). Ph. (1991). M.S. Western Washington University.A. counseling psychology. Langley. (2006). education. Spiritual Life Institute. (1977). business. University of Puget Sound.P. Saint Martin’s College. B. chemistry. B. business. (1964). Washington State University. B. Ed. M. (1978).Sc.A. M.A.D.D. Central Washington University. M. (1960). Davis. B. (1999) Associate professor. (1969). Lou Therrell (1989) Associate professor.A. M. M. (1970). Saint Martin’s College. (1967). University of California. education.E.A. (1999). (1979). University of Chicago. Boston. M. Scotland. (1993).S. (1974). University of Texas at Austin. Human Relations Institute.A.A. British Columbia. M. religious studies.D.S. (1971). Peggy Zorn (1995) Assistant professor. University of California. University of Oregon. (1976). M.S. B. (2005). O. (1975).D. Donald E. religious studies. University of Delaware. Ph. Central Washington University. Stout.A. (2000). M. (1985). Roger Snider (1988) Associate professor. Old Dominion University. Dan Windisch (1989) Professor. (1989) Associate professor. (1988). University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee. University of Chicago.A.I. University of Texas at Austin.L.S. Andrews. Suter (1984) Professor. political science. B. San Diego State University.M.E. St.D.C. B. Andrews. Northeastern University. DIRECTORY / INDEX . University of Idaho. (1997). B.Sc.S. B.A. University of Puget Sound. Davidson College.b. M. civil engineering. University of Georgia. The College of Idaho. Auburn University. Haldon D. University of Oregon. Kirsti Thomas (2000) Assistant professor. Arwyn Smalley (2008) Assistant professor. (1967). (1993). University of Nebraska-Lincoln. (1998). University of Chicago.I. Trinity Western University.A. Ph. B.ACADEMIC CATALOG 297 FACULTY John Sladek (2001) Associate professor. (2005) Library archivist. M. Wilson Jr.S. M. (1983). Gonzaga University.D. (2001). Ph. Appalachian State University. (1966). library.A. (1998).L. University of Idaho.A. (1969). The Citadel. M.A. M. psychology.S. David W.A. (1978).S. Davis. (1970). brother Peter Tynan.D. B.A. Western Washington University. Ed. (1976). Sheila M. Florida State University.B. Jr. B.A. Ph.A. B. (2001). (1990). Ian Werrett (2006) Associate professor. (1980). B. Director. M.

(1969). U.Sc. B. Kernander † Professor emeritus. Saint Martin’s College.E.S.D. (1973). † Professor emeritus. Ellen M.A. (1950). William H. M. Ph.S. Ph. drama. (1963). University of Wales. (1937). James Harmon Associate professor emeritus.A. (1989). (1964). (1978). M. M. M.S. B. father John C.b. University of Idaho. B. Texas A & M University. (1950). Meinrad School of Theology. father Richard Cebula. (1966). Georgetown University. David R.S. history/religious studies.A. University of Washington.S. O. (1977).b. Immaculate Heart College. (1971) Professor. Robert Harvie Professor emeritus. University of Washington. (1942). B. O. B.S.  B. J. criminal justice.D. (1971). Ph. Military Academy.S. University of Illinois. M. Esser † Professor emeritus.A.S. (1980). † Deceased . B. (1961). B. O. (1969). (1942). B.S.D. community services/sociology. University of Washington. (1957). civil engineering. M. M. Carl A.b. (1966). (1962). Ph. University of Texas.A. (196871) St. M. (1967). Georgetown University. (1962). B. (1973). M. Military Academy. (1972). (1968). Indiana University. engineering.A. civil engineering.b. Ph. Catholic University of America. University of Madras.S.298 FACULTY AND STAFF EMERITI SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY fACULTY AND STAff EMERITI Chris Allaire Associate professor emeritus. University of Madras. (1942). Immaculate Heart College. (1962). State of Washington. physics/mathematics.S. M. Central Washington State College. Spangler President emeritus. University of Oregon.A. India. University of Illinois. Cardiff. (1948).. U. University of Washington. (1970).S. civil engineering. (1961). B.. Manning Professor emeritus.D.S. Saint Martin’s College.A.A.D. Saint Martin’s College. University of Illinois.W. Washington State University.S. B. Army War College (1973). Saint Martin’s College.S. (1978).S. P. (1941). father Placidus Reischman. father Michael feeney. Scott. University of Michigan. Los Angeles. M. Military Academy. (1965). United Kingdom. Iowa State College. M. B. (1947).S. Catholic University of America.S. M. B.S. U.A. biology. Saint Martin’s College. Russia. Arthur Acuff † Professor emeritus. (1956).S. John D. (1953). † Professor emeritus. Los Angeles. (1960).S. B. physical education and education.S. civil engineering.A. University of Moscow.D. † President emeritus. University of Illinois. Anthony de Sam Lazaro Professor emeritus. Princeton University.  B.S.A.S. Mount Angel College.  Mary Lou Peltier Professor emeritus. M.A. M. Ishii † President emeritus. biology. University of New Mexico. Norma Shelan Professor emeritus. O. M.A.S.

CMA.b.. Michael Cronk HS‘61.b. Washington brian S. Northrop Grumman Corporation (Ret) Los Angeles. Washington Armandino A. Lazzari. P. ‘62 President. LLC Oak Brook. Hecker. VECO Engineering Group (Ret) Palm Desert. Inc.. Richard Panowicz. ‘64 St. O. DIRECTV Sports Network Seattle. St. berchtold ‘59 Vice President. Charneski. O.ACADEMIC TRUSTEES 299 BOARD OF CATALOG bOARD Of TRUSTEES 2011/2012 A. Ph.S. Washington father Kilian Malvey. St. Washington Waite Dalrymple.b. Martin’s Abbey Lacey. Lacey. ‘64 Alongi Contracting Olympia. Olympia.. St. Washington father Justin McCreedy. Armandino’s Salumi Restaurant & Salumi Artisan Cured Meats Seattle. O.b. ‘81 Founding Physician. Drummond CEO. Washington Phillip Hall.b. O.S. Heynderickx. HS‘55. Washington Terence R. DO. ‘64 Chairman and CEO. Martin’s Abbey Lacey. Washington Roy f. Washington Abbot Neal G. Parametrix (Retired) Sumner.S.S. CPA. Contracts and Real Estate.b. fAOCA.S. HS‘68 Physician Olympia. Washington Daniel Dugaw. Partner STAR Anesthesia PA San Antonio. Business Affairs and General Counsel. Martin’s Abbey Lacey. Vice-chair President L & E Bottling Company. Hulscher. ’67 St. Washington Richard b. Saint Martin’s University Lacey. Anthem Grant and Advocacy Seattle. Chancellor Abbot. Purchasing Solutions. O. DO. ‘65. Olympia Federal Savings Olympia. Washington DIRECTORY / INDEX .S. Gentry ‘73 Attorney (Retired) Olympia. batali ‘59   President/Owner. CEng. President President. ‘91 Strader Hallett & Co. Illinois Patrick W. Washington Lori G. Crumb ‘85 Executive Vice President. California   father bede Classick.. Washington G. O. ‘51 St. Chair Enhanced Technology (Retired) Olympia.S. PE. Monaghan. Washington Chris fidler ‘82 President/CEO. Roth. Washington Mary E. Martin’s Abbey Lacey. Washington Joseph Alongi HS‘62. Washington Kenneth J. Martin’s Abbey Lacey. Washington brother boniface V. Texas father Alfred J. ‘65 CEO..D. Martin’s Abbey Lacey. PE.. California/Olympia.

USMC (Ret) Olympia. O.S. LL. Treasurer Juan P. O’Grady President.M. Dean of admission and financial aid Jennifer fellinger Vice president for marketing and communications Lee Golden Interim vice president for institutional advancement Susan Heltsley Vice president of finance father Alfred Hulscher. O. The Rants Group Olympia. Chancellor Roy f. Weigand Realtor (Retired) / Lt.S.300 SAINT MARTIN’S ABBEY / UNIVERSITY ADMINISTRATION SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY Kathleen C. The O’Grady Foundation New York. Prior. Ph.b. Washington Philip S. Provost and vice president for academic affairs father bede Classick.S.D. New York Pat Rants President / Co-CEO. LLC Yelm. Subprior UNIVERSITY ADMINISTRATION Abbot Neal Roth. Abbot father Alfred Hulscher.S. Ph. Col. President Joseph D.S.b. flores. Ph.. treasurer and director of fiscal affairs father Clement Pangratz. Washington SAINT MARTIN’S AbbEY Right Reverend Neal Roth. O.b. Heynderickx.b.S. O.b. Worth Attorney at Law. Secretary Melanie R. Richardson Dean of students Josephine Yung Vice president for international programs and development . Washington Cynthia S. Tumwater. bessie.b. O.D.D. O. Washington Joseph S. Williams Williams Group.

D.. athletic director 360-438-4305 bgrisham@stmartin. vice president for academic affairs 360-438-4310 Admissions. Office of Ginny-Beth Joiner. Office of 360-438-4580 TTY: 360-438-4556 Education and Professional Psychology.edu Athletics Department Bob Grisham. Centralia College.. Office of Shelle Riehl.. Ph. director 360-438-4371 jberney@stmartin. director 360-486-8842 aadams@stmartin. Ed. Olympic Community College.edu DIRECTORY / INDEX finance Office Susan Heltsley. Office of Susan Leyster. dean 360-438-4333 westgard@stmartin.edu Engineering. Apfelstadt. program specialist 253-584-3533 mgarrido@stmartin.edu Campus Ministry. College of Eric C. Everett Community College. director 360-438-4581 leysters@stmartin.edu Centralia College Extension Campus Cruz Arroyo.. Office of Joseph D. Ph.edu Career Center Ann Adams. vice president 360-438-4390 .D. director 360-486-8133 rshahanriehl@stmartin. director 360-438-4577 gjoiner@stmartin. Ph.edu Extension Programs (Joint base Lewis-McChord. dean 360-438-4320 zkahnjetter@stmartin.edu Campus Life.D.D.edu Alumni Relations.edu business. director 360-736-9391 ext. Office of Jan Berney. College of Joyce V. School of Richard Beer. Office of 800-220-7722 / 360-486-8885 Arts and Sciences.edu Disability Support Services.E. Tacoma Community College) Cruz Arroyo. Ph. 414 carroyo@stmartin. P.. School of Zella Kahn-Jetter. dean 360-438-4564 eapfelstadt@stmartin.edu Extension Campuses Mercedes Garrido. Westgard.ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICES 301 ACADEMIC CATALOG ADMINISTRATIVE OffICES University General Information 360-491-4700 FAX: 360-459-4124 Academic Affairs. director 253-964-4688 carroyo@stmartin. dean 360-438-4512 jrbeer@stmartin.. S. dean of admissions and student financial services 800-368-8803 / 360-438-4311 jflores@stmartin.edu Counseling and Wellness.D..D. Bessie. Office of Juan Flores. Ph.edu financial Aid.

edu Marketing and Communications.edu Institutional Advancement. Office of Cynthia Johnson. web manager 360-438-4461 clew@stmartin. president 360-438-4307 president@stmartin. Office of the Roy F.edu Website / www.edu Student Accounts. director 253-584-3533 kvanvleet@stmartin. director 360-438-4389 dlong@stmartin.edu International Programs and Development. Office of Howard Thronson. director 360-486-8800 / 360-486-8800 sharrison@stmartin.edu Human Resources. dean of students 360-438-4367 mrichardson@stmartin. director 360-486-8847 jhopkins@stmartin. Office of Patrick Taylor. director 253-964-4688 carroyo@stmartin..edu President.edu Learning and Writing Center Deborah Debow.edu Joint base Lewis-McChord (JbLM) McChord field Kim Van Vleet. vice president 360-438-4332 jfellinger@stmartin.. Office of the Mary Conley Law. Heynderickx Ph. Ph. vice president 360-438-4375 jyung@stmartin. Office of Josephine Yung.D. administrative assistant 360-438-4356 rvandergriff@stmartin.edu ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICES O’Grady Library Scot Harrison. director 360-412-6163 tmcclain@stmartin.edu .edu Public Safety.edu Registrar.edu Veteran Services.edu Integrated Technology Services.edu Student Affairs. director 360-486-8805 ptaylor@stmartin.D. Office of Debbie Long. Office of Ronda Vandergriff.stmartin. director 360-486-8876 hthronson@stmartin.edu Intercultural Initiatives. director 360-486-8131 cjohnson@stmartin. Office of Lee Golden. director 360-438-8880 ddebow@stmartin.302 ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICES SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY Housing and Residence Life.edu Joint base Lewis-McChord (JbLM) Main Cruz Arroyo. Office of Timothy McClain. registrar 360-438-4356 marylaw@stmartin.edu Carl Lew. Office of John Hopkins. interim vice president 360-438-4586 lgolden@stmartin. Office of Melanie Richardson. Office of Jennifer Fellinger.

please visit the University website at www.stmartin. DIRECTORY / INDEX .ACADEMIC OFFICES ACADEMIC CATALOG 303 ACADEMIC OffICES Arts and Sciences 360-438-4564 business and Economics 360-438-4512 Education and Professional Psychology 360-438-4333 Engineering 360-438-4320 International Education 360-438-4375 Master of business Administration Program 360-438-4512 Master of Arts in Counseling Psychology Program 360-438-4560 Master of Civil Engineering Program 360-438-4320 Master of Engineering Management Program 360-438-4320 Master of Education/Master in Teaching Programs 360-438-4333 Spiritual Life Institute 360-438-4564 Summer Session 360-438-4596 For additional information about Saint Martin’s University programs and policies.edu.

304 CAMPUS MAP SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY CAMPUS MAP SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY AND ABBEY CAMPUS MAP 5300 PACIFIC AVE.edu 6th AVENUE SE 6TH AVENUE FIELD  14 10 BUILD 1. L E. A 4.stmartin. C C. O 15. B 13. G . J  15 11   13 6 16 17 SOFTBALL FIELD JAN HALLIDAY ’89 MEMORIAL PLAZA TRACK AND SOCCER FIELD BARAN DRIVE    BASEBALL FIELD  PAVILION WAY PARK A. C 8. C N. B 11. R H. A B. H 7. L 5. WASHINGTON 98503-7500 www. SE LACEY. S 16. T 9. L F. U D. O G. M 3. B K. N O. N M. R 18. S Q. S P. P 17. Z 6. H N 10. B J. S R. O 2. S L. K 14. P I. O S.

Parsons Hall (resident student lot) I. Courtyard lot C. Cebula Hall (Engineering) 8. NW Pavilion employee lot M. Hal and Inge Marcus Pavilion/Norman Worthington Conference Center 10. Baran Hall (Residence) 11. Lynch employee lot E. SE Pavilion lot P. Trautman Student Union Building (TUB) 9. Jan Halliday ’89 Memorial Plaza Parking A. Burton Hall (resident student lot) K. Overflow lot S. Softball (resident student/student lot) L. Lynch Center (Abbey Guest House) 5. Parsons Hall (Residence) 17. Grand Staircase student lot DIRECTORY / INDEX . Abbey private guest lot B. Old Main (Bookstore on 2nd floor) 2. Zaverl Hall (Maintenance Building) 6. Abbey Church 4. Burton Hall (Residence) 13. NE Pavilion lot O. CE employee lot N. SW Pavilion employee lot Q. Harned Hall (Academic Building) 7. South Pavilion lot R. Reserved employee lot H. Lynch visitor lot F. Monastery 3. University and Abbey visitor lot D. Recreation Center 18. O’Grady Library lot G. O’Grady Library 15.ACADEMIC CATALOG CAMPUS MAP – LEGEND 305 LEGEND buildings 1. Kreielsheimer Hall (Arts Education) 14. Baran/Spangler Hall (resident student lot) J. Spangler Hall (Residence) 16.

exit #108. from College Street to Old Main Classroom and Administration building: Proceed to 6th Avenue. turn left. Follow signs to Pavilion and Conference Center. Proceed to Pacific Avenue. . turn left. Turn left onto College Street. from Interstate-5 Southbound: Take Martin Way exit #109. Follow signs to Old Main and visitor parking. cross to the University entrance at Father Meinrad Gaul Drive. from College Street to the Hal and Inge Marcus Pavilion and Norman Worthington Conference Center: Proceed to Lacey Boulevard. Turn right onto Martin Way.306 DIRECTIONS TO SAINT MARTIN’S DIRECTIONS TO SAINT MARTIN’S from Interstate-5 Northbound: Take College St. Proceed to Franz Street. Turn left on 6th Avenue. Turn right onto College Street.

303 Academic policies/procedures. The. 19-20 Attendance. 71 Application for transfer admission. 191-195. 192 Economics. 74-75 Academic honors. 231-239 Business Administration courses. 301-302 Advanced Placement. 198. 191 Business Administration major. preparation for CPA examination. School. 23-24 Application for degree. 78-156 Athletic and recreational programs. 104 Biology major. 19 Benedict of Nursia. 104-111 Biology courses. 107-111 Biology faculty. 105-106 Biology minor. 14. 27 Application for. 60 -bBelltower. 4 Academic calendar. 11. 300 About this catalog. 81.INDEX 307 INDEx -AAbbey Church. 29-30 First-year. 8. 8 Benedictine. 78 Arts and Sciences. 24 Application for readmission. Saint Martin’s. 160. 40 Burton Hall. 15. 28. 228-231 International students. 61-75 Academic probation. 27-28 Transfer. 4-5 Admission. 188 Accounting. 191-196 Concentrations. 187-190 Accounting courses. 6-7 Academic dishonesty. 78 Art faculty. 31. 187 Accounting major. 4. 22-31 Acceptance of admission offer. University. 193-196 Business Administration faculty. 5. 39. 78-79 Art courses. 47 Baran Hall. 30 Application for first-year admission. 25 Advising. 10. 73 Academic values. 72 Academic information. 212 Bachelor’s degrees. 28 Extension campus. 300 Administrative offices. 11. 196-197 Business Administration. 192-193 Master of Business Administration (MBA) program. 22-28 Administration. 189-190 Accounting faculty. 60-75 Academic offices. 17. 46 Bon Appetit. 41 Biology. 191. 25 Areas of study. College of. 191-192 Business Administration minor. 61 All-University courses. 23-24 Graduate. 299-300 Board refund. 231-239 DIRECTORY / INDEX . 11 Business. 159. 14. 9-10 Acceptance of admission offer. 189 Accreditation. 27 Accounting. 9. 228-231 Home school applicants. 158. 78 Application for admission. 95. 86. 26-27 Undergraduate. 187-197 Accounting. 73 Academic suspension. 11 Abbey. 107 Board of trustees. 5. 51. 31 Education. 52-53 Art. requirements. 26-27 Application for graduate programs. 187-190 Business Administration. 20 Bookstore. 22-31 Applicants with military experience.

58-59 -EEconomics. 128 Computer and Copy Resource Center. 43. 128-129 Community services courses. 20 Directed study. 203-205 Master of Civil Engineering. preparation for. 16 Cebula Hall. 196-197 Economics faculty. 6-7 Campus facilities. 255. 12 -D“D” grades. 63 CPA exam. Office. 240-274 . 18 Double major degree program. 29. application for. 61 Cheating. 130-132 Criminal justice faculty. 14. 12. 196 Education and Professional Psychology. 298 Saint Martin’s Abbey. 58-59 Credit through testing. minor. 240-246 Course number classifications. 111-117 Chemistry courses. 196 Economics minor. 75 Chemistry. 20 Correspondence courses. 44. 114-117 Chemistry faculty. 13 Centralia College extension campus. 28. 303 Administration. 162 Change of grade. 48. 185. 47. 64 Degree completion. 60 Competency-based endorsements. 118 Computer science major. 17 Counseling Psychology. 128 Community services major. 129 Community services faculty. 300 Disability Support Services. 111 Chemistry major (Bachelor of Arts). 118 Computer science minor. 306 Directory. 112 Chemistry major (Bachelor of Science). 71 Degree requirements. 130 Curriculum Resource Center. 301-302 Board of trustees. 129 Criminal justice major. 119 Community services. 292-303 Academic offices. 20 Career services. 300 Administrative offices. 58 Degree. 69 Directions to campus. 196-197 Economics courses. 113 Civil engineering. 256 Computer science. 65 Change of registration. 130 Criminal justice. undergraduate. Master of Arts (MAC) program. 304-305 Campus ministry. 189 Credit for life experience (FOCUS program). 15 Campus dining services. 205-211 Civil engineering faculty. 170. transfer of. 118-122 Computer science courses.308 INDEX MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY SAINT -CCalendars. 69 Counseling and Wellness Center. 119-122 Computer science faculty. 12 Conference services and facilities. 21 Commencement. 129-132 Criminal justice courses. 299-300 Faculty. 113 Chemistry minor. 71 Criminal justice. 60 Courses at extension campuses. 157-186. 162. 20 Dining services. 54 Dining hall. 292-297 Faculty and staff emeriti. 11-15 Campus map. College of. 202-210 Civil engineering courses. 202 Civil engineering major. 274-284 Conduct.

199 Civil engineering. 179-181 Post-baccalaureate Certification-only option. 165. 162. 169 Elementary education. 49. 38 French. 14. 181-185 Split-level course requirements. 163 Application to. 298 Engineering. 79-85 English courses. 170-173. 63 Degree options. 222-225 ESL faculty. 173-179 Education minor. 198-199 English. 82-85 English faculty. 162. 202-211 Engineering. 274-289 Mechanical engineering. 62-63 Courses. 255 Endorsements offered. faculty and staff. 200 Undergraduate curriculum. second/additional. 274-289 Bachelor of Science. 29. 165 Admission to. 292-297 Faculty and staff emeriti. 62 Enrollment at other colleges. 157 Added endorsement options. 161 Accreditation. 41-42 Payment. 221-225 ESL courses. 255 Conceptual framework. 63 Equal opportunity statement. 48 Term dates. 165. 163 Reading minor. 48 Registration. 11-15 Faculty. 47-50 Application for admission. 67-68 Federal work study. 185-186 Waiver and substitution option. 167-169 Special education. 29-30 Class loads. 169 Secondary education. 49 -fFacilities (campus). 200-202 Master of Civil Engineering (MCE). general courses. 49 Withdrawal policy. 284-289 Master’s programs in engineering. graduate programs. 67-68 Notification of rights. 198-202. 164 Technology in education. 48 Transcripts. 166 Elementary education major/ endorsement. 230-231 Extension campus programs. 50 Tuition refund policy. 5 Everett Community College extension campus. 162 Competency-based endorsements. 43. 42 DIRECTORY / INDEX . 47-48 Lacey campus students. 262 Student teaching/internship. 80 English minor. 170-173. 103-104 Fee schedule. 166-167 Graduate programs. 161 Endorsements. 80 English as a Second Language (ESL). 14. 158 Courses. 211-221 Minimum graduation requirements. 166-167 Elementary education faculty. 4. Washington State competency-based requirements. 167 Emeriti. 47 Expenses. 221 Enrollment. 79 English major. 298 Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA). School of. 42 Registration fees. 274-284 Master of Engineering Management (MEM). 170-173 Elementary education. 40-46. 247 Physical education. 164-165 Program requirements. 166-167 Endorsements. 230-231 Expenses.ACADEMIC CATALOG 309 INDEX Academic Policy. 200 Transfer credits.

247-274 Master of Education (MED). Programs in. 42-44 History of Saint Martin’s. 39-40 Satisfactory Academic Progress. procedure for filing. 254-261 Post-Baccalaureate CertificationOnly Option. 133 History major. 133 Geography courses. 14. 58-59 Food service. 41 Filing a grievance about a grade. 230 -HHal and Inge Marcus Pavilion. 40 Types of. 247-254 Master in Teaching (MIT). 79-85 Interdisciplinary Studies. 37-39 Undergraduate students. 228-289 Application to. 38-39 Grievance. 274-289 Master of Civil Engineering. 88-93 Philosophy. 232 Common policies and procedures. 49 Grade point average. 37-39 Student employment. 13. 230-231 Fees.310 INDEX MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY SAINT Special fees. 55-58 Degree completion. 20 Joint Base Lewis-McChord extension campus. faculty. 41 Health insurance. 35-36 FOCUS program. 58 Double major degree program. 133-139 History courses. 37-39 Student loans. 228-229 Expenses. 162. 228. 28. 11. 31-32 Eligibility requirements for. 62-63. 54-55 Program requirements. 98 Theatre Arts. 32 Award. 231-239 Master’s degrees in education. 17. 231-232. 133 Geography. 42 Student services fees. 29. 36 Grants (gift aid). 65-67 Financial aid. 64 Grades. 86-87 Music. 38-39 Other means. 240. 54. 133 GoArmyEd. 65-67 -GGeneral education program. 134-135 Home school applicants. 12 Health Center. 284-289 Payments. 33 Determining. 262 Master’s programs in engineering. 134 History minor. 47-49. 230-231 Tuition. 36 Master of Arts in Counseling Psychology (MAC). 230 Grants (gift aid). 240-246 Master of Business Administration (MBA). 274-284 Master of Engineering Management. 19. 14. 78-104 Art. 34-35 Graduate students. 54 Residency requirements. 44. 25 Humanities. 66. 43. 58 Goals and objectives. 95-98 Speech. 8 History. 36-37 Scholarships. 63-64 Graduate programs. 31-40 Applying for. 301 Financial aid. 99-102 . 55-56 Mission statement. 20 Harned Hall. 93-94 Religious Studies. 78-79 English. 229. 57 Geography. 135-139 History faculty. 37-39 Timeframe to receive aid.

240 Program format. 247 Non-thesis option. undergraduate. 233-234 Faculty. 235 Admission to. 10-11 -MMajors and areas of study. 19 -JJapanese minor. 244-246. 86-87 International Baccalaureate. 244-246 Degree requirements. 143 International students. 43 International Programs and Development. 240-241 Application to. 250 Split-level course requirements. 262-274 Degree requirements. 243 Thesis option. 256-257 Application to. 262-274 Master in Teaching (MIT). 43 Application. 13 -LLacey campus students (extension students). student. 140-141 Loans. 17 Legal Studies. 253-254 Master’s degrees in education and professional psychology. 242-243 Program requirements. 102-103 -KKreielsheimer Hall. 243 Faculty. 14 Late validation. 38-39 Location of Saint Martin’s. 232 Calendar. 20 Martin of Tours. 254 Internship. 261 Non-thesis option. 254 Program requirements. 243-244 Master of Business Administration (MBA) program. removal of. 52-53 Marcus (Hal and Inge) Pavilion. 18 Internships. 102-104 Writing. 19. 64 Incomplete. 258-260 Degree requirements. 11 Interdisciplinary Studies. 72 Insights. 240-246 Admission to. 262 Strand areas. 231 Registration. 235-239 Degree requirements. 261 -IIncomplete. 70 Information Commons. 27-28. Office of. 25 International relations minor. 240-274 Courses. 255 Courses. 231-239 Accounting. 241-242 Courses. 61 Learning and Writing Center. 232-233 Class locations. 249-250 Faculty. 257 Competency-based endorsements. 42. 233 Master of Education (MED). 254-261 Admission to. 249 Courses. 261 Professional certification. 65 Independent study. 48 Lambert Lodge. request for. 85-86 Master of Arts in counseling psychology (MAC) program. 232 Courses. 9 DIRECTORY / INDEX . 231-232 Application to. 248 Application to. 64 Incomplete.ACADEMIC CATALOG 311 INDEX World Languages. 247-254 Admission to. 27-28 Health insurance for. 257-258 Faculty. 13. 81. 42.

232. 11 Olympic College extension campus. 141-145 . 121. 284-289 Master of civil engineering (MCE) program. 43. 302 McDonald. 278-279 Master of Engineering Management (MEM) program. 284-289 Admission to. 179 Physics. 64 Payment of fees. 260 Masters programs in engineering. 48. 88-93 Music courses. 274-284 Master of Civil Engineering (MCE) program. 274-284 Master of Engineering Management (MEM) program. 20 -OO’Grady Library. 14 Pass/fail grades. 212 Design Integration. 122-127 Mathematics courses. 93-94 Philosophy courses. 123 Mathematics minor. 94 Physical education. 29. 9 Mission statement. 162. 94 Philosophy faculty. 20 Mission of the University. 275-276 Combined degree (BSCE/MCE) program. Angus. 66. 49. 90-93 Music faculty. 286 Faculty. 285-286 Courses. 12 -NNon-degree students. 211-221 Educational objectives. 93 Philosophy minor. 301 -PParsons Hall. 14. 285 Application to. 62 Norman Worthington Conference Center. 13. 240. 231. 44. 122 Mathematics major (Bachelor of Arts). 276 Suggested programs of study. 124 Joint Base Lewis-McChord extension campus. 211 Mechanical engineering major. 124 Mathematics major (Bachelor of Science). 276 Faculty. 47. 179-181 Physical education courses. 74-75 Policies and procedures. 180-181 Physical education faculty. 287-289 Degree requirements. 61-62 Political science. 127 Plagiarism. 88 Music major.312 INDEX MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY SAINT Thesis option. 124-127 Mathematics faculty. 47. 8 Mechanical engineering. 11 Old Main. 212 Mechanical engineering courses. 274-284 Admission to. 274-275 Application to. 280-284 Degree requirements. 89-90 Music minor. 41-42 Philosophy. 30 Military service (ROTC). 5 Music. 286 Mathematics. 214-221 Mechanical engineering faculty. 34. 5. 179 Physical education minor. 301. 63. 284 Program requirements. 229. 8 Multimedia Center. 90 Mukogawa Women’s University. 213-214 Military applicants. 127 Physics courses. 274 Program preparation and continuation. 276-277 Courses. 29. 62.

43-46 Action required.INDEX ACADEMIC CATALOG 313 International relations minor. 169 Readmission. 57 Room and board. 8 Saint Martin of Tours. 133 History. 43 Psychology. 64-65 DIRECTORY / INDEX . Recreation and fitness center. 167-169 Secondary education faculty. 128-156 Community services. 147-151 Psychology faculty. 146 Psychology major. 61 Registration fees. 13 Refund policy. returning students. 128-129 Criminal justice. 45-46 Room refund. 46 ROTC. 147 Publications. 46 Calculations and appeals. 141-145 -RReading. 44-45 Registration. 20 Running Start. 19 Residence charges. 146-151 Master of Arts in Counseling Psychology (MAC). 143-145 Political science faculty. 147 Psychology minor. 95 Religious studies minor. 44 Board refund. 45 Withdrawal dates. 30 Post-baccalaureate certification-only program. Programs in. 95-98 Religious studies courses. 11. 44 Non-refundable payments. 300 Satisfactory Academic Progress (SAP). 45-46 Board refund. 34-35 Graduate. 46 Tuition deposit. 25 -SSaint Benedict of Nursia. 45-46 Room refund. 30 Science and Mathematics. 40-41 Residence halls. 129-132 Geography. 62 Scholarships. damage deposit. 143 Political science courses. minor (education). 240-246 Psychology courses. 46 Room and board. 127 Social Sciences. 262 Pre-law. 14 Residence life. 96-98 Religious studies faculty. 9 Saint Martin’s Abbey. Programs in. 104-111 Chemistry. 96 Removal of incomplete grade. 142 Post 9/11 GI Bill. 69 Request for an incomplete grade. 146 Pre-law faculty. 118-122 Mathematics. 142 Political science minor. 42 Religious studies. 36 Undergraduate 35 Schedule limitations. 21 Residency requirements. 31 Charneski. 60 Secondary education. 31 Application for. 37-39 Semester system. 122-127 Physics. 104-127 Biology. 44 Room and Damage Deposit. 141 Political science major. major/ endorsement. 146 Property loss or damage. 95 Religious studies major. 41. 65 Repeating courses. 167 Secondary education. 111-117 Computer Science. 133-139 Legal Studies. 167-169 Servicemembers Opportunity Colleges (SOC) Consortium. 140-141 Political science. 164.

251-253 Student classification. major. 303 Split-level course requirements. 164 Students and military service. 98 Speech courses. 181-185 Special education courses. 99-100 Track and field facility. 165 St. 100-102 Theatre arts faculty. 29. 152-155 Sociology and cultural anthropology courses. 186 Technology in education faculty. 170-173 Washington. 29. 63 Strand areas (MED program). 42 Speech. 78-225 -VVeterans. 61 Student Right to Know Act. 99 Theatre arts minor. 185 Technology in education minor. 152-155 Women’s Studies. 26-27 Transfer “D” grades. 16 Student responsibility. 68-69 From extension campus courses. 181 Special education minor. 48 Theatre arts. 146 Psychology. 185 Term dates for extension campuses. 41-42 Student teaching. 20 Summer Session. D. 301 Technology in education. 2 Tacoma Community College extension campus.314 INDEX MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY SAINT Pre-Law. 153 Spangler Hall. 13 Statute of limitations. 99 Theatre arts major. vocational rehabilitation applicants. 44. 98 Spiritual Life Institute. 68 From main campus courses. 40 Tuition refunds. 183 Special fees. 30 -WWashington State competency-based endorsement requirements. 13 Tuition deposit. Raphael Hall. 42-43 Student life. Gertrude Dining Hall. 72 Withdrawal. 153-155 Sociology and cultural anthropology faculty. 185-186 Technology in education courses. 15-20 Student organizations and activities. 44-45 -UUndergraduate majors and areas of study. 14 Spanish. 155-156 Sociology and cultural anthropology. 73-74 -TTable of contents. 68 From University. 152 Sociology and cultural anthropology. 60 Student conduct. 67-68 Student services fees. 17 Student health insurance. 146-151 Social Justice. 47. 155-156 . 45 Tuition rates. 184-185 Special education faculty.programs. 14. 28-29 Suspension. 70-71 Transfer admission. 11. 99-102 Theatre arts courses. 64 Trautman Student Union Building. 50. 104 Special education. 52-53 Undergraduate programs. 13 Transcripts. 43. 152 Sociology and cultural anthropology. 20 St. 30. 69 Women’s studies. 152-153 Sociology and cultural anthropology minor. 98. 71-72 Veterans Administration. 248.C. 21 Student Health Center.

38 World languages. 13. 103 Japanese minor. 81 -YYellow Ribbon Program. 155-156 Work study. 104 World language courses. 102 Worthington (Norman) Conference Center. 102-104 French. 155 Women’s studies minor. 14 DIRECTORY / INDEX . 30 -ZZaverl Hall. 102-103 Spanish.INDEX ACADEMIC CATALOG 315 Women’s studies courses. 103-104 World languages faculty. 20 Writing Minor. 103-104 Japanese. 156 Women’s studies faculty.

You're Reading a Free Preview

Download
scribd
/*********** DO NOT ALTER ANYTHING BELOW THIS LINE ! ************/ var s_code=s.t();if(s_code)document.write(s_code)//-->